Federal Communications Commission § 74.631

Home , KILO, Simulcast, Transmitter power output

Pt. 74 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

RULES APPLY TO ALL SERVICES, AM, FM, AND RULES APPLY TO ALL SERVICES, AM, FM, AND TV, UNLESS INDICATED AS PERTAINING TO A TV, UNLESS INDICATED AS PERTAINING TO A SPECIFIC SERVICE—Continued SPECIFIC SERVICE—Continued [Policies of FCC are indicated (*)] [Policies of FCC are indicated (*)] Tender offers and proxy statements .... 73.4266(*) U.S./Mexican Agreement ...... 73.3570 Territorial exclusivily in non-network 73.658 USA-Mexico FM Broadcast Agree- 73.504 program arrangements; Affiliation ment, Channel assignments under agreements and network program (NCE-FM). practices (TV). Unlimited time ...... 73.1710 Territorial exclusivity, (Network)— Unreserved channels, Noncommercial 73.513 AM ...... 73.132 educational broadcast stations oper- FM ...... 73.232 ating on (NCE-FM). TV ...... 73.658 Use of channels, Restrictions on (FM) 73.220 Test authorization, Special field ...... 73.1515 Use of common antenna site— Test stations, Portable ...... 73.1530 FM ...... 73.239 Testing antenna during daytime (AM) 73.157 TV ...... 73.635 Tests and maintenance, Operation for 73.1520 Use of multiplex subcarriers— Tests of equipment ...... 73.1610 FM ...... 73.293 Tests, Program ...... 73.1620 TV ...... 73.665 Time brokerage ...... 73.4627 (*) Use of multiplex transmissions (AM) ... 73.127 Time of operation ...... 73.1705 Time, Limited ...... 73.1725 V Time, Reference to ...... 73.1209 Vertical blanking interval, Tele- 73.646 Time, Share ...... 73.1715 communication service on. Time Sharing, Operating schedule 73.561 Vertical plane radiation characteristics 73.160 (NCE-FM). Visual and aural TV transmitters, Op- 73.653 Time, Unlimited ...... 73.1710 eration of. Tolerances, Carrier frequency depar- 73.1545 Visual modulation monitoring equip- 73.691 ture. ment. Tolerances, Directional antenna sys- 73.62 W tem (AM). Tolerances, Operating power and 73.1560 Want ads ...... 73.1212 mode. Z Tone clusters: Audio attention-getting 73.4275 (*) devices. Zone, Quiet ...... 73.1030 Topographic data (FM) ...... 73.3120 Zones— Tower lighting and painting ...... 73.1213 FM ...... 73.205 Transferring a station ...... 73.1150 NCE-FM ...... 73.505 Transmission standards, Changes in .. 73.1695 TV ...... 73.609 Transmission standards (TV) ...... 73.682 Transmission system, Automatic (ATS) 73.1500 [50 FR 38530, Sept. 23, 1985; 50 FR 40395, Oct. Transmission system emission limita- 73.44 3, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34621, 34622, tions, (AM). Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, 1987; 52 FR Transmission system inspections ...... 73.1580 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988; Transmission system installation and 73.49 safety requirements, AM. 58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993; 59 FR 67103, Dec. 28, Transmission system performance re- 73.40 1994; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998; 82 FR 57884, quirements (AM). Dec. 8, 2017] Transmission system requirements— FM ...... 73.317 TV ...... 73.687 PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, Transmission systems, Modification of 73.1690 AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST Transmission systems, subscription TV 73.644 Transmissions, Permissible (FM) ...... 73.277 AND OTHER PROGRAM DISTRIBU- Transmitter duty operators ...... 73.1860 TIONAL SERVICES Transmitter, Location— FM ...... 73.315 TV ...... 73.685 Subpart—General; Rules Applicable to All Transmitter location and antenna sys- 73.685 Services in Part 74 tem (TV). Transmitters, Auxiliary ...... 73.1670 Sec. Transmitters, broadcast, Acceptability 73.1660 74.1 Scope. of. 74.2 General definitions. Transmitters, Main ...... 73.1665 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. Transmitters, TV, aural and visual, Op- 73.653 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts. eration of. TV Channel 6 protection (NCE-FM) .... 73.525 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and TV colorburst during black/white pro- 73.4272 (*) low power auxiliary stations. gramming. 74.12 Notification of filing of applications. TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in 73.1210 74.13 Equipment tests. Puerto Rico. 74.14 Service or program tests. Type approval of modulation monitors, 73.692 74.15 Station license period. General requirements (TV). 74.16 Temporary extension of station li- U censes. Unauthorized operation ...... 73.1745 74.18 Transmitter control and operation. 430

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00440 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74

74.19 Special technical records. Subpart F—Television Broadcast Auxiliary 74.21 Broadcasting emergency information. Stations 74.22 Use of common antenna structure. 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life 74.600 Eligibility for license. or protection of property. 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary sta- 74.24 Short-term operation. tions. 74.25 Temporary conditional operating au- 74.602 Frequency assignment. thority. 74.603 Sound channels. 74.28 Additional orders. 74.604 Interference avoidance. 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and light- 74.605 Registration of stationary television ing. pickup receive sites. 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8– 74.631 Permissible service. 19.7 GHz bands. 74.632 Licensing requirements. 74.633 Temporary authorizations. 74.34 Period of construction; certification of 74.634 Remote control operation. completion of construction. 74.635 Unattended operation. Subparts A–C [Reserved] 74.636 Power limitations. 74.637 Emissions and emission limitations. 74.638 Frequency coordination. Subpart D—Remote Pickup Broadcast 74.641 Antenna systems. Stations 74.643 Interference to geostationary-sat- 74.401 Definitions. ellites. 74.644 Minimum path lengths for fixed 74.402 Frequency assignment. links. 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid inter- 74.651 Equipment changes. ference. 74.655 Authorization of equipment. 74.431 Special rules applicable to remote 74.661 Frequency tolerance. pickup stations. 74.662 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.432 Licensing requirements and proce- ments. dures. 74.663 Modulation limits. 74.433 Temporary authorizations. 74.682 Station identification. 74.434 Remote control operation. 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 MHz band 74.436 Special requirements for automatic from the Broadcast Auxiliary Service to relay stations. emerging technologies. 74.451 Certification of equipment. 74.452 Equipment changes. Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV Translator, 74.461 Transmitter power. and TV Booster Stations 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions. 74.463 Modulation requirements. 74.701 Definitions. 74.464 Frequency tolerance. 74.702 Channel assignments. 74.465 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.703 Interference. ments. 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station protection. 74.482 Station identification. 74.707 Low power TV and TV translator station protection. Subpart E—Aural Broadcast Auxiliary 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A TV Stations station protection. 74.709 Land mobile station protection. 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast auxiliary 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV trans- stations. lator station protection. 74.502 Frequency assignment. 74.731 Purpose and permissible service. 74.503 Frequency selection. 74.732 Eligibility and licensing requirements. 74.531 Permissible service. 74.733 UHF translator signal boosters. 74.532 Licensing requirements. 74.734 Attended and unattended operation. 74.533 Remote control and unattended oper- 74.735 Power limitations. ation. 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. 74.534 Power limitations. 74.737 Antenna location. 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. 74.750 Transmission system facilities. 74.536 Directional antenna required. 74.751 Modification of transmission sys- 74.537 Temporary authorizations. tems. 74.550 Equipment authorization. 74.761 Frequency tolerance. 74.551 Equipment changes. 74.762 Frequency measurements. 74.561 Frequency tolerance. 74.763 Time of operation. 74.562 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.769 Familiarity with FCC rules. ments. 74.779 Electronic delivery of notices to 74.582 Station identification. LPTV stations.

431

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00441 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to 74.1203 Interference. translators, low power, and booster sta- 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, FM tions. Translator and LP100 stations. 74.781 Station records. 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broad- 74.782 Low power television and TV trans- cast stations. lator simulcasting during the ATSC 3.0 74.1231 Purpose and permissible service. (Next Gen TV) transition. 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing require- 74.783 Station identification. ments. 74.784 Rebroadcasts. 74.1233 Processing FM translator and boost- 74.785 Low power TV digital data service er station applications. pilot project. 74.1234 Unattended operation. 74.786 Digital channel assignments. 74.1235 Power limitations and antenna sys- 74.787 Digital licensing. tems. 74.788 Digital construction period. 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. 74.789 Broadcast regulations applicable to 74.1237 Antenna location. digital low power television and tele- 74.1250 Transmitters and associated equip- vision translator stations. ment. 74.790 Permissible service of digital TV 74.1251 Technical and equipment modifica- translator and LPTV stations. tions. 74.791 Digital call signs. 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.1262 Frequency monitors and measure- lator station protected contour. ments. 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.1263 Time of operation. lator station protection of broadcast sta- 74.1269 Familiarity with FCC rules. tions. 74.1281 Station records. 74.794 Digital emissions. 74.1283 Station identification. 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. lator transmission system facilities. 74.1290 [Reserved] 74.796 Modification of digital transmission ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 systems and analog transmission sys- AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, tems for digital operation. 310, 336 and 554. 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports. 74.798 Digital television transition notices EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to by broadcasters. part 74 appear at 64 FR 4055, Jan. 27, 1999. 74.799 Low power television and TV translator channel sharing. Subpart—General; Rules Applica- Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary Stations ble to All Services in Part 74 74.801 Definitions. § 74.1 Scope. 74.802 Frequency assignment. 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid inter- (a) The rules in this subpart are ap- ference. plicable to the Auxiliary and Special 74.831 Scope of service and permissible Broadcast and Other Program Distribu- transmissions. tional Services. 74.832 Licensing requirements and proce- (b) Rules in part 74 which apply ex- dures. clusively to a particular service are 74.833 Temporary authorizations. contained in that service subpart, as 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibi- follows: Remote Pickup Broadcast Sta- tion on manufacture, import, sale, lease, tions, subpart D; Aural Broadcast STL offer for sale or lease, or shipment of devices that operate in the 700 MHz Band or and Intercity Relay Stations, subpart the 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700 MHz or E; TV Auxiliary Broadcast Stations, 600 MHz band equipment destined for subpart F; Low-power TV, TV Trans- non-U.S. markets; disclosures. lator and TV Booster Stations, subpart 74.852 Equipment changes. G; Low-power Auxiliary Stations, sub- 74.861 Technical requirements. part H; FM Broadcast Translator Sta- 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. tions and FM Broadcast Booster Sta- 74.882 Station identification. tions, subpart L. Subparts I–K [Reserved] [78 FR 25174, Apr. 29, 2013]

Subpart L—FM Broadcast Translator § 74.2 General definitions. Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations Broadcast network-entity. A broadcast 74.1201 Definitions. network-entity is an organization 74.1202 Frequency assignment. which produces programs available for

432

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.12

simultaneous transmission by 10 or (7) Subpart I, ‘‘Procedures Imple- more affiliated broadcast stations and menting the National Environmental having distribution facilities or cir- Policy Act of 1969’’. (§§ 1.1301 to 1.1319). cuits available to such affiliated sta- (8) Subpart T, ‘‘Foreign Ownership of tions at least 12 hours each day. Broadcast, Common Carrier, Aero- Cable network-entity. A cable net- nautical En Route, and Aeronautical work-entity is an organization which Fixed Radio Station Licensees’’. produces programs available for simul- (§§ 1.5000 to 1.5004). taneous transmission by cable systems (9) Part 1, Subpart W of the chapter, serving a combined total of at least ‘‘FCC Registration Number’’. (§§ 1.8001– 5,000,000 subscribers and having dis- 1.8005). tribution facilities or circuits available (b) Part 2, ‘‘Frequency Allocations to such affiliated stations or cable sys- and Radio Treaty Matters, General tems. Rules and Regulations’’, including sub- [51 FR 4601, Feb. 6, 1986] parts A, ‘‘Terminology’’; B, ‘‘Alloca- tion, Assignments and Use of Radio § 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. Frequencies’’; C, ‘‘Emissions’’; D, ‘‘Call (a) The licensee of a station author- Signs and Other Forms of Identifying ized under this part must make the Radio Transmissions’’; and J, ‘‘Equip- station available for inspection by rep- ment Authorization Proceedings’’. resentatives of the FCC during the sta- (c) [Reserved] tion’s business hours, or at any time it (d) Part 17, ‘‘Construction, Marking is in operation. and Lighting of Antenna Structures’’. (b) In the course of an inspection or (e) Part 73, ‘‘Radio Broadcast Serv- investigation, an FCC representative ices’’. may require special equipment tests or (f) Part 101, ‘‘Fixed Microwave Serv- program tests. ices’’. (c) The logs and records required by [53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988, as amended at 60 this part for the particular class or FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 66 FR 47896, Sept. 14, type of station must be made available 2001; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003; 76 FR 70911, upon request to representatives of the Nov. 16, 2011; 78 FR 25174, Apr. 29, 2013; 81 FR FCC. 86613, Dec. 1, 2016] [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] § 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and low power auxiliary stations. § 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts. Applicants for and licensees of remote pickup broadcast stations, aural Certain rules applicable to Auxiliary, broadcast auxiliary stations, television Special Broadcast and other Program broadcast auxiliary stations, and low Distribution services, some of which power auxiliary stations authorized are also applicable to other services, under subparts D, E, F, and H of this are set forth in the following parts of part are subject to the application and the FCC Rules and Regulations: procedural rules for wireless tele- (a) Part 1, ‘‘Practice and procedure’’. communications services contained in (1) Subpart A, ‘‘General Rules of part 1, subpart F of this chapter. Appli- Practice and Procedure’’. (§§ 1.1 to cants for these stations may file either 1.117). manually or electronically as specified (2) Subpart B, ‘‘Hearing Pro- in § 1.913(b) and (d) of this chapter. ceedings’’. (§§ 1.201 to 1.364). (3) Subpart C, ‘‘Rulemaking Pro- [68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003] ceedings’’. (§§ 1.399 to 1.430). (4) Subpart F, ‘‘Wireless Tele- § 74.12 Notification of filing of applica- communications Services Applications tions. and Proceedings’’. (§§ 1.901 to 1.981). The provisions of § 73.1030 ‘‘Notifica- (5) Subpart G, ‘‘Schedule of Statu- tion concerning interference to Radio tory Charges and Procedures for Pay- Astronomy, Research, and Receiving ment’’. (§§ 1.1101 to 1.1120). Installations’’ apply to all stations au- (6) Subpart H, ‘‘Ex Parte Presen- thorized under this part of the FCC tations’’. (§§ 1.1200 to 1.1216). Rules except the following:

433

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.13 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(a) Mobile remote pickup stations (c) The authorization for tests em- (subpart D). bodied in this section shall not be con- (b) TV pickup stations (subpart F). strued as approval by the Commission (c) Low power auxiliary stations of the application for station license. (subpart H). [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973] [44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 44 FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979; 47 FR 28388, June 30, § 74.15 Station license period. 1982] (a) [Reserved] (b) Licenses for stations or systems § 74.13 Equipment tests. in the Auxiliary Broadcast Service held (a) During the process of construc- by a licensee of a broadcast station will tion of any class of radio station listed be issued for a period running concur- in this part, the permittee, without rently with the license of the associ- further authority of the Commission, ated broadcast station with which it is may conduct equipment tests for the licensed. Licenses held by eligible net- purpose of such adjustments and meas- works for the purpose of providing pro- urements as may be necessary to as- gram service to affiliated stations sure compliance with the terms of the under subpart D of this part, and by el- construction permit, the technical pro- igible networks, cable television opera- visions of the application therefor, the tors, motion picture producers and tel- technical requirements of this chapter, evision program producers under sub- and the applicable engineering stand- part H of this part will be issued for a ards. period running concurrently with the (b) Equipment tests may be contin- normal licensing period for broadcast ued so long as the construction permit stations located in the same area of op- shall remain valid. eration. Licenses held by large venue (c) The authorization for tests em- owners or operators and professional bodied in this section shall not be con- sound companies under subpart H of strued as constituting a license to op- this part will be issued for a period not erate. to exceed ten years from the date of initial issuance or renewal. [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973] (c) The license of an FM broadcast booster station or a TV broadcast § 74.14 Service or program tests. booster station will be issued for a pe- (a) Upon completion of construction riod running concurrently with the li- of a radio station in accordance with cense of the FM radio broadcast sta- the terms of the construction permit, tion or TV broadcast station (primary the technical provisions of the applica- station) with which it is used. tion therefor, technical requirements (d) Initial licenses for low power TV, of this chapter, and applicable engi- TV translator, and FM translator sta- neering standards, and when an appli- tions will ordinarily be issued for a pe- cation for station license has been filed riod running until the date specified in showing the station to be in satisfac- § 73.1020 of this chapter for full service tory operating condition, the permittee stations operating in their State or or any class of station listed in this Territory, or if issued after such date, part may, without further authority of to the next renewal date determined in the Commission, conduct service or accordance with § 73.1020 of this chap- program tests. ter. Lower power TV and TV translator (b) Program test authority for sta- station and FM translator station li- tions authorized under this part will censes will ordinarily be renewed for 8 continue valid during Commission con- years. However, if the FCC finds that sideration of the application for license the public interest, convenience or ne- and during this period further exten- cessity will be served, it may issue ei- sion of the construction permit is not ther an initial license or a renewal required. Program test authority shall thereof for a lesser term. The FCC may be automatically terminated with final also issue a license renewal for a short- action on the application for station li- er term if requested by the applicant. cense. The time of expiration of all licenses

434

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.15

will be 3 a.m. local time, on the fol- (12) Washington: lowing dates, and thereafter to the (i) FM translators, December 1, 1995 schedule for full service stations in (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- their states as reflected in § 73.1020 of cember 1, 1996 this chapter: (13) Oregon: (1) Nevada: (i) FM translators, February 1, 1996 (i) FM translators, February 1, 1997. (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- (ii) LPTV and TV translator, Feb- ruary 1, 1997 ruary 1, 1998. (2) California: (14) Alaska, American Samoa, Guam, (i) FM translators, April 1, 1997. Mariana Islands and Hawaii: (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April (i) FM translators, April 1, 1996 1, 1998 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April (3) Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, 1, 1997 Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhodes Is- (15) Colorado: land, New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl- (i) FM translators, June 1, 1996 vania, Maryland, Delaware, West Vir- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, ginia, Ohio and the District of 1997 Colbumia: (16) New Mexico: (i) FM translators, June 1, 1997 (i) FM translators, August 1, 1996 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August 1998 1, 1997 (4) Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, (17) Utah: Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Mis- (i) FM translators, October 1, 1996 souri, Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana, (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Pureto ber 1, 1997 Rico and the Virgin Islands: (18) Arizona: (i) FM translators, August 1, 1997 (i) FM translators, December 1, 1996 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- 1, 1998 cember 1, 1997 (5) Oklahoma and Texas: (e) Licenses held by broadcast net- (i) FM translators, October 1, 1997 work-entities under Subpart F will or- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- dinarily be issued for a period of 8 ber 1, 1998 years running concurrently with the (6) Kansas and Nebraska: normal licensing period for broadcast (i) FM translators, December 1, 1997 stations located in the same area of op- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- eration. An application for renewal of cember 1, 1998 license shall be filed in accordance (7) Iowa and South Dakota: (i) FM translators, February 1, 1998 with the provisions of § 1.949. (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- (f) The license of an FM translator or ruary 1, 1999 FM broadcast booster, TV translator or (8) Minnesota and North Dakota: TV broadcast booster, or low power TV (i) FM translators, April 1, 1998 station will expire as a matter of law (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April upon failure to transmit broadcast sig- 1, 1999 nals for any consecutive 12-month pe- (9) Wyoming: riod notwithstanding any provision, (i) FM translators, June 1, 1998 term, or condition of the license to the (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, contrary. Further, if the license of any 1999 AM, FM, or TV broadcasting station li- (10) Montana: censed under part 73 of this chapter ex- (i) FM translators, August 1, 1998 pires for failure to transmit signals for (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August any consecutive 12-month period, the 1, 1999 licensee’s authorizations under part 74, (11) Idaho: subparts D, E, F, and H in connection (i) FM translators, October 1, 1995 with the operation of that AM, FM, or (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- ber 1, 1996

435

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.16 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TV broadcasting station will also ex- § 74.19 Special technical records. pire notwithstanding any provision, The FCC may require a broadcast term, or condition to the contrary. auxiliary station licensee to keep oper- (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, ating and maintenance records nec- 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) essary to resolve conditions of actual or potential interference, rule viola- [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 tions, or deficient technical operation. FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 26758, June 28, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 52 FR 25604, [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] July 8, 1987; 52 FR 31402, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, 1994; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 62 § 74.21 Broadcasting emergency infor- FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, mation. 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004; 78 FR 25174, (a) In an emergency where normal Apr. 29, 2013; 79 FR 40688, July 14, 2014] communication facilities have been § 74.16 Temporary extension of station disrupted or destroyed by storms, licenses. floods or other disasters, the stations licensed under this part may be oper- Where there is pending before the ated for the purpose of transmitting es- Commission any application, investiga- sential communications intended to al- tion, or proceeding which, after hear- leviate distress, dispatch aid, assist in ing, might lead to or make necessary rescue operations, maintain order, or the modification of, revocation of, or otherwise promote the safety of life the refusal to renew an existing auxil- and property. In the course of such op- iary broadcast station license or a tele- eration, a station of any class may vision broadcast translator station li- communicate with stations of other cense, the Commission in its discre- classes and in other services. However, tion, may grant a temporary extension such operation shall be conducted only of such license: Provided, however, That on the frequency or frequencies for no such temporary extension shall be which the station is licensed and the construed as a finding by the Commis- used power shall not exceed the max- sion that the operation of any radio imum authorized in the station license. station thereunder will serve public in- When such operation involves the use terest, convenience, and necessity be- of frequencies shared with other sta- yond the express terms of such tem- tions, licensees are expected to cooper- porary extension of license: And pro- ate fully to avoid unnecessary or dis- vided further, That such temporary ex- ruptive interference. tension of license will in no wise affect (b) Whenever such operation involves or limit the action of the Commission communications of a nature other than with respect to any pending applica- those for which the station is licensed tion or proceeding. to perform, the licensee shall, at the earliest practicable time, notify the [78 FR 25175, Apr. 29, 2013] FCC in Washington, DC of the nature § 74.18 Transmitter control and oper- of the emergency and the use to which ation. the station is being put and shall subsequently notify the same offices when Except where unattended operation the emergency operation has been ter- is specifically permitted, the licensee minated. of each station authorized under the (c) Emergency operation undertaken provisions of this part shall designate a pursuant to the provisions of this sec- person or persons to activate and con- tion shall be discontinued as soon as trol its transmitter. At the discretion substantially normal communications of the station licensee, persons so des- facilities have been restored. The Com- ignated may be employed for other du- mission may at any time order dis- ties and for operation of other trans- continuance of such operation. mitting stations if such other duties will not interfere with the proper oper- (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) ation of the station transmission systems. [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, [60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] 1979; 47 FR 40175, Sept. 13, 1982]

436

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.24

§ 74.22 Use of common antenna struc- and H of this part, except wireless ture. video assist devices, may be operated The simultaneous use of a common on a short-term basis under the author- antenna structure by more than one ity conveyed by a part 73 license or a station authorized under this part, or broadcast auxiliary license without by one or more stations of any other prior authorization from the FCC, sub- service may be authorized. The owner ject to the following conditions: of each antenna structure is respon- (a) Licensees operating under this sible for ensuring that the structure, if provision must be eligible to operate required, is painted and/or illuminated the particular class of broadcast auxil- in accordance with part 17 of this chap- iary station. ter. In the event of default by the (b) The short-term broadcast auxil- owner, each licensee or permittee shall iary station shall be operated in con- be responsible for ensuring that the formance with all normally applicable structure complies with applicable regulations to the extent they are not painting and lighting requirements. superceded by specific provisions of this section. [61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996] (c) Short-term operation is on a secondary, non-interference basis to regu- § 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life or protection of property. larly authorized stations and shall be discontinued immediately upon notifi- (a) The licensee of any station au- cation that perceptible interference is thorized under this part that causes being caused to the operation of a regu- harmful interference, as defined in § 2.1 larly authorized station. Short-term of the Commission’s rules, to radio station operators shall, to the extent communications involving the safety practicable, use only the effective radi- of life or protection of property shall ated power and antenna height nec- promptly eliminate the interference. essary for satisfactory system perform- (b) If harmful interference to radio ance. communications involving the safety (d) Short-term operation under this of life or protection of property cannot section shall not exceed 720 hours an- be promptly eliminated and the Com- nually per frequency. mission finds that there exists an imminent danger to safety of life or pro- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d): Certain fre- tection of property, pursuant to 47 quencies shared with other services which U.S.C. 312 (b) and (e) and 5 U.S.C. 558, are normally available for permanent broadcast auxiliary station assignment may not operation of the offending equipment be available for short-term operation. Refer shall temporarily be suspended and to any note(s) which may be applicable to shall not be resumed until the harmful the use of a specific frequency prior to initi- interference has been eliminated or the ating operation. threat to the safety of life or property (e) The antenna height of a station has passed. In situations where the pro- operated pursuant to this section shall tection of property alone is jeopard- not increase the height of any man- ized, before taking any action under made antenna supporting structure, or this paragraph, the Commission shall increase by more than 6.1 meters (20 balance the nature and extent of the feet) the height of any other type of possible property damage against the man-made structure or natural forma- potential harm to a licensee or the tion. However, the facilities of an au- public caused by suspending part 74 op- thorized broadcast auxiliary station erations. When specifically authorized, belonging to another licensee may be short test operations may be made dur- operated in accordance with the terms ing the period of suspended operation of its outstanding authorization. to check the efficacy of remedial meas- (f) Stations operated pursuant to this ures. section shall be identified by the trans- [47 FR 1395, Jan. 13, 1982] mission of the call sign of the associated part 73 broadcast station or broad- § 74.24 Short-term operation. cast auxiliary station, or, in the case of All classes of broadcast auxiliary sta- stations operated by broadcast net- tions provided for in subparts D, E, F work and cable network entities, by

437

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.24 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the network or cable entity’s name and 5 watts or less. See § 1.928(e) of this base of operations city. chapter for a definition of Line A and (g) Prior to operating pursuant to the Line C. provisions of this section, licensees (2) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- shall, for the intended location or area- tion operating on frequencies between of-operation, notify the appropriate 470 MHz and 1 GHz must be at least 56.3 frequency coordination committee or kilometers (35 miles) south (or west, as any licensee(s) assigned the use of the appropriate of the United States-Can- proposed operating frequency, con- ada border if the antenna looks within cerning the particulars of the intended a 200° sector toward the border; or, the operation and shall provide the name station must be at least 8.1 kilometers and telephone number of a person who (5 miles) south (or west, as appropriate) may be contacted in the event of inter- if the antenna looks within a 160° sec- ference. Except as provided herein, this tor away from the border. However, op- notification provision shall not apply eration is not permitted in either of where an unanticipated need for imme- diate short-term mobile station oper- these two situations if the station ation would render compliance with would be within the coordination dis- the provisions of this paragraph im- tance of a receiving earth station in practical. Canada which uses the same frequency (1) A CARS licensee shall always be band. (The coordination distance is the given advance notification prior to the distance, calculated for any station, commencement of short-term oper- according to Appendix 28 of the Inter- ation on or adjacent to an assigned fre- national Radio Regulations.) quency. (3) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- (2) The Commission may designate a tion operating on frequencies above 1 frequency coordinator as the single GHz shall not be located within the co- point of contact under this section for ordination distance of a receiving earth advance coordination of major national station in Canada which uses the same and international events. Once des- frequency band. (The coordination dis- ignated, all short-term auxiliary broad- tance is the distance, calculated for cast use under this section must be co- any station, according to Appendix 28 ordinated in advance through the des- of the international Radio Regula- ignated coordinator. tions.) (i) Coordinators under this provision (i) Short-term operation of a remote will not be designated unless the Com- pickup broadcast base station, a re- mission receives an initial request, in mote pickup automatic relay station, writing, to designate a coordinator. an aural broadcast STL station, an (ii) The Commission will issue a Pub- aural broadcast intercity relay station, lic Notice with information regarding a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay the designation of such a coordinator. station or a TV translator relay sta- (iii) All coordination must be done on tion in the National Radio Quiet Zone, a non-discriminatory basis. the Table Mountain Radio Receiving (iv) All licensees must abide by the decision of the coordinator. The Com- Zone, or near FCC monitoring stations mission will be the final arbiter of any is subject to the same advance notifi- disputes. cation procedures applicable to regular (3) An unanticipated need will never applications as provided for in § 73.1030 be deemed to exist for a scheduled of this chapter and § 74.12, except that event, such as a convention, sporting inasmuch as short-term operation does event, etc. not involve an application process, the (h) Short-term operation is limited provisions relating to agency objection to areas south or west of the United procedures shall not apply. It shall States-Canada border as follows: simply be necessary for the licensee to (1) Use of broadcast auxiliary service contact the potentially affected agency frequencies below 470 MHz is limited to and obtain advance approval for the areas of the United States south of proposed short-term operation. Where Line A or west of Line C unless the ef- protection to FCC monitoring stations fective radiated power of the station is is concerned, approval for short-term

438

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.25

operation may be given by the Re- such applications in non-emergency gional Director of a Commission field situations, the Commission will allow facility. the Arecibo Observatory a period of 20 (j)(1) This paragraph applies only to days for comments or objections in re- operations which will transmit on fre- sponse to the notification indicated. quencies under 15 GHz. Prior to com- The applicant will be required to make mencing short-term operation of a re- reasonable efforts in order to resolve or mote pickup broadcast station, a re- mitigate any potential interference mote pickup automatic relay station, problem with the Arecibo Observatory an aural broadcast STL station, an and to file either an amendment to the aural broadcast intercity relay station, application or a modification applica- a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay tion, as appropriate. If the Commission station, a TV translator relay station, determines that an applicant has satis- a TV pickup station, or a TV micro- fied its responsibility to make reason- wave booster station within the 4-mile able efforts to protect the Observatory (6.4 kilometer) radius Commonwealth from interference, its application may of Puerto Rico Protection Zone (cen- be granted. In emergency situations in tered on NAD–83 Geographical Coordi- which prior notification or approval is nates North Latitude 18°20′38.28″, West not practicable, notification or ap- Longitude 66°45′09.42″), an applicant proval must be accomplished as soon as must notify the Arecibo Observatory, possible after operations begin. located near Arecibo, Puerto Rico. Op- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; erations within the Puerto Rico Co- 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) ordination Zone (i.e., on the islands of Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, [47 FR 9219, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 34356, Aug. 30, 1984; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; or Culebra), but outside the Protection 62 FR 55532, Oct. 27, 1997; 68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, Zone, whether short term or long term, 2003; 70 FR 31373, June 1, 2005; 80 FR 53751, shall provide notification to the Are- Sept. 8, 2015] cibo Observatory prior to commencing operation. Notification should be di- § 74.25 Temporary conditional oper- rected to the following: Interference ating authority. Office, Arecibo Observatory, HC3 Box An applicant for a new broadcast 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, Tel. auxiliary radio service station or a (809) 878–2612, Fax (809) 878–1861, E-mail modification of an existing station [email protected]. under subparts D, E, F, or H of this (2) Notification of short-term oper- part may operate the proposed station ations may be provided by telephone, during the pendency of its applications fax, or electronic mail. The notifica- upon the filing of a properly completed tion for long-term operations shall be formal application that complies with written or electronic, and shall set the rules for the particular class of sta- forth the technical parameters of the tion, provided that the conditions set proposed station, including the geo- forth are satisfied. graphical coordinates of the antenna (a) Conditions applicable to all broad- (NAD–83 datum), antenna height above cast auxiliary stations. (1) Stations oper- ground, ground elevation at the an- ated pursuant to this section shall be tenna, antenna directivity and gain, identified by the transmission of the proposed frequency and FCC Rule Part, call sign of the associated part 73 of type of emission, effective radiated this chapter broadcast station, if one power, and whether the proposed use is exists, or the prefix ‘‘WT’’ followed by itinerant. Applicants may wish to con- the applicant’s local business tele- sult interference guidelines, which will phone number for broadcast or cable be provided by Cornell University. In network entities. addition, the applicant shall indicate (2) The antenna structure(s) has been in its application to the Commission previously studied by the Federal Avia- the date notification was made to the tion Administration and determined to Observatory. Generally, submission of pose no hazard to aviation safety as re- the information in the technical por- quired by subpart B of part 17 of this tion of the FCC license application is chapter; or the antenna or tower struc- adequate notification. After receipt of ture does not exceed 6.1 meters above

439

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.28 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

ground level or above an existing man- turned by the Commission because it is made structure (other than an antenna not acceptable for filing. structure), if the antenna or tower has (f) Conditional authorization does not been previously studied by the Fed- not prejudice any action the Commis- eral Aviation Administration and sion may take on the subject applica- cleared by the FCC; tion(s). Conditional authority is ac- (3) The grant of the application(s) cepted with the express understanding does not require a waiver of the Com- that such authority may be modified or mission’s rules; cancelled by the Commission at any (4) The applicant has determined that time without hearing if, in the Com- the facility(ies) will not significantly mission’s discretion, the need for such affect the environment as defined in action arises. An applicant operating § 1.1307 of this chapter; pursuant to this conditional authority (5) The station site does not lie with- assumes all risks associated with such in an area identified in § 1.924 of this operation, the termination or modi- chapter. fication of the conditional authority, (b) Conditions applicable to remote or the subsequent dismissal or denial of pickup broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) its application(s). The auxiliary station must be located [68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 69 within 80 km (50 mi) of the broadcast FR 17958, Apr. 6, 2004; 71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, studio or broadcast transmitter. 2006; 80 FR 53751, Sept. 8, 2015] (2) The applicant must coordinate the operation with all affected co-channel § 74.28 Additional orders. and adjacent channel licensees in the In case the rules contained in this area of operation. This requirement part do not cover all phases of oper- can be satisfied by coordination with ation with respect to external effects, the local frequency committee if one the FCC may make supplemental or ad- exists. ditional orders in each case as may be (3) Operation under this provision is deemed necessary. not permitted between 152.87 MHz and 153.35 MHz. [78 FR 25175, Apr. 29, 2013] (c) Conditions applicable to aural and § 74.30 Antenna structure, marking television broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) and lighting. The applicable frequency coordination procedures have been successfully com- The provisions of part 17 of the FCC pleted and the filed application is con- rules (Construction, Marking, and sistent with that coordination. Lighting of Antenna Structures) require certain antenna structures to be (2) The station site does not lie with- painted and/or lighted in accordance in an area requiring international co- with the provisions of §§ 17.47 through ordination. 17.56 of the FCC rules. (3) If operated on frequencies in the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any services or [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] on frequencies in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band for MVPD operations, the station site § 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz does not lie within any of the areas and 17.8–19.7 GHz bands. identified in § 1.924 of this chapter. The following exclusion areas and co- (d) Operation under this section shall ordination areas are established to be suspended immediately upon notifi- minimize or avoid harmful interference cation from the Commission or by the to Federal Government earth stations Regional Director of a Commission receiving in the 17.7–19.7 GHz band: field facility, and shall not be resumed (a) No application seeking authority until specific authority is given by the for fixed stations supporting the oper- Commission or Regional Director. ations of Multichannel Video Program- When authorized by the Regional Di- ming Distributors (MVPD) in the 17.7– rector, short test operations may be 17.8 GHz band or to operate in the 17.8– made. 19.7 GHz band for any service will be (e) Conditional authority ceases im- accepted for filing if the proposed sta- mediately if the application(s) is re- tion is located within 20 km of Denver,

440

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.401

CO (39°43′ N., 104°46′ W.) or Washington, (c) Failure to timely begin operation DC (38°48′ N., 76°52′ W.). means the authorization terminates (b) Any application for a new station automatically. license to provide MVPD operations in (d) Requests for extension of time the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to operate in may be granted upon a showing of good the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any service, cause pursuant to § 1.946(e) of this chap- or for modification of an existing sta- ter. tion license in these bands which would (e) Construction of any authorized fa- change the frequency, power, emission, cility or frequency must be completed modulation, polarization, antenna by the date specified in the license and height or directivity, or location of the Commission must be notified pur- such a station, must be coordinated suant to § 1.946 of this chapter. with the Federal Government by the [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003] Commission before an authorization will be issued, if the station or proposed station is located in whole or in Subparts A–C [Reserved] part within any of the following areas: (1) Denver, CO area: Subpart D—Remote Pickup (i) Between latitudes 41°30′ N. and Broadcast Stations 38°30′ N. and between longitudes 103°10′ W. and 106°30′ W. § 74.401 Definitions. (ii) Between latitudes 38°30′ N. and Associated broadcasting station(s). The 37°30′ N. and between longitudes 105°00′ broadcasting station or stations with W. and 105°50′ W. which a remote pickup broadcast sta- (iii) Between latitudes 40°08′ N. and tion or system is licensed as an auxil- 39°56′ N. and between longitudes 107°00′ iary and with which it is principally W. and 107°15′ W. used. (2) Washington, DC area: Authorized bandwidth. The occupied (i) Between latitudes 38°40′ N. and or necessary bandwidth, whichever is 38°10′ N. and between longitudes 78°50′ greater, authorized to be used by a sta- W. and 79°20′ W. tion. (ii) Within 178 km of 38°48′ N, 76°52′ W. Automatic relay station. A remote (3) San Miguel, CA area: pickup broadcast base station which is (i) Between latitudes 34°39′ N. and actuated by automatic means and is 34°00′ N. and between longitudes 118°52′ used to relay transmissions between re- W. and 119°24′ W. mote pickup broadcast base and mobile (ii) Within 200 km of 35°44′ N., 120°45′ stations, between remote pickup broad- W. cast mobile stations and from remote (4) Guam area: Within 100 km of 13°35′ pickup broadcast mobile stations to N., 144°51′ E. broadcasting stations. (Automatic op- Note to § 74.32: The coordinates cited eration is not operation by remote con- in this section are specified in terms of trol.) the ‘‘North American Datum of 1983 Carrier power. The average power at (NAD 83).’’ the output terminals of a transmitter [80 FR 38908, July 7, 2015] (other than a transmitter having a sup- pressed, reduced or controlled carrier) § 74.34 Period of construction; certifi- during one radio frequency cycle under cation of completion of construc- conditions of no modulation. tion. Mean power. The power at the output (a) Each aural and television broad- terminals of a transmitter during nor- cast auxiliary station authorized under mal operation, averaged over a time subparts E and F of this part must be sufficiently long compared with the pe- in operation within 18 months from the riod of the lowest frequency encoun- initial date of grant. tered in the modulation. A time of 1⁄10 (b) Each remote pickup broadcast second during which the mean power is auxiliary station authorized under sub- greatest will be selected normally. part D of this part must be in oper- Necessary bandwidth. For a given ation within 12 months from the initial class of emission, the minimum value date of grant. of the occupied bandwidth sufficient to

441

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.402 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

ensure the transmission of information Systems. A complete remote pickup at the rate and with the quality rebroadcast facility consisting of one or quired for the system employed, under more mobile stations and/or one or specified conditions. Emissions useful more base stations authorized pursuant for the good functioning of the receiv- to a single license. ing equipment, as for example, the [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 emission corresponding to the carrier FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 47 FR 28388, June 30, of reduced carrier systems, shall be in- 1982; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982; 51 FR 4601, Feb. cluded in the necessary bandwidth. 6, 1986] Occupied bandwidth. The frequency bandwidth such that, below its lower § 74.402 Frequency assignment. and above its upper frequency limits, Operation on all channels listed in the mean powers radiated are each this section (except: frequencies 26.07 equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- power radiated by a given emission. quencies listed in paragraphs (a)(4) and Operational communications. Commu- (c)(1) of this section shall be in accord- nications concerning the technical and ance with the ‘‘priority of use’’ provi- programming operation of a broadcast sions in § 74.403(b)). The channel will be station and its auxiliaries. assigned by its center frequency, chan- Remote control operation. Operation of nel bandwidth, and emission desig- a base station by a properly designated nator. In general, the frequencies listed person on duty at a control position in this section represent the center of from which the transmitter is not visi- the channel or channel segment. When ble but that position is equipped with an even number of channels are suitable controls so that essential stacked in those sections stacking is functions can be performed therefrom. permitted, channel assignments may Remote pickup broadcast base station. be made for the frequency halfway be- A remote pickup broadcast station au- tween those listed. thorized for operation at a specified lo- (a) The following channels may be as- cation. signed for use by broadcast remote Remote pickup broadcast mobile station. pickup stations using any emission A remote pickup broadcast station au- (other than single sideband or pulse) thorized for use while in motion or dur- that will be in accordance with the pro- ing halts at unspecified locations. (As visions of § 74.462. used in this subpart, mobile stations (1) [Reserved] include hand-carried, pack-carried and (2) HF Channels: 25.87, 25.91, 25.95, other portable transmitters.) 25.99, 26.03, 26.07, 26.09, 26.11, 26.13, 26.15, Remote pickup broadcast stations. A 26.17, 26.19, 26.21, 26.23, 26.25, 26.27, 26.29, term used in this subpart to include 26.31, 26.33, 26.35, 26.37, 26.39, 26.41, 26.43, both remote pickup broadcast base sta- 26.45, and 26.47 MHz. The channels tions and remote pickup broadcast mo- 25.87–26.09 MHz are subject to the con- bile stations. dition listed in paragraph (e)(2) of this Remote pickup mobile repeater unit. A section. vehicular receiver-transmitter repeater (3) VHF Channels: 166.25 and 170.15 used to provide extended communica- MHz. These channels are subject to the tions range for a low-power hand-car- condition listed in paragraph (e)(8) of ried or pack-carried transmitter. this section. Station. As used in this subpart, each (4) UHF Channels: Up to two of the remote pickup broadcast transmitter, following 6.25 kHz segments may be and its associated accessory equipment stacked to form a channel which may necessary to the radio communication be assigned for use by broadcast re- function, constitutes a separate sta- mote pickup stations using any emis- tion. sion contained within the resultant Studio. Any room or series of rooms channel in accordance with the provi- equipped for the regular production of sions of § 74.462: 450.00625 MHz, 450.0125 broadcast programs of various kinds. A MHz, 450.01875 MHz, 450.025 MHz, broadcasting booth at a stadium, con- 450.98125 MHz, 450.9875 MHz, 450.99375 vention hall, church, or other similar MHz, 455.00625 MHz, 455.0125 MHz, place is not considered to be a studio. 455.01875 MHz, 455.025 MHz, 455.98125

442

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.402

MHz, 455.9875 MHz, and 455.99375 MHz. 161.7675, 161.775. These channels are These channels are subject to the con- subject to the conditions listed in para- dition listed in paragraph (e)(9) of this graphs (e)(4), (7), and (10) of this sec- section. tion. (b) Up to four of the following 7.5 kHz (4) UHF segments: 450.03125, 450.0375, VHF segments and up to eight of the 450.04375, 450.050, 450.05625, 450.0625, following 6.25 kHz UHF segments may 450.06875, 450.075, 450.08125, 450.0875, be stacked to form a channel which 450.09375, 450.100, 450.10625, 450.1125, may be assigned for use by broadcast 450.11875, 450.125, 450.13125, 450.1375, remote pickup stations using any emis- 450.14375, 450.150, 450.15625, 450.1625, sion contained within the resultant 450.16875, 450.175, 450.18125, 450.1875, channel in accordance with the provi- 450.19375, 450.200, 450.20625, 450.2125, sions of § 74.462. 450.21875, 450.225, 450.23125, 450.2375, (1) VHF segments: 152.8625, 152.870, 450.24375, 450.250, 450.25625, 450.2625, 152.8775, 152.885, 152.8925, 152.900, 450.26875, 450.275, 450.28125, 450.2875, 152.9075, 152.915, 152.9225, 152.930, 450.29375, 450.300, 450.30625, 450.3125, 152.9375, 152.945, 152.9525, 152.960, 450.31875, 450.325, 450.33125, 450.3375, 152.9675, 152.975, 152.9825, 152.990, 450.34375, 450.350, 450.35625, 450.3625, 152.9975, 153.005, 153.0125, 153.020, 450.36875, 450.375, 450.38125, 450.3875, 153.0275, 153.035, 153.0425, 153.050, 450.39375, 450.400, 450.40625, 450.4125, 153.0575, 153.065, 153.0725, 153.080, 450.41875, 450.425, 450.43125, 450.4375, 153.0875, 153.095, 153.1025, 153.110, 450.44375, 450.450, 450.45625, 450.4625, 153.1175, 153.125, 153.1325, 153.140, 450.46875, 450.475, 450.48125, 450.4875, 153.1475, 153.155, 153.1625, 153.170, 450.49375, 450.500, 450.50625, 450.5125, 153.1775, 153.185, 153.1925, 153.200, 450.51875, 450.525, 450.53125, 450.5375, 153.2075, 153.215, 153.2225, 153.230, 450.54375, 450.550, 450.55625, 450.5625, 153.2375, 153.245, 153.2525, 153.260, 450.56875, 450.575, 450.58125, 450.5875, 153.2675, 153.275, 153.2825, 153.290, 450.59375, 450.600, 450.60625, 450.6125, 153.2975, 153.305, 153.3125, 153.320, 450.61875, 455.03125, 455.0375, 455.04375, 153.3275, 153.335, 153.3425, 153.350, and 455.050, 455.05625, 455.0625, 455.06875, 153.3575. These channels are subject to 455.075, 455.08125, 455.0875, 455.09375, the conditions listed in paragraphs 455.100, 455.10625, 455.1125, 455.11875, (e)(3), (4), (5), and (10) of this section. 455.125, 455.13125, 455.1375, 455.14375, (2) VHF segments: 160.860, 160.8675, 455.150, 455.15625, 455.1625, 455.16875, 160.875, 160.8825, 160.890, 160.8975, 160.905, 455.175, 455.18125, 455.1875, 455.19375, 160.9125, 160.920, 160.9275, 160.935, 455.200, 455.20625, 455.2125, 455.21875, 160.9425, 160.950, 160.9575, 160.965, 455.225, 455.23125, 455.2375, 455.24375, 160.9725, 160.980, 160.9875, 160.995, 455.250, 455.25625, 455.2625, 455.26875, 161.0025, 161.010, 161.0175, 161.025, 455.275, 455.28125, 455.2875, 455.29375, 161.0325, 161.040, 161.0475, 161.055, 455.300, 455.30625, 455.3125, 455.31875, 161.0625, 161.070, 161.0775, 161.085, 455.325, 455.33125, 455.3375, 455.34375, 161.0925, 161.100, 161.1075, 161.115, 455.350, 455.35625, 455.3625, 455.36875, 161.1225, 161.130, 161.1375, 161.145, 455.375, 455.38125, 455.3875, 455.39375, 161.1525, 161.160, 161.1675, 161.175, 455.400, 455.40625, 455.4125, 455.41875, 161.1825, 161.190, 161.1975, 161.205, 455.425, 455.43125, 455.4375, 455.44375, 161.2125, 161.220, 161.2275, 161.235, 455.450, 455.45625, 455.4625, 455.46875, 161.2425, 161.250, 161.2575, 161.265, 455.475, 455.48125, 455.4875, 455.49375, 161.2725, 161.280, 161.2875, 161.295, 455.500, 455.50625, 455.5125, 455.51875, 161.3025, 161.310, 161.3175, 161.325, 455.525, 455.53125, 455.5375, 455.54375, 161.3325, 161.340, 161.3475, 161.355, 455.550, 455.55625, 455.5625, 455.56875, 161.3625, 161.370, 161.3775, 161.385, 455.575, 455.58125, 455.5875, 455.59375, 161.3925, 161.400. These channels are 455.600, 455.60625, 455.6125, 455.61875. subject to the condition listed in para- (c) Up to two of the following 25 kHz graph (e)(6) and (10) of this section. segments may be stacked to form a (3) VHF segments: 161.625, 161.6325, channel which may be assigned for use 161.640, 161.6475, 161.655, 161.6625, 161.670, by broadcast remote pickup stations 161.6775, 161.685, 161.6925, 161.700, using any emission contained within 161.7075, 161.715, 161.7225, 161.730, the resultant channel in accordance 161.7375, 161.745, 161.7525, 161.760, with the provisions of § 74.462. Users

443

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.402 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

committed to 50 kHz bandwidths and other areas, certain existing stations transmitting program material will in the Public Safety and Industrial/ have primary use of these channels. Business Pools (Part 90) have been per- (1) UHF segments: 450.6375, 450.6625, mitted to continue operation on these 450.6875, 450.7125, 450.7375, 450.7625, frequencies on the condition that no 450.7875, 450.8125, 450.8375, 450.8625, harmful interference is caused to 455.6375, 455.6625, 455.6875, 455.7125, broadcast remote pickup stations. 455.7375, 455.7625, 455.7875, 455.8125, (8) Operation on frequencies 166.25 455.8375, 455.8625 MHz. MHz and 170.15 MHz is subject to the (2) [Reserved] condition that harmful interference (d) Up to two of the following 50 kHz shall not be caused to present or future segments may be stacked to form a Government stations in the band 162– channel which may be assigned for use 174 MHz and is also subject to the band- by broadcast remote pickup stations width and tolerance limitations and using any emission contained within compliance deadlines listed in § 74.462 the resultant channel in accordance of this part. Authorization on these with the provisions of § 74.462. Users frequencies shall be in the lower 48 con- committed to 100 kHz bandwidths and tiguous States only, except within the transmitting program material will area bounded on the west by the Mis- have primary use of these channels. sissippi River, on the north by the par- (1) UHF segments: 450.900, 450.950, ° ′ 455.900, and 455.950 MHz. allel of latitude 37 30 N., and on the (2) [Reserved] east and south by that arc of the circle (e) Conditions on Broadcast Remote with center at Springfield, Illinois, and Pickup Service channel usage as re- radius equal to the airline distance be- ferred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) tween Springfield, Illinois, and Mont- of this section: gomery, Alabama, subtended between (1) [Reserved] the foregoing west and north bound- (2) Operation is subject to the condi- aries, or within 150 miles (241.4 km) of tion that no harmful interference is New York City. caused to stations in the broadcast (9) The use of these frequencies is service. limited to operational communica- (3) Operation is subject to the conditions, including tones for signaling and tion that no harmful interference is for remote control and automatic caused to stations operating in accord- transmission system control and te- ance with the Table of Frequency Allo- lemetry. Stations licensed or applied cations set forth in part 2 of this chap- for before April 16, 2003, must comply ter. Applications for licenses to use fre- with the channel plan by March 17, quencies in this band must include 2006, or may continue to operate on a statements showing what procedures secondary, non-interference basis. will be taken to ensure that inter- (10) Stations licensed or applied for ference will not be caused to stations before April 16, 2003, must comply with in the Industrial/Business Pool (Part the channel plan by March 17, 2006, or 90). may continue to operate on a sec- (4) These frequencies will not be li- ondary, non-interference basis. censed to network entities. (f) License applicants shall request (5) These frequencies will not be au- assignment of only those channels, thorized to new stations for use on both in number and bandwidth, nec- board aircraft. essary for satisfactory operation and (6) These frequencies are allocated for which the system is equipped to op- for assignment to broadcast remote erate. However, it is not necessary that pickup stations in Puerto Rico or the each transmitter within a system be Virgin Islands only. equipped to operate on all frequencies NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (e)(6): These fre- authorized to that licensee. quencies are shared with Public Safety and (g) Remote pickup stations or sys- Industrial/Business Pools (Part 90). tems will not be granted exclusive (7) These frequencies may not be used channel assignments. The same chan- by broadcast remote pickup stations in nel or channels may be assigned to Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands. In other licensees in the same area. When

444

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.432

such sharing is necessary, the provi- structions, frequency coordination, es- sions of § 74.403 shall apply. tablishing microwave links, and operational communications. Operational [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003] communications are alerting tones and special signals of short duration used § 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid for telemetry or control. interference. (c) Remote pickup mobile or base (a) Where two or more remote pickup stations may communicate with any broadcast station licensees are author- other station licensed under this sub- ized to operate on the same frequency part. or group of frequencies in the same (d) Remote pickup mobile stations area and when simultaneous operation may be operated as a vehicular re- is contemplated, the licensees shall en- peater to relay program material and deavor to select frequencies or sched- communications between stations li- ule operation in such manner as to censed under this subpart. Precautions avoid mutual interference. If mutual shall be taken to avoid interference to agreement to this effect cannot be other stations and the vehicular re- reached the Commission shall be noti- peater shall only be activated by hand- fied and it will specify the frequency or carried or pack-carried units. frequencies on which each station is to (e) The output of hand-carried or be operated. pack-carried transmitter units used (b) The following order of priority of with a vehicular repeater is limited to transmissions shall be observed on all 2.5 watts. The output of a vehicular re- frequencies except frequencies 26.07 peater transmitter used as a talkback MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- unit on an additional frequency is lim- quencies listed in § 74.402(a)(4) and ited to 2.5 watts. (c)(1): (f) Remote pickup base and mobile (1) Communications during an emer- stations in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, gency or pending emergency directly Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands related to the safety of life and prop- may be used for any purpose related to erty. the programming or technical oper- (2) Program material to be broadcast. ation of a broadcasting station, except (3) Cues, orders, and other related for transmission intended for direct re- communications immediately nec- ception by the general public. essary to the accomplishment of a (g) [Reserved] broadcast. (h) In the event that normal aural (4) Operational communications. studio to transmitter circuits are dam- (5) Tests or drills to check the per- aged, stations licensed under Subpart formance of stand-by or emergency cir- D may be used to provide temporary cuits. circuits for a period not exceeding 30 days without further authority from [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] the Commission necessary to continue broadcasting. § 74.431 Special rules applicable to re- (i) Remote pickup mobile or base sta- mote pickup stations. tions may be used for activities associ- (a) Remote pickup mobile stations ated with the Emergency Alert System may be used for the transmission of (EAS) and similar emergency survival material from the scene of events communications systems. Drills and which occur outside the studio back to test are also permitted on these sta- studio or production center. The trans- tions, but the priority requirements of mitted material shall be intended for § 74.403(b) must be observed in such the licensee’s own use and may be cases. made available for use by any other [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 68 FR broadcast station or cable system. 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] (b) Remote pickup mobile or base stations may be used for communica- § 74.432 Licensing requirements and tions related to production and tech- procedures. nical support of the remote program. (a) A license for a remote pickup sta- This includes cues, orders, dispatch in- tion will be issued to: the licensee of an

445

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.433 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

AM, FM, noncommercial FM, low nity, designation of one such station as power FM, TV, Class A TV, inter- the associated broadcasting station national broadcast or low power TV will not preclude use of the remote station; broadcast network-entity; or pickup broadcast facilities with those cable network-entity. broadcasting stations not included in (b) Base stations may operate as the designation and such additional use automatic relay stations on the fre- shall be at the discretion of the li- quencies listed in § 74.402(b)(4) and (c)(1) censee. under the provisions of § 74.436, how- (h) In cases where a series of broad- ever, one licensee may not operate casts are to be made from the same lo- such stations on more than two fre- cation, portable or mobile transmitters quency pairs in a single area. may be left at such location for the du- (c) Base stations may use voice com- ration of the series of broadcasts: Pro- munications between the studio and vided, The transmitting apparatus is transmitter or points of any intercity properly secured so that it may not be relay system on frequencies in Groups operated by unauthorized persons when I and J. unattended. Prior Commission author- (d) Base stations may be authorized ity shall be obtained for the installa- to establish standby circuits from tion of any transmitting antenna places where official broadcasts may be which requires notification to the made during times of emergency and FAA, pursuant to § 17.7 of the Commis- circuits to interconnect an emergency sion’s rules and regulations, and which survival communications system. will be in existence for more than 2 (e) In Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, Puerto days. Rico, and the Virgin Islands, base sta- (i) The location of each remote pick- tions may provide program circuits be- up broadcast base station will be speci- tween the studio and transmitter or to fied in the station or system license relay programs between broadcasting and such stations may not be operated stations. A base station may be oper- at any other location without prior au- ated unattended in accordance with the thority of the Commission. following: (j) The license shall be retained in (1) The station must be designed, in- the licensee’s files at the address stalled, and protected so that the shown on the authorization. transmitter can only be activated or (k) In case of permanent discontinu- controlled by persons authorized by the ance of operations of a station licensed licensee. under this subpart, the licensee shall (2) The station must be equipped with cancel the station license using FCC circuits to prevent transmitter oper- Form 601. For purposes of this section, ation when no signal is received from a station which is not operated for a the station which it is relaying. period of one year is considered to have (f) Remote pickup stations may use been permanently discontinued. only those frequencies and bandwidths (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) which are necessary for operation. (g) An application for a remote pick- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 47 FR 21496, May 18, up broadcast station or system shall 1982; 49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984; 51 FR 4602, specify the broadcasting station with Feb. 6, 1986; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 60 FR which the remote pickup broadcast fa- 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000; cility is to be principally used and the 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, licensed area of operation for a system 2019] which includes mobile stations shall be the area considered to be served by the § 74.433 Temporary authorizations. associated broadcasting station. Mo- (a) Special temporary authority may bile stations may be operated outside be granted for remote pickup station the licensed area of operation pursuant operation which cannot be conducted to § 74.24 of this part. Where the appli- in accordance with § 74.24. Such author- cant for remote pickup broadcast fa- ity will normally be granted only for cilities is the licensee of more than one operations of a temporary nature. class of broadcasting station (AM, FM, Where operation is seen as likely on a TV), all licensed to the same commu- continuing annual basis, an application

446

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.451

for a regular authorization should be vated or controlled by persons author- submitted. ized by the licensee. (b) A request for special temporary (c) A remote control system must authority for the operation of a remote prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- pickup broadcast station must be made ation caused by malfunctions in the in accordance with the procedures of circuits between the control point and § 1.931(b) of this chapter. transmitter. (c) All requests for special temporary authority of a remote pickup broadcast [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR station must include full particulars 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] including: licensee’s name and address, facility identification number of the § 74.436 Special requirements for automatic relay stations. associated broadcast station or stations, call letters of remote pickup sta- (a) An automatic relay station must tion (if assigned), type and manufac- be designed, installed, and protected so turer of equipment, power output, that the transmitter can only be acti- emission, frequency or frequencies pro- vated or controlled by persons author- posed to be used, commencement and ized by the licensee. termination date, location of operation (b) An automatic relay station may and purpose for which request is made accomplish retransmission of the in- including any particular justification. coming signals by either heterodyne (d) A request for special temporary frequency conversion or by modulating authority shall specify a frequency or the transmitter with the demodulated frequencies consistent with the provi- incoming signals. sions of § 74.402: Provided, That, in the (c) An automatic relay station trans- case of events of wide-spread interest mitter may relay the demodulated in- and importance which cannot be trans- coming signals from one or more re- mitted successfully on these fre- ceivers. quencies, frequencies assigned to other services may be requested upon a show- [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR ing that operation thereon will not 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] cause interference to established sta- § 74.451 Certification of equipment. tions: And provided further, In no case will operation of a remote pickup (a) Applications for new remote pick- broadcast station be authorized on fre- up broadcast stations or systems or for quencies employed for the safety of life changing transmitting equipment of an and property. existing station will not be accepted (e) The user shall have full control unless the transmitters to be used have over the transmitting equipment dur- been certificated by the FCC pursuant ing the period it is operated. to the provisions of this subpart, or (f) Special temporary authority to have been certificated for licensing permit operation of remote pickup under part 90 of this chapter and do not broadcast stations or systems pending exceed the output power limits speci- Commission action on an application fied in § 74.461(b). for regular authority will not normally (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- be granted. mitter to be used in this service may [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 apply for certification for such trans- FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, mitter following the certification pro- 1982; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] mission’s rules and regulations. Atten- tion is also directed to part 1 of the § 74.434 Remote control operation. Commission’s rules and regulations (a) A remote control system must which specifies the fees required when provide adequate monitoring and con- filing an application for certification. trol functions to permit proper oper- (c) An applicant for a remote pickup ation of the station. broadcast station or system may also (b) A remote control system must be apply for certification for an individual designed, installed, and protected so transmitter by following the certifi- that the transmitter can only be acti- cation procedure set forth in part 2 of

447

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.452 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the Commission’s rules and regula- § 74.461 Transmitter power. tions. (a) Transmitter power is the power at (d) All transmitters marketed for use the transmitter output terminals and under this subpart shall be certificated delivered to the antenna, antenna by the Federal Communications Com- transmission line, or any other imped- mission. (Refer to subpart J of part 2 of ance-matched, radio frequency load. the Commission’s Rules and Regula- For the purpose of this Subpart, the tions.) transmitter power is the carrier power. (e) Remote pickup broadcast station (b) The authorized transmitter power equipment authorized to be used pursu- for a remote pickup broadcast station ant to an application accepted for fil- shall be limited to that necessary for ing prior to December 1, 1977, may con- satisfactory service and, in any event, tinue to be used by the licensee or its shall not be greater than 100 watts, ex- successors or assignees: Provided, how- cept that a station to be operated ever, If operation of such equipment aboard an aircraft shall normally be causes harmful interference due to its limited to a maximum authorized failure to comply with the technical power of 15 watts. Specific authoriza- standards set forth in this subpart, the tion to operate stations on board air- Commission may, at its discretion, re- craft with an output power exceeding quire the licensee to take such correc- 15 watts will be issued only upon an tive action as is necessary to eliminate adequate engineering showing of need, the interference. and of the procedures that will be (f) Each instrument of authority taken to avoid harmful interference to which permits operation of a remote other licensees. pickup broadcast station or system (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) using equipment which has not been certificated will specify the particular [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 43 transmitting equipment which the li- FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978] censee is authorized to use. § 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) emissions. (a) Each authorization for a new re- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 42 FR 43636, Aug. 30, mote pickup broadcast station or sys- 1977; 43 FR 14661, Apr. 7, 1978; 45 FR 28142, tem shall require the use of certifi- Apr. 28, 1980; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR cated equipment and such equipment 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] shall be operated in accordance with emission specifications included in the § 74.452 Equipment changes. grant of certification and as prescribed (a) Modifications may be made to an in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this existing authorization in accordance section. with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. (b) The maximum authorized band- (b) All transmitters initially in- width of emissions corresponding to stalled after November 30, 1977, must be the types of emissions specified below, and the maximum authorized fre- certificated for use in this service or quency deviation in the case of fre- other service as specified in § 74.451(a). quency or phase modulated emission, [68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] shall be as follows:

Maximum Authorized bandwidth frequency Frequencies Type of emission 2 (kHz) deviation 1 (kHz)

MHz: 25.87 to 26.03 ...... 40 ...... 10 Frequencies 25.87 to 153.3575 26.07 to 26.47 ...... 20 ...... 5 MHz: A3E, F1E, F3E, F9E. 152.8625 to 153.3575 3 ...... 30/60 ...... 5/10 160.860 to 161.400 ...... 60 ...... 10 161.625 to 161.775 ...... 30 ...... 5 166.25 and 170.15 4 ...... 12.5/25 ...... 5

448

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.464

Maximum Authorized bandwidth frequency Frequencies Type of emission 2 (kHz) deviation 1 (kHz)

450.00625 to 450.025 Frequencies 160.860 to 450.98125 to 450.99375 455.950 MHz: A1A, 455.00625 to 455.025 A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, 455.98125 to 455.99375 ...... A2B, A2D, A2E, A3E, ...... F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, ...... F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, Up to 12.5 ...... F3E, F9E...... 1.5 ...... 450.03125 to 450.61875 455.03125 to 455.61875 ...... Up to 25 ...... 5 450.6375 to 450.8625 455.6375 to 455.8625 ...... 25–50 ...... 10 450.900, 450.950 455.900, 455.950 ...... 50–100 ...... 35 1 Applies where F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, F3E, or F9E emissions are used. 2 Stations operating above 450 MHz shall show a need for employing A1A, A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, A2B, A2D, A2E, F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, or F2E emission. 3 New or modified licenses for use of the frequencies will not be granted to utilize transmitters on board aircraft, or to use a bandwidth in excess of 30 kHz and maximum deviation exceeding 5 kHz 4 For stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on frequencies 166.25 MHz or 170.15 MHz shall not exceed 25 kHz, and such operation may continue until January 1, 2005. For new stations licensed or applied for on or after April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz. For all remote pickup broadcast stations, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz on or after January 1, 2005.

(c) For emissions on frequencies NOTE: The measurements of emission above 25 MHz with authorized power can be expressed in peak or mean val- bandwidths up to 30 kHz, the emissions ues provided they are expressed in the same parameters as the unmodulated transmitter shall comply with the emission mask carrier power. and transient frequency behavior requirements of §§ 90.210 and 90.214 of this (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) chapter. For all other emissions, the [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 41 mean power of emissions shall be at- FR 32429, Aug. 3, 1976; 41 FR 35068, Aug. 19, tenuated below the mean output power 1976; 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 43 FR 38391, of the transmitter in accordance with Aug. 28, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 56 FR 28498, June 21, 1991; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; the following schedule: 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, (1) On any frequency removed from 2003] the assignment frequency by more than 50 percent up to and including 100 § 74.463 Modulation requirements. percent of the authorized bandwidth: at (a) Each new remote pickup broad- least 25 dB: cast station authorized to operate with (2) On any frequency removed from a power output in excess of 3 watts the assigned frequency by more than shall be equipped with a device which 100 percent up to and including 250 per- will automatically prevent modulation cent of the authorized bandwidth: at in excess of the limits set forth in this least 35 dB; subpart. (3) On any frequency removed from (b) If amplitude modulation is em- the assigned frequency by more than ployed, modulation shall not exceed 100 250 percent on the authorized band- percent on negative peaks. width; at least 43 plus 10 log10 (mean (c) If frequency modulation is em- output power, in watts) dB. ployed, emission shall conform to the (d) In the event a station’s emissions requirements specified in § 74.462. outside its authorized channel cause [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 harmful interference, the Commission FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982] may, at its discretion, require the licensee to take such further steps as § 74.464 Frequency tolerance. may be necessary to eliminate the in- For operations on frequencies above terference. 25 MHz using authorized bandwidths up

449

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.465 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

to 30 kHz, the licensee of a remote broadcast stations participating in the pickup broadcast station or system operation shall be made at approxi- shall maintain the operating frequency mately one-hour intervals. Identifica- of each station in compliance with the tion transmissions during operation frequency tolerance requirements of need not be made when to make such § 90.213 of this chapter. For all other op- transmissions would interrupt a single erations, the licensee of a remote pick- consecutive speech, play, religious up broadcast station or system shall service, symphony, concert, or any maintain the operating frequency of type of production. In such cases, the each station in accordance with the identification transmissions shall be following: made at the first interruption in the Tolerance (percent) program continuity and at the conclu- Frequency range Base sta- Mobile sta- sion thereof. Hourly identification may tion tion be accomplished either by transmission

25 to 30 MHz: of the station or system call sign and 3 W or less ...... 002 .005 unit designator assigned to the indi- Over 3 W ...... 002 .002 vidual station or identification of an 30 to 300 MHz: 3 W or less ...... 0005 .005 associated broadcasting station or net- Over 3 W ...... 0005 .0005 work with which the remote pickup 300 to 500 MHz, all powers ...... 00025 .0005 broadcast station is being used. (c) In cases where an automatic relay (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, station is a part of the circuit, the call 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) sign of the relay transmitter may be [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 transmitted automatically by the relay FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 43 FR 38391, Aug. 28, transmitter or by the remote pickup 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003] broadcast base or mobile station that actuates the automatic relay station. § 74.465 Frequency monitors and (d) Automatically activated equip- measurements. ment may be used to transmit station The licensee of a remote pickup sta- identification in International Morse tion or system shall provide the nec- Code, provided that the modulation essary means to assure that all oper- tone is 1200 Hz±800 Hz, the level of mod- ating frequencies are maintained with- ulation of the identification signal is in the allowed tolerances. maintained at 40%±10%, and that the [51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986] code transmission rate is maintained between 20 and 25 words per minute. § 74.482 Station identification. (e) For stations using F1E or G1E (a) Each remote pickup broadcast emissions, identification shall be station shall be identified by the trans- transmitted in the unscrambled analog mission of the assigned station or sys- (F3E) mode or in International Morse tem call sign, or by the call sign of the Code pursuant to the provisions of associated broadcast station. For sys- paragraph (d) of this section at inter- tems, the licensee (including those op- vals not to exceed 15 minutes. For pur- erating pursuant to § 74.24 of this part) poses of rule enforcement, all licensees shall assign a unit designator to each using F1E or G1E emissions shall pro- station in the system. The call sign vide, upon request by the Commission, (and unit designator, where appro- a full and complete description of the priate) shall be transmitted at the be- encoding methodology they currently ginning and end of each period of oper- use. ation. A period of operation may consist of a single continuous trans- NOTE: Stations are encouraged to identify mission, or a series of intermittent using their associated part 73 station call transmissions pertaining to a single sign. event. [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 (b) In cases where a period of oper- FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, ation is of more than one hour dura- 1987; 56 FR 28499, June 21, 1991; 68 FR 12766, tion identification of remote pickup Mar. 17, 2003]

450

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.502

Subpart E—Aural Broadcast band by the technical standards speci- Auxiliary Stations fied in § 101.105(c)(2). (b) The frequency band 944–952 MHz is § 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast available for assignment to aural STL auxiliary stations. and ICR stations. One or more of the following 25 kHz segments may be (a) Aural broadcast STL station. A stacked to form a channel which may fixed station for the transmission of be assigned with a maximum author- aural program material between the ized bandwidth of 300 kHz except as studio and the transmitter of a broad- noted in the following Table. The chan- casting station other than an inter- nel, will be assigned by its center fre- national broadcasting station. quency, channel bandwidth, and emis- (b) Aural broadcast intercity relay sion designator. The following fre- (ICR) station. A fixed station for the quencies are the centers of individual transmission of aural program mate- segments. When stacking an even num- rial between radio broadcast stations, ber of segments, the center frequency other than international broadcast sta- specified will deviate from the fol- tions, between FM radio broadcast sta- lowing frequencies in that it should tions and their co-owned FM booster correspond to the actual center of stations, between noncommercial edu- stacked channels. When stacking an cational FM radio stations and their odd number of channels, the center fre- co-owned noncommercial educational quency specified will correspond to one FM translator stations assigned to re- of the following frequencies. served channels (Channels 201 to 220), 944.0125, 944.0375, 944.0625, 944.0875, 944.1125, between FM radio stations and FM 944.1375, 944.1625, 944.1875, 944.2125, 944.2375, translator stations operating within 944.2625, 944.2875, 944.3125, 944.3375, 944.3625, the coverage contour of their primary 944.3875, 944.4125, 944.4375, 944.4625, 944.4875, stations, or for such other purposes as 944.5125, 944.5375, 944.5625, 944.5875, 944.6125, 944.6375, 944.6625, 944.6875, 944.7125, 944.7375, authorized in § 74.531. 944.7625, 944.7875, 944.8125, 944.8375, 944.8625, (c) Aural broadcast microwave booster 944.8875, 944.9125, 944.9375, 944.9625, 944.9875, station. A fixed station in the broadcast 945.0125, 945.0375, 945.0625, 945.0875, 945.1125, auxiliary service that receives and am- 945.1375, 945.1625, 945.1875, 945.2125, 945.2375, plifies signals of an aural broadcast 945.2625, 945.2875, 945.3125, 945.3375, 945.3625, STL or intercity relay station and re- 945.3875, 945.4125, 945.4375, 945.4625, 945.4875, transmits them on the same frequency. 945.5125, 945.5375, 945.5625, 945.5875, 945.6125, 945.6375, 945.6625, 945.6875, 945.7125, 945.7375, [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 945.7625, 945.7875, 945.8125, 945.8375, 945.8625, FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 945.8875, 945.9125, 945.9375, 945.9625, 945.9875, 1988; 55 FR 50692, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, 946.0125, 946.0375, 946.0625, 946.0875, 946.1125, Sept. 9, 1992] 946.1375, 946.1625, 946.1875, 946.2125, 946.2375, 946.2625, 946.2875, 946.3125, 946.3375, 946.3625, § 74.502 Frequency assignment. 946.3875, 946.4125, 946.4375, 946.4625, 946.4875, 946.5125, 946.5375, 946.5625, 946.5875, 946.6125, (a) Except as provided in NG30, 946.6375, 946.6625, 946.6875, 946.7125, 946.7375, broadcast auxiliary stations licensed as 946.7625, 946.7875, 946.8125, 946.8375, 946.8625, of November 21, 1984, to operate in the 946.8875, 946.9125, 946.9375, 946.9625, 946.9875, band 942–944 MHz 1 may continue to op- 947.0125, 947.0375, 947.0625, 947.0875, 947.1125, 947.1375, 947.1625, 947.1875, 947.2125, 947.2375, erate on a co-equal, primary basis to 947.2625, 947.2875, 947.3125, 947.3375, 947.3625, other stations and services operating 947.3875, 947.4125, 947.4375, 947.4625, 947.4875, in the band in accordance with the 947.5125, 947.5375, 947.5625, 947.5875, 947.6125, Table of Frequency Allocations. These 947.6375, 947.6625, 947.6875, 947.7125, 947.7375, stations will be protected from possible 947.7625, 947.7875, 947.8125, 947.8375, 947.8625, interference caused by new users of the 947.8875, 947.9125, 947.9375, 947.9625, 947.9875, 948.0125, 948.0375, 948.0625, 948.0875, 948.1125, 948.1375, 948.1625, 948.1875, 948.2125, 948.2375, 1 NOTE: In addition to this band, stations in 948.2625, 948.2875, 948.3125, 948.3375, 948.3625, Puerto Rico may continue to be authorized 948.3875, 948.4125, 948.4375, 948.4625, 948.4875, on 942.5, 943.0, 943.5, 944.0 MHz in the band 948.5125, 948.5375, 948.5625, 948.5875, 948.6125, 942–944 MHz on a primary basis to stations 948.6375, 948.6625, 948.6875, 948.7125, 948.7375, and services operating in accordance with 948.7625, 948.7875, 948.8125, 948.8375, 948.8625, the Table of Frequency Allocations. 948.8875, 948.9125, 948.9375, 948.9625, 948.9875,

451

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.502 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

949.0125, 949.0375, 949.0625, 949.0875, 949.1125, band 18,760–18,820 and 19,100–19,160 MHz 949.1375, 949.1625, 949.1875, 949.2125, 949.2375, on a shared co-primary basis with 949.2625, 949.2875, 949.3125, 949.3375, 949.3625, other services under parts 21, 25, and 949.3875, 949.4125, 949.4375, 949.4625, 949.4875, 101 of this chapter until June 8, 2010. 949.5125, 949.5375, 949.5625, 949.5875, 949.6125, 949.6375, 949.6625, 949.6875, 949.7125, 949.7375, Prior to June 8, 2010, such stations are 949.7625, 949.7875, 949.8125, 949.8375, 949.8625, subject to relocation by licensees in 949.8875, 949.9125, 949.9375, 949.9625, 949.9875, the fixed-satellite service. Such reloca- 950.0125, 950.0375, 950.0625, 950.0875, 950.1125, tion is subject to the provisions of 950.1375, 950.1625, 950.1875, 950.2125, 950.2375, §§ 101.85 through 101.97 of this chapter. 950.2625, 950.2875, 950.3125, 950.3375, 950.3625, After June 8, 2010, such operations are 950.3875, 950.4125, 950.4375, 950.4625, 950.4875, not entitled to protection from fixed- 950.5125, 950.5375, 950.5625, 950.5875, 950.6125, 950.6375, 950.6625, 950.6875, 950.7125, 950.7375, satellite service operations and must 950.7625, 950.7875, 950.8125, 950.8375, 950.8625, not cause unacceptable interference to 950.8875, 950.9125, 950.9375, 950.9625, 950.9875, fixed-satellite service station oper- 951.0125, 951.0375, 951.0625, 951.0875, 951.1125, ations. No applications for new licenses 951.1375, 951.1625, 951.1875, 951.2125, 951.2375, will be accepted in these bands after 951.2625, 951.2875, 951.3125, 951.3375, 951.3625, June 8, 2000. 951.3875, 951.4125, 951.4375, 951.4625, 951.4875, (1)(i) 5 MHz maximum authorized 951.5125, 951.5375, 951.5625, 951.5875, 951.6125, 951.6375, 951.6625, 951.6875, 951.7125, 951.7375, bandwidth channels: 951.7625, 951.7875, 951.8125, 951.8375, 951.8625, Receive 951.8875, 951.9125, 951.9375, 951.9625, 951.9875. Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) (1) A single broadcast station may be authorized up to a maximum of twenty 340 MHz Separation segments (500 kHz total bandwidth) for transmission of program material be- 18762.5 ...... 19102.5 18767.5 ...... 19107.5 tween a single origin and one or more 18772.5 ...... 19112.5 designations. The station may lease ex- 18777.5 ...... 19117.5 cess capacity for broadcast and other 18782.5 ...... 19122.5 uses on a secondary basis, subject to 18787.5 ...... 19127.5 availability of spectrum for broadcast 18792.5 ...... 19132.5 18797.5 ...... 19137.5 use. However, an FM station licensed 18802.5 ...... 19142.5 for twelve or fewer segments (300 kHz 18807.5 ...... 19147.5 total bandwidth) or an AM station li- 18812.5 ...... 19152.5 censed for eight or fewer segments (200 18817.5 ...... 19157.5 kHz total bandwidth) may lease excess capacity for broadcast and other uses (ii) Licensees may use either a two- on a primary basis. way link or one frequency of a fre- (2) An applicant (new or modification quency pair for a one-way link. of existing license) may assume the (2) [Reserved] cost of replacement of one or more ex- (d) For the coordination of all fre- isting licensees equipment with quency assignments for fixed stations narrowband equipment of comparable above 944 MHz, for each frequency au- capabilities and quality in order to thorized under this part, the inter- make available spectrum for its facili- ference protection criteria in ties. Existing licensees must accept § 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapter such replacement without cost to them and the frequency usage coordination except upon a showing that the re- procedures of § 101.103(d) of this chapter placement equipment does not meet will apply. the capability or quality requirements. (e) The use of the frequencies listed (c) Aural broadcast STL and inter- in paragraph (b) of this section by city relay stations that were licensed aural broadcast intercity relay sta- or had applications pending before the tions is subject to the condition that Commission as of September 18, 1998 no harmful interference is caused to may continue those operations in the other classes of stations operating in

452

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.531

accordance with the Table of Fre- their primary stations. This use shall quency Allocations contained in § 2.106 not interfere with or otherwise pre- of this chapter. clude use of these broadcast auxiliary [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 facilities by broadcast auxiliary sta- FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, tions transmitting aural programming 1984; 50 FR 4658, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 7341, Feb. between broadcast stations as provided 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, in paragraph (b) of this section. Nov. 26, 1985; 54 FR 10329, Mar. 13, 1989; 54 FR (d) An aural broadcast STL or inter- 24905, June 12, 1989; 54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989; 65 FR 38325, June 20, 2000; 65 FR 54172, Sept. city relay may be used to transmit ma- 7, 2000; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, terial between an FM broadcast radio Apr. 8, 2003; 73 FR 25496, May 6, 2008] station and an FM booster station owned, operated, and controlled by the § 74.503 Frequency selection. licensee of the originating FM radio (a) Each application for a new station station. This use shall not interfere or change in an existing station shall with or otherwise preclude use of these be specific with regard to frequency. In broadcast auxiliary facilities by broad- general, the lowest suitable frequency cast auxiliary stations transmitting will be assigned which, on an engineer- aural programming between the studio ing basis, will not cause harmful inter- and transmitter location of a broadcast ference to other stations operating in station or between broadcast stations accordance with existing frequency al- as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of locations. this section. (b) Where it appears that interference (e) An aural broadcast microwave may result from the operation of a new booster station is authorized to re- station or a change in the facilities of an existing station, the Commission transmit the signals of an aural broad- may require a showing that harmful in- cast STL or intercity relay station. terference will not be caused to exist- (f) Multiplexing of the STL or inter- ing stations or that if interference will city relay transmitter may be em- be caused the need for the proposed ployed to provide additional commu- service outweighs the loss of service nication channels for the transmission due to the interference. of aural program material, news-wire teleprinter signals relaying news to be [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963] associated with main channel program- § 74.531 Permissible service. ming, operational communications, (a) An aural broadcast STL station is and material authorized to be trans- authorized to transmit aural program mitted over an FM station under a material between the studio and trans- valid Subsidiary Communications Au- mitter location of a broadcasting sta- thorization (SCA). An aural broadcast tion, except an international broad- STL or intercity relay station may not casting station, for simultaneous or de- be operated solely for the transmission layed broadcast. of operational, teleprinter or sub- (b) An aural broadcast intercity relay sidiary communications. Operational station is authorized to transmit aural communications include cues, orders, program material between broad- and other communications directly re- casting stations, except international lated to the operation of the broadcast broadcasting stations, for simulta- station as well as special signals used neous or delayed broadcast. for telemetry or the control of appa- (c) An aural broadcast intercity relay ratus used in conjunction with the station is authorized to transmit aural broadcasting operations. program material between noncommer- (g) All program material, including cial educational FM radio stations and subsidiary communications, trans- their co-owned noncommercial edu- mitted over an aural broadcast STL or cational FM translator stations as- intercity relay station shall be in- signed to reserved channels (Channels tended for use by broadcast stations 201 to 220) and between FM radio stations and FM translator stations oper- owned or under common control of the ating within the coverage contour of licensee or licensees of the STL or

453

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.532 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

intercity relay station. Other broad- tions. Auxiliary stations licensed to cast stations may simultaneously uti- low power FM stations must accept lize such program material with per- any interference caused by stations mission of the STL or intercity relay having primary use of aural auxiliary station licensee. frequencies. (h) In any case where multiplexing, is (b) More than one aural broadcast employed on an aural broadcast STL STL or intercity relay station may be station for the simultaneous trans- licensed to a single licensee upon a sat- mission of more than one aural chan- isfactory showing that the additional nel, the STL transmitter must be capa- stations are needed to provide different ble of transmitting the multiple chan- program circuits to more than one nels within the channel on which the broadcast station, to provide program STL station is authorized to operate circuits from other studios, or to pro- and with adequate technical quality so vide one or more intermediate relay that each broadcast station utilizing stations over a path which cannot be the circuit can meet the technical per- covered with a single station due to formance standards stipulated in the terrain or distance. rules governing that class of broad- (c) If more than one broadcast sta- casting station. If multiplex operation tion or class of broadcast station is to is employed during the regular oper- be served by a single aural broadcast ation of the STL station, the addi- auxiliary station, this information tional circuits shall be in operation at must be stated in the application for the time that the required periodic per- construction permit or license. formance measurements are made of (d) Licensees of aural broadcast STL the overall broadcasting system from and intercity relay stations may be au- the studio microphone input circuit to thorized to operate one or more aural the broadcast transmitter output cir- broadcast microwave booster stations cuit. for the purpose of relaying signals over [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 45 a path that cannot be covered with a FR 51564, Aug. 4, 1980; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, single station. 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, (e) Each aural broadcast auxiliary Sept. 9, 1992] station will be licensed at a specified transmitter location to communicate § 74.532 Licensing requirements. with a specified receiving location, and (a) An aural broadcast STL or an the direction of the main radiation aural broadcast intercity relay station lobe of the transmitting antenna will will be licensed only to the licensee or be a term of the station authorization. licensees of broadcast stations, includ- (f) In case of permanent discontinuing low power FM stations, other than ance of operations of a station licensed international broadcast stations, and under this subpart, the licensee shall for use with broadcast stations owned cancel the station license using FCC entirely by or under common control of Form 601. For purposes of this section, the licensee or licensees. An aural a station which is not operated for a broadcast intercity relay station also period of one year is considered to have will be licensed for use by low power been permanently discontinued. FM stations, noncommercial educational FM translator stations as- [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, signed to reserved channels (Channels 1984; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50693, 201–220) and owned and operated by Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR their primary station, by FM trans- 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; lator stations operating within the 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] coverage contour of their primary stations, and by FM booster stations. § 74.533 Remote control and unat- Aural auxiliary stations licensed to tended operation. low power FM stations will be assigned (a) Aural broadcast STL and inter- on a secondary basis; i.e., subject to the city relay stations may be operated by condition that no harmful interference remote control provided that such op- is caused to other aural auxiliary sta- eration is conducted in accordance tions assigned to radio broadcast sta- with the conditions listed below:

454

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.535

(1) The remote control system must (b) In no event shall the average provide adequate monitoring and con- equivalent isotropically radiated power trol functions to permit proper oper- (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic ation of the station. radiator, exceed the values specified in (2) The remote control system must the following table. In cases of harmful be designed, installed, and protected so interference, the Commission may, that the transmitter can only be acti- after notice and opportunity for hear- vated or controlled by persons author- ing, order a change in the equivalent ized by the licensee. isotropically radiated power of this (3) The remote control system must station. prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- Maximum Al- ation due to malfunctions in circuits Frequency band (MHz) lowable 1 between the control point and trans- EIRP (dBW) mitter. 944 to 952 ...... + 40 (b) Aural broadcast auxiliary sta- 17,700 to 18,600 ...... + 55 tions may be operated unattended sub- 18,600 to 19,700 ...... + 35 ject to the following provisions: 1 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April (1) The transmitter shall be provided 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, with adequate safeguards to prevent may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic improper operation of the equipment. renewal. (2) The transmitter installation shall (c) The EIRP of transmitters that use be adequately protected against tam- Automatic Transmitter Power Control pering by unauthorized persons. (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP spec- (3) Whenever an unattended aural ified on the station authorization. The broadcast auxiliary station is used, ap- EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters shall propriate observations must be made be maintained as near as practicable to at the receiving end of the circuit as the EIRP specified on the station au- often as necessary to ensure proper sta- thorization. tion operation. However, an aural broadcast STL (and any aural broad- [68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] cast microwave booster station) associated with a radio or TV broadcast sta- § 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. tion operated by remote control may (a) The mean power of emissions be observed by monitoring the broad- shall be attenuated below the mean cast station’s transmitted signal at the transmitter power (PMEAN) in accord- remote control or ATS monitoring ance with the following schedule: point. (1) When using frequency modulation: (c) The FCC may notify the licensee (i) On any frequency removed from to cease or modify operation in the the assigned (center) frequency by case of frequency usage disputes, inter- more than 50% up to and including ference or similar situations where 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At such action appears to be in the public least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference interest, convenience and necessity. bandwidth (BREF); (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended by sec. 1, (ii) On any frequency removed from 74 Stat. 363; 47 U.S.C. 318) the assigned (center) frequency by [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 more than 100% up to and including FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985; 50 FR 48599, least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] bandwidth; (iii) On any frequency removed from § 74.534 Power limitations. the assigned (center) frequency by (a) Transmitter output power. (1) more than 250% of the authorized band- Transmitter output power shall be lim- width: At least 43 + 10 log10 (PMEAN in ited to that necessary to accomplish watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the the function of the system. lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref- (2) In the 17,700 to 19,700 MHz band, erence bandwidth. transmitter output power shall not ex- (2) When using transmissions employ- ceed 10 watts. ing digital modulation techniques:

455

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.535 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) For operating frequencies below 15 D = the displacement frequency (kHz) from GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth the center of the authorized bandwidth. W = the channel bandwidth (kHz). (BREF), the center frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency (2) On any frequency removed from by more than 50 percent up to and in- the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: cluding 250 percent of the authorized At least 43 + 10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts) bandwidth: As specified by the fol- dB. lowing equation but in no event less (c) In the event a station’s emissions than 50 decibels: outside its authorized channel cause A = 35 + 0.8(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log B. harmful interference, the Commission 10 may require the licensee to take such (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is further steps as may be necessary to not required.) eliminate the interference. Where: (d) For purposes of compliance with the emission limitation requirements A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean output power level. of this section: G = Percent removed from the carrier fre- (1) If the transmitter modulates a quency. single carrier, digital modulation tech- B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. niques are considered as being employed when digital modulation occu- (ii) For operating frequencies above pies 50 percent or more of the total 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band- peak frequency deviation of a trans- width (BREF), the center frequency of mitted radio frequency carrier. The which is removed from the assigned total peak frequency deviation will be frequency by more than 50 percent up determined by adding the deviation to and including 250 percent of the au- produced by the digital modulation sig- thorized bandwidth: As specified by the nal and the deviation produced by any following equation but in no event less frequency division multiplex (FDM) than 11 decibels: modulation used. The deviation (D) A = 11 + 0.4(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B. produced by the FDM signal must be (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) not required.) of this chapter. (2) If the transmitter modulates two (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth or more carriers, with at least one (BREF), the center frequency of which is using digital modulation and one using removed from the assigned frequency frequency or other analog modulation, by more than 250 percent of the author- digital modulation techniques are con- ized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10 Log10 sidered as being employed when the (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- ation. gregate bandwidth of the system, com- (b) For all emissions not covered in prising the digital necessary band- paragraph (a) of this section, the peak width(s), the analog necessary band- power of emissions shall be attenuated width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between below the peak envelope transmitter the digital and analog necessary power (PPEAK) in accordance with the bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate following schedule: bandwidth shall be used for the author- (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of channel edge up to and including 2500 this section, and for purposes of com- Hz outside the same edge, the following pliance with the bandwidth limitations formula will apply: in § 74.502 of this subpart; and the sum 2 A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] of the powers of the analog and digital dB signals shall be used for mean transmitter power (P ) in paragraph (a) (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is MEAN or the peak envelope transmitter power not required.) (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, Where: and for purposes of compliance with A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve- the power limitations in § 74.534 of this lope transmitter power. subpart.

456

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.536

(3) For demonstrating compliance (e) The following limitations apply to with the attenuation requirements for the operation of aural broadcast micro- frequency modulation and digital mod- wave booster stations: ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, (1) The booster station must receive the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the and amplify the signals of the origi- measuring equipment used for meas- nating station and retransmit them on urements removed from the center fre- the same frequency without signifi- quency by more than 250 percent of the cantly altering them in any way. The authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz characteristics of the booster trans- for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, mitter output signal shall meet the re- and 1 MHz for operating frequencies quirements applicable to the signal of above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth the originating station. for frequencies removed from the cen- (2) The licensee is responsible for cor- ter frequency by less than 250 percent recting any condition of interference of the authorized bandwidth shall be that results from the radiation of radio the reference bandwidth (BREF) speci- frequency energy outside the assigned fied in the individual emission limita- channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the tions, but may be reduced to not less station licensee that interference is than one percent of the authorized being caused, operation of the appa- bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the ratus must be immediately suspended nearest greater resolution bandwidth and may not be resumed until the in- available on the measuring equipment. terference has been eliminated or it In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not can be demonstrated that the inter- equal, then the attenuation require- ference is not due to spurious emis- ment must be increased (or decreased) sions. However, short term test trans- as determined by a factor of 10 log10 missions may be made during the pe- [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega- riod of suspended operation to deter- hertz)] decibels, where a positive factor mine the efficacy of remedial meas- indicates an increase in the attenu- ures. ation requirement and a negative fac- (3) In each instance where suspension tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- of operation is required, the licensee ation requirement. must submit a full report to the FCC (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an after operation is resumed. The report application filed before March 17, 2005, must contain details of the nature of using equipment not conforming with the interference, the source of inter- the emission limitations specified fering signals, and the remedial steps above, may continue to operate indefi- taken to eliminate the interference. nitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 periodic renewal. existing equipment FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, and equipment of product lines in pro- 1984; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR duction before April 16, 2003, authorized 50835, Nov. 2, 2017] via certification or Declaration of Con- formity before March 17, 2005, for § 74.536 Directional antenna required. equipment not conforming to the emis- (a) Aural broadcast STL and ICR sta- sion limitations requirements specified tions are required to use a directional above, may continue to be manufac- antenna with the minimum beamwidth tured and/or marketed, but may not be authorized for use under a station li- necessary, consistent with good engi- cense except at stations licensed pursu- neering practice, to establish the link. ant to an application filed before (b) An aural broadcast STL or inter- March 17, 2005. Any non-conforming city relay station operating in the 17.7– equipment authorized under a station 19.7 GHz band shall employ an antenna license, and replaced on or after March that meets the performance standards 17, 2005, must be replaced by con- for Category A, except that in areas forming equipment. not subject to frequency congestion, antennas meeting standards for Cat- NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (d)(4): the Declara- tion of Conformity procedure has been re- egory B may be employed. However, placed by the Supplier’s Declaration of Con- the Commission may require the re- formity procedure. See § 2.950 of this chapter. placement, at the licensee’s expense, of

457

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.537 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

any antenna or periscope antenna sys- Standard A is unlikely to involve such tem of a permanent fixed station that interference. does not meet performance Standard A, (c) Licensees shall comply with the which is specified in the table in para- antenna standards table shown in this graph (c) of this section, upon a show- paragraph in the following manner: ing that said antenna causes or is like- (1) With either the maximum beam- ly to cause interference to (or receive width to 3 dB points requirement or interference from) any other author- with the minimum antenna gain re- ized or proposed station; provided that quirement; and an antenna meeting performance (2) With the minimum radiation suppression to angle requirement.

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 dB Minimum Frequency (GHz) Category 1 antenna ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

17.7 to 19.7 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

[48 FR 50333, Nov. 1, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 51 FR 19840, June 3, 1986; 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.537 Temporary authorizations. posed operation, and purpose for which request is made including any par- (a) Special temporary authority may ticular justification. be granted for aural broadcast STL or intercity relay station operation which (d) A request for special temporary cannot be conducted in accordance authorization shall specify a frequency with § 74.24. Such authority will nor- or frequencies consistent with the pro- mally be granted only for operations of visions of § 74.502. However, in the case a temporary nature. Where operation is of events of widespread interest and seen as likely on a continuing annual importance which cannot be trans- basis, an application for a regular au- mitted successfully on these fre- thorization should be submitted. quencies, frequencies assigned to other (b) A request for special temporary services may be requested upon a show- authority for the operation of an aural ing that operation thereon will not broadcast STL or an intercity relay cause interference to established sta- station must be made in accordance tions. In no case will operation of an with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this aural broadcast STL or intercity relay chapter. station be authorized on frequencies (c) All requests for special temporary employed for the safety of life or prop- authority of an aural broadcast auxil- erty. iary stations must include full particu- (e) When the transmitting equipment lars including: licensee’s name and ad- utilized is not licensed to the user, the dress, facility identification number of user shall nevertheless have full con- the associated broadcast station(s), trol over the use of the equipment dur- call letters of the aural broadcast STL ing the period it is operated. or intercity relay station, if assigned, (f) Special temporary authorization type and manufacturer of equipment, to permit operation of aural broadcast effective isotropic radiated power, emission, frequency or frequencies proposed for use, commencement and termination date and location of the pro-

458

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.582

STL or intercity relay stations or sys- § 74.551 Equipment changes. tems pending FCC action on an appli- (a) Modifications may be made to an cation for regular authority will nor- existing authorization in accordance mally not be granted. with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. [47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 50 FR (b) Permissible changes in equipment 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; operating in the bands 18.3–18.58, 18.76– 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003] 18.82 GHz and 19.1–19.16 GHz. Notwith- standing other provisions of this sec- § 74.550 Equipment authorization. tion, licensees of stations that remain Each authorization for aural broad- co-primary under the provisions of cast STL, ICR, and booster stations § 74.502(c) may not make modifications shall require the use of equipment to their systems that increase interference to satellite earth stations, or which has received a grant of certifi- result in a facility that would be more cation or authorized under a Supplier’s costly to relocate. Declaration of Conformity. Equipment which has not been approved under the [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 equipment authorization program and FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, which was in service prior to July 1, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 1993, may be retained solely for tem- 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 65 FR 54172, Sept. 7, 2000; 68 porary uses necessary to restore or FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, maintain regular service provided by 2003; 68 FR 20225, Apr. 24, 2003; 69 FR 43772, approved equipment, because the main July 22, 2004] or primary unit has failed or requires servicing. Such temporary uses may § 74.561 Frequency tolerance. not interfere with or impede the estab- In the bands above 944 MHz, the oper- lishment of other aural broadcast aux- ating frequency of the transmitter iliary links and may not occur during shall be maintained in accordance with more than 720 cumulative hours per the following table: year. Should interference occur, the li- Tolerance as censee must take all steps necessary to percentage of Frequency band (MHz) assigned fre- eliminate it, up to and including ces- quency sation of operation of the auxiliary transmitter. All unapproved equipment 944 to 952 ...... 0 .005 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 0 .003 retained for temporary use must have been in the possession of the licensee [54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989, as amended at 68 prior to July 1, 1993, and may not be FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003] obtained from other sources. Equip- ment designed exclusively for fixed op- § 74.562 Frequency monitors and eration shall be authorized under Sup- measurements. plier’s Declaration of Conformity pro- The licensee shall ensure that the cedure. The equipment authorization STL, ICR, TVP, or booster transmitter procedures are contained in subpart J does not exceed the emission limita- of part 2 of this chapter. tions of § 74.535. This may be accom- NOTE 1 TO § 74.550: The Declaration of Con- plished by appropriate frequency meas- formity procedure has been replaced by Sup- urement techniques and consideration plier’s Declaration of Conformity. Equip- of the transmitter emissions. ment previously authorized under subpart J of part 2 of this chapter may remain in use. [50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985] See § 2.950 to this chapter. § 74.582 Station identification. NOTE 2 TO § 74.550: Consistent with the note to § 74.502(a), grandfathered equipment in the (a) Each aural broadcast STL or 942–944 MHz band and STL/ICR users of these intercity relay station, when transmit- frequencies in Puerto Rico are also required ting program material or information to come into compliance by July 1, 1993. The shall transmit station identification at backup provisions described above apply to the beginning and end of each period of these stations also. operation, and hourly, as close to the [82 FR 50835, Nov. 2, 2107] hour as feasible, at a natural break in

459

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.600 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

program offerings by one of the fol- entity, a low power TV station, or a TV lowing means: translator station. (1) Transmission of its own call sign [ 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000] by aural means or by automatic transmission of international Morse teleg- § 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxil- raphy. iary stations. (2) Aural transmission of the call (a) TV pickup stations. A land mobile sign of the radio broadcast station with station used for the transmission of TV which it is licensed as an STL or inter- program material and related commu- city relay station. nications from scenes of events occur- (3) Aural transmission of the call ring at points removed from TV station sign of the radio broadcast station studios to a TV broadcast, Class A TV whose signals are being relayed, or, or low power TV station or other pur- when programs are obtained directly poses as authorized in § 74.631. from network lines and relayed, the (b) TV STL station (studio-transmitter network identification. link). A fixed station used for the trans- (b) Station identification transmission of TV program material and missions during operation need not be related communications from the stu- made when to make such transmission dio to the transmitter of a TV broad- would interrupt a single consecutive cast, Class A TV or low power TV sta- speech, play, religious service, sym- tion or other purposes as authorized in phony concert, or other such produc- § 74.631. tions. In such cases, the identification (c) TV relay station. A fixed station transmission shall be made at the first used for transmission of TV program interruption of the entertainment con- material and related communications tinuity and at the conclusion thereof. for use by TV broadcast, Class A TV (c) Where more than one aural broad- and low power TV stations or other cast STL or intercity relay station is purposes as authorized in § 74.631. employed in an integrated relay sys- (d) TV translator relay station. A fixed tem, the station at the point of origi- station used for relaying programs and nation may originate the transmission signals of TV broadcast or Class A TV of the call signs of all of the stations in stations to Class A TV, LPTV, TV the relay system. translator, and to other communica- (d) Aural broadcast microwave boost- tions facilities that the Commission er stations will be assigned individual may authorize or for other purposes as call signs. However, station identifica- permitted by § 74.631. tion will be accomplished by the re- (e) TV broadcast licensee. Licensees transmission of identification as pro- and permittees of TV broadcast, Class vided in paragraph (a) of this section. A TV and low power TV stations, un- (e) Voice transmissions shall nor- less specifically otherwise indicated. mally be employed for station identi- (f) TV microwave booster station. A fication. However, other methods of fixed station in the TV broadcast auxil- station identification may be per- iary service that receives and amplifies mitted or required by the Commission. signals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 42 relay, or TV translator relay station FR 36830, July 18, 1977; 42 FR 38178, July 27, and retransmits them on the same fre- 1977; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 49 FR 7130, quency. Feb. 27, 1984] [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000]

Subpart F—Television Broadcast § 74.602 Frequency assignment. Auxiliary Stations (a) The following frequencies are available for assignment to television § 74.600 Eligibility for license. pickup, television STL, television A license for a station in this subpart relay and television translator relay will be issued only to a television stations. The band segments 17,700– broadcast station, a Class A TV sta- 18,580 and 19,260–19,700 MHz are avail- tion, a television broadcast network- able for broadcast auxiliary stations as

460

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

described in paragraph (g) of this sec- shared with stations licensed pursuant tion. The band segment 6425–6525 MHz to Parts 78 and 101 of the Commission’s is available for broadcast auxiliary sta- Rules. Broadcast network-entities may tions as described in paragraph (i) of also use the 1990–2110, 6425–6525 and this section. The bands 6875–7125 MHz 6875–7125 MHz bands for mobile tele- and 12700–13200 MHz are co-equally vision pickup only.

Band D 1 GHz

Band A MHz Band B MHz Group A channels Group B channels Channel bound- Channel bound- Designation aries Designation aries

1990–2008 ...... A01 ...... 12.700–12.725 B01 ...... 12.7125– 12.7375 2008–2025 ...... A02 ...... 12.725–12.750 B02 ...... 12.7375– 12.7625 2025–2042 ...... A03 ...... 12.750–12.775 B03 ...... 12.7625– 12.7875 2042–2059 ...... A04 ...... 12.775–12.800 B04 ...... 12.7875– 12.8125 2059–2076 ...... 6875–6900 ...... A05 ...... 12.800–12.825 B05 ...... 12.8125– 12.8375 2076–2093 ...... 6900–6925 ...... A06 ...... 12.825–12.850 B06 ...... 12.8375– 12.8625 2093–2110 ...... 6925–6950 ...... A07 ...... 12.850–12.875 B07 ...... 12.8625– 12.8875 2450–2467 ...... 6950–6975 ...... A08 ...... 12.875–12.900 B08 ...... 12.8875– 12.9125 2467–2483.5 ...... 6975–7000 ...... A09 ...... 12.900–12.925 B09 ...... 12.9125– 12.9375 7000–7025 ...... A10 ...... 12.925–12.950 B10 ...... 12.9375– 12.9625 7025–7050 ...... A11 ...... 12.950–12.975 B11 ...... 12.9625– 12.9875 7050–7075 ...... A12 ...... 12.975–13.000 B12 ...... 12.9875– 12.0125 7075–7100 ...... A13 ...... 13.000–13.025 B13 ...... 13.0125– 13.0375 7100–7125 ...... A14 ...... 13.025–13.050 B14 ...... 13.0375– 13.0625 A15 ...... 13.050–13.075 B15 ...... 13.0625– 13.0875 A16 ...... 13.075–13.100 B16 ...... 13.0875– 13.1125 A17 ...... 13.100–13.125 B17 ...... 13.1125– 13.1375 A18 ...... 13.125–13.150 B18 2 ...... 13.1375– 13.1625 A19 2 ...... 13.150–13.175 B19 2 ...... 13.1625– 13.1875 A20 2 ...... 13.175–13.200 B20 2 ...... 13.1875– 13.2125 A21 ...... 13.200–13.225 B21 ...... 13.2125– 13.2375 A22 ...... 13.225–13.250 1 For fixed stations using Band D Channels, applicants are encouraged to use alternate A and B channels such that adjacent R.F. carriers are spaced 12.5 MHz. As example, a fixed station, relaying several channels, would use A01, B01, A02, B02, A03, etc. 2 The band 13.15–13.20 GHz is reserved for television pickup and CARS pickup stations inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations, CARS stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a primary co- equal basis. The band 13.20–13.2125 GHz is reserved for television pickup stations on a primary basis and CARS pickup stations on a secondary basis inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a co-primary basis, CARS stations shall operate on a secondary basis. Fixed television auxiliary stations licensed pursuant to applications accepted for filing before September 1, 1979, may continue operation on channels in the 13.15–13.25 GHz band, subject to periodic license renewals. NGSO FSS gateway uplink transmissions in the 13.15–13.2125 GHz segment shall be limited to a maximum EIRP of 3.2 dBW towards 0 degrees on the radio horizon. These provisions shall not apply to GSO FSS operations in the 12.75–13.25 GHz band.

(1) Frequencies shown above between cated to accommodate the incidental 2450 and 2500 MHz in Band A are allo- radiations of industrial, scientific, and

461

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

medical (ISM) equipment, and stations 2025.400–2025.425 MHz operating therein must accept any in- 2025.425–2025.450 MHz terference that may be caused by the 2025.450–2025.475 MHz 2025.475–2025.500 MHz operation of such equipment. Fre- quencies between 2450 and 2500 MHz are Upper band DRL channels also shared with other communication 2109.500–2109.525 MHz services and exclusive channel assign- 2109.525–2109.550 MHz ments will not be made, nor is the 2109.550–2109.575 MHz channeling shown above necessarily 2109.575–2109.600 MHz that which will be employed by such 2109.600–2109.625 MHz other services. 2109.625–2109.650 MHz (2) In the band 2483.5–2500 MHz, no ap- 2109.650–2109.675 MHz 2109.675–2109.700 MHz plications for new stations or modifica- 2109.700–2109.725 MHz tion to existing stations to increase 2109.725–2109.750 MHz the number of transmitters will be ac- 2109.750–2109.775 MHz cepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 2109.775–2109.800 MHz 1985, and licensees whose initial appli- 2109.800–2109.825 MHz cations were filed on or before July 25, 2109.825–2109.850 MHz 2109.850–2109.875 MHz 1985, are grandfathered and their oper- 2109.875–2109.900 MHz ations are on a co-primary basis with 2109.900–2109.925 MHz the mobile-satellite and radiodetermin- 2109.925–2109.950 MHz ation-satellite services, and in the seg- 2109.950–2109.975 MHz ment 2495–2500 MHz, their operations 2109.975–2110.000 MHz are also on a co-primary basis with (iii) Broadcast Auxiliary Service, part 27 fixed and mobile except aero- Cable Television Remote Pickup Serv- nautical mobile service operations. ice, and Local Television Transmission (3)(i) After January 7, 2004, stations Service licensees will be required to may adhere to the channel plan speci- use the Band A channel plan in para- fied in paragraph (a) of this section, or graph (a)(3)(i) of this section after com- the following channel plan in Band A: pletion of relocation by an Emerging Channel A1r—2025.5–2037.5 MHz Technologies licensee in accordance Channel A2r—2037.5–2049.5 MHz with § 74.690 or § 78.40. Licensees declin- Channel A3r—2049.5–2061.5 MHz ing relocation may continue to use Channel A4—2061.5–2073.5 MHz their existing channel plan but must Channel A5r—2073.5–2085.5 MHz discontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHz Channel A6r—2085.5–2097.5 MHz band when they indicate to an Emerg- Channel A7r—2097.5–2109.5 MHz ing Technologies licensee, acting pur- (ii) Stations adhering to the channel suant to § 74.690 or § 78.40 of this chap- plan specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of ter, that they decline to be relocated. this section may also use the following (4) [Reserved] 40 data return link (DRL) channels to (b) Subject to the conditions of para- facilitate their operations in the 2025.5– graph (a) of this section, frequency as- 2109.5 MHz band: signments will normally be made as requested, provided that the frequency Lower band DRL channels selection provisions of § 74.604 have 2025.000–2025.025 MHz been followed and that the frequency 2025.025–2025.050 MHz requested will cause no interference to 2025.050–2025.075 MHz existing users in the area. The Com- 2025.075–2025.100 MHz 2025.100–2025.125 MHz mission reserves the right to assign 2025.125–2025.150 MHz frequencies other than those requested 2025.150–2025.175 MHz if, in its opinion, such action is war- 2025.175–2025.200 MHz ranted. 2025.200–2025.225 MHz (c) Fixed link stations will be author- 2025.225–2025.250 MHz ized to operate on one channel only. 2025.250–2025.275 MHz (d) Cable Television Relay Service 2025.275–2025.300 MHz 2025.300–2025.325 MHz stations may be assigned channels in 2025.325–2025.350 MHz Band D between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz 2025.350–2025.375 MHz subject to the condition that no harm- 2025.375–2025.400 MHz ful interference is caused to TV STL

462

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

and TV relay stations authorized at for new licenses will be accepted in the the time of such grants. Similarly, new 18.3–18.58 GHz band after November 19, TV STL and TV relay stations must 2002. The provisions of § 74.604 do not not cause harmful interference to cable apply to the use of these frequencies. television relay stations authorized at Licensees may use either a two-way the time of such grants. The use of link or one or both frequencies of a fre- channels between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz quency pair for a one-way link and by TV pickup stations is subject to the shall coordinate proposed operations condition that no harmful interference pursuant to procedures required in is caused to Cable Television Relay § 101.103(d) of this chapter. Service stations, TV STL and TV relay (1) 2 MHz maximum authorized band- stations, except as provided for in width channel: § 74.602(a) Note 2. Band D channels are also shared with certain Private Oper- Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) ational Fixed Stations, see § 74.638. (MHz) (e) Communication common carriers in the Local Television Transmission 18141.0 ...... n/a Service (Part 101) may be assigned frequencies available to television broad- (2) 6 MHz maximum authorized band- cast station licensees and broadcast width channels: network entities for the purpose of pro- Receive viding service to television broadcast Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) stations and broadcast network enti- (MHz) ties, respectively. 216 MHz Separation (f) TV auxiliary stations licensed to low power TV stations and translator 18145.0 ...... n/a relay stations will be assigned on a sec- 18151.0 ...... 18367.0 18157.0 ...... 18373.0 ondary basis, i.e., subject to the condi- 18163.0 ...... 18379.0 tion that no harmful interference is 18169.0 ...... 18385.0 caused to other TV auxiliary stations 18175.0 ...... 18391.0 assigned to TV broadcast stations, or 18181.0 ...... 18397.0 to cable television relay service sta- 18187.0 ...... 18403.0 18193.0 ...... 18409.0 tions (CARS) operating between 12,700 18199.0 ...... 18415.0 and 13,200 MHz. Auxiliary stations li- 18205.0 ...... 18421.0 censed to low power TV stations and 18211.0 ...... 18427.0 translator relay stations must accept 18217.0 ...... 18433.0 any interference caused by stations 18223.0 ...... 18439.0 having primary use of TV auxiliary fre- 18229.0 ...... 18445.0 18235.0 ...... 18451.0 quencies. 18241.0 ...... 18457.0 (g) The following frequencies are 18247.0 ...... 18463.0 available for assignment to television 18253.0 ...... 18469.0 STL, television relay stations and tele- 18259.0 ...... 18475.0 vision translator relay stations. Sta- 18265.0 ...... 18481.0 18271.0 ...... 18487.0 tions operating on frequencies in the 18277.0 ...... 18493.0 sub-bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 18283.0 ...... 18499.0 GHz that were licensed or had applica- 18289.0 ...... 18505.0 tions pending before the Commission as 18295.0 ...... 18511.0 of September 18, 1998 may continue 18301.0 ...... 18517.0 18307.0 ...... 18523.0 those operations on a shared co-pri- 18313.0 ...... 18529.0 mary basis with other services under 18319.0 ...... 18535.0 parts 21, 25, 78, and 101 of this chapter. 18325.0 ...... 18541.0 Such stations, however, are subject to 18331.0 ...... 18547.0 relocation by licensees in the fixed-sat- 18337.0 ...... 18553.0 18343.0 ...... 18559.0 ellite service. Such relocation is sub- 18349.0 ...... 18565.0 ject to the provisions of §§ 101.85 18355.0 ...... 18571.0 through 101.97 of this chapter. No new 18361.0 ...... 18577.0 applications for new licenses will be accepted in the 19.26–19.3 GHz band after (3) 10 MHz maximum authorized June 8, 2000, and no new applications bandwidth channels:

463

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Receive Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) (MHz)

1560 MHz Separation 18030.0 ...... 19590.0 18050.0 ...... 19610.0 17705.0 ...... 19265.0 18070.0 ...... 19630.0 17715.0 ...... 19275.0 18090.0 ...... 19650.0 17725.0 ...... 19285.0 18110.0 ...... 19670.0 17735.0 ...... 19295.0 18130.0 ...... 19690.0 17745.0 ...... 19305.0 17755.0 ...... 19315.0 (5) 40 MHz maximum authorized 17765.0 ...... 19325.0 17775.0 ...... 19335.0 bandwidth channels: 17785.0 ...... 19345.0 17795.0 ...... 19355.0 Receive 17805.0 ...... 19365.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 17815.0 ...... 19375.0 (MHz) 17825.0 ...... 19385.0 17835.0 ...... 19395.0 1560 MHz Separation 17845.0 ...... 19405.0 17720.0 ...... 19280.0 17855.0 ...... 19415.0 17760.0 ...... 19320.0 17865.0 ...... 19425.0 17800.0 ...... 19360.0 17875.0 ...... 19435.0 17840.0 ...... 19400.0 17885.0 ...... 19445.0 17880.0 ...... 19440.0 17895.0 ...... 19455.0 17920.0 ...... 19480.0 17905.0 ...... 19465.0 17960.0 ...... 19520.0 17915.0 ...... 19475.0 18000.0 ...... 19560.0 17925.0 ...... 19485.0 18040.0 ...... 19600.0 17935.0 ...... 19495.0 18080.0 ...... 19640.0 17945.0 ...... 19505.0 18120.0 ...... 19680.0 17955.0 ...... 19515.0 17965.0 ...... 19525.0 17975.0 ...... 19535.0 (6) 80 MHz maximum authorized 17985.0 ...... 19545.0 bandwidth channels: 17995.0 ...... 19555.0 18005.0 ...... 19565.0 Receive 18015.0 ...... 19575.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 18025.0 ...... 19585.0 (MHz) 18035.0 ...... 19595.0 18045.0 ...... 19605.0 1560 MHz Separation 18055.0 ...... 19615.0 18065.0 ...... 19625.0 17740.0 ...... 19300.0 18075.0 ...... 19635.0 17820.0 ...... 19380.0 18085.0 ...... 19645.0 17900.0 ...... 19460.0 18095.0 ...... 19655.0 17980.0 ...... 19540.0 18105.0 ...... 19665.0 18060.0 ...... 19620.0 18115.0 ...... 19675.0 18125.0 ...... 19685.0 (h) TV STL, TV relay stations, and 18135.0 ...... 19695.0 TV translator relay stations may be (4) 20 MHz maximum authorized authorized to operate fixed point-to- bandwidth channels: point service on the UHF TV channels 14–69 on a secondary basis and subject Receive to the provisions of subpart G of this Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) part: (1) Applications for authorization in 1560 MHz Separation accordance with this paragraph must comply with the following technical 17710.0 ...... 19270.0 17730.0 ...... 19290.0 limits or be accompanied by an engi- 17750.0 ...... 19310.0 neering analysis demonstrating why 17770.0 ...... 19330.0 these limits must be exceeded: 17790.0 ...... 19350.0 17810.0 ...... 19370.0 (i) Maximum EIRP is limited to 35 17830.0 ...... 19390.0 dBW; 17850.0 ...... 19410.0 (ii) Transmitting antenna beamwidth 17870.0 ...... 19430.0 is limited to 25 degrees (measured at 17890.0 ...... 19450.0 17910.0 ...... 19470.0 the 3 dB points); and 17930.0 ...... 19490.0 (iii) Vertical polarization is used. 17950.0 ...... 19510.0 (2) These stations must not interfere 17970.0 ...... 19530.0 17990.0 ...... 19550.0 with and must accept interference from 18010.0 ...... 19570.0 current and future full-power UHF-TV

464

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

stations, LPTV stations, and trans- the TV STL, TV relay station, or TV lator stations. They will also be sec- translator relay station to those oper- ondary to land mobile stations in areas ations within the wireless licensee’s li- where land mobile sharing is currently censed geographic service area. permitted. (A) The wireless licensee must: (3) TV STL and TV relay stations li- (1) Notify the licensee of the TV STL, censed for operation on UHF TV chan- TV relay station, or TV translator nels 52–69 based on applications filed relay station in the form of a letter, before April 16, 2003, may continue to via certified mail, return receipt re- operate under the terms of their cur- quested; and rent authorizations until the end of (2) Send such notification not less transition to digital television in their than 30 days in advance of the approxi- market (DTV Transition), as set forth mate date of commencement of such in §§ 73.622 through 73.625 of this chap- operations. ter. Applications for TV STL and TV (B) The licensee of the TV STL, TV relay stations operating on UHF TV relay station, or TV translator relay channels 52–69 will not be accepted for station must cease the subject oper- filing on or after April 16, 2003. ation within 30 days of receiving the (4) TV translator relay stations li- notification pursuant to this section. censed for operation on UHF TV channels 52–59 based on applications filed (iii) By the end of the post-auction before the end of DTV transition may transition period, all TV STL, TV relay continue to operate under the terms of station and TV translator relay station their current authorizations indefi- licensees must modify or cancel their nitely. TV translator relay stations li- authorizations and vacate the 600 MHz censed for operation on UHF TV chan- band. Applications for TV STL, TV nels 60–69 based on applications filed relay and TV translator relay stations before the end of DTV transition may in the 600 MHz band will not be accept- continue to operate under the terms of ed for filing on or after the end date for their current authorizations until the the post-auction transition period. end of DTV Transition. Applications (6) The licensee of a TV STL, TV for TV translator relay stations oper- relay station, or TV translator relay ating on UHF TV channels 52–69 will station that operates on the UHF spec- not be accepted for filing on or after trum that is reserved for guard band the end of DTV Transition. channels as a result of the broadcast (5)(i) The licensee of a TV STL, TV television incentive auction conducted relay station, or TV translator relay under section 6403 of the Middle Class station that operates on frequencies in Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless (Pub. L. 112–96) must cease operations licensees under part 27 of this chapter on those frequencies no later than the must cease operations on those fre- end of the post-auction transition pe- quencies no later than the end of the riod as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter. post-auction transition period as de- The licensee of a TV STL, TV relay fined in § 27.4 of this chapter. The li- station, or TV translator relay station censee of a TV STL, TV relay station, may be required to cease operations on or TV translator relay station may be a date earlier than the end of the post- required to cease operations on a date auction transition period if it receives earlier than the end of the post-auction a notification pursuant to paragraph transition period if it receives a notifi- (h)(5)(ii) of this section. cation pursuant to paragraph (h)(5)(ii) (i) 6425 to 6525 MHz—Mobile Only. of this section. Paired and un-paired operations per- (ii) A wireless licensee assigned to mitted. Use of this spectrum for direct frequencies in the 600 MHz band under delivery of video programs to the gen- part 27 of this chapter must notify the eral public or multi-channel cable dis- licensee of a TV STL, TV relay station, tribution is not permitted. This band is or TV translator relay station of its in- co-equally shared with mobile stations tent to commence operations, as de- licensed pursuant to parts 78 and 101 of fined in § 27.4 of this chapter, and the this chapter. The following channel likelihood of harmful interference from plans apply.

465

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.603 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(1) 1 MHz maximum authorized band- (b) [Reserved] width channels. (c) Aural STL or intercity relay stations licensed as of July 10, 1970, to op- Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) erate in the frequency band 942–947 6425.5 6475.5 MHz, may continue to so operate pend- 6450.5 6500.5 ing a decision as to their disposition through a future rule making pro- (2) 8 MHz maximum authorized band- ceeding. width channels. (d) Remote pickup broadcast stations Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) may be used in conjunction with television pickup stations for the trans- 6430.0 6480.0 6438.0 6488.0 mission of the aural portion of tele- 6446.0 6496.0 vision programs or events that occur 6455.0 6505.0 outside a television studio and for the 6463.0 6513.0 6471.0 6521.0 transmission of cues, orders, and other related communications necessary (3) 25 MHz maximum authorized thereto. The rules governing remote bandwidth channels. pickup broadcast stations are contained in Subpart D of this part. Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit (MHz) [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 6437.5 6487.5 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 24385, June 1, 6462.5 6512.5 1983; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

(Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, § 74.604 Interference avoidance. 1068, 1082; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303) (a) [Reserved] [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963] (b) Where two or more licensees are EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- assigned a common channel for TV tations affecting § 74.602, see the List of CFR pickup, TV STL, or TV relay purposes Sections Affected, which appears in the in the same area and simultaneous op- Finding Aids section of the printed volume eration is contemplated, they shall and at www.govinfo.gov. take such steps as may be necessary to § 74.603 Sound channels. avoid mutual interference, including consultation with the local coordina- (a) The frequencies listed in § 74.602(a) tion committee, if one exists. If a mu- may be used for the simultaneous tual agreement to this effect cannot be transmission of the picture and sound reached, the Commission must be noti- portions of TV broadcast programs and fied and it will take such action as may for cue and order circuits, either by be necessary, including time sharing means of multiplexing or by the use of arrangements, to assure an equitable a separate transmitter within the same distribution of available frequencies. channel. When multiplexing of a TV (c) For those interference disputes STL station is contemplated, consider- brought to the Commission for resolu- ation should be given to the require- tion, TV broadcast auxiliary channels ments of § 73.687 of this Chapter regarding the overall system performance re- will have the following priority for pur- quirements. Applications for new TV poses of interference protection: pickup, TV STL, TV relay and TV (1) All fixed links for full service translator relay stations shall clearly broadcast stations and cable systems. indicate the nature of any mutliplexing (2) TV and CARS pickup stations. proposed. Multiplexing equipment may (3) Fixed or mobile stations serving be installed on licensed equipment translator or low power TV stations. without authority of the FCC, provided (4) Backup facilities; TV pickup sta- the installation of such apparatus on a tions used outside a licensee’s local TV STL station shall not result in deg- service area. radation of the overall system perform- (5) Any transmission, pursuant to ance of the TV broadcast station below § 74.631(f), that does not involve the de- that permitted by § 73.687 of this chap- livery of program material to a licens- ter. ee’s associated TV broadcast station.

466

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.631

(d) Interference between two stations station and with which the television auxil- having the same priority shall be re- iary station is licensed as an auxiliary facil- solved in favor of the station licensed ity. first on a particular path. (b) A television broadcast STL sta- [48 FR 17091, Apr. 21, 1983, as amended at 68 tion is authorized to transmit visual FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] program material between the studio and the transmitter of a television § 74.605 Registration of stationary tele- broadcast station for simultaneous or vision pickup receive sites. delayed broadcast. Licensees of TV pickup stations in (c) A TV relay station is authorized the 6875–7125 MHz and 12700–13200 MHz to transmit visual program material bands shall register their stationary between TV broadcast stations for si- receive sites using the Commission’s multaneous or delayed broadcast, or Universal Licensing System. may be used to transmit visual pro- [76 FR 59571, Sept. 27, 2011] gram material from a remote pickup receiver site of a single station. § 74.631 Permissible service. (d) The transmitter of an STL, TV (a) The licensee of a television pick- relay station or TV translator relay up station authorizes the transmission station may be multiplexed to provide of program material, orders concerning additional communication channels. A such program material, and related TV broadcast STL or TV relay station communications necessary to the ac- will be authorized only in those cases complishment of such transmissions, where the principal use is the trans- from the scenes of events occurring in mission of television broadcast pro- places other than a television studio, gram material for use by its associated to its associated television broadcast TV broadcast station. However, STL or station, to an associated television TV relay stations so licensed may be relay station, to such other stations as operated at any time for the trans- are broadcasting the same program mission of multiplexed communica- material, or to the network or net- tions whether or not visual program works with which the television broad- material is being transmitted, provided cast station is affiliated. Television that such operation does not cause pickup stations may be operated in harmful interference to TV broadcast conjunction with other television pickup, STL or TV relay stations broadcast stations not aformentioned transmitting television broadcast pro- in this paragraph: Provided, That the gram material. transmissions by the television pickup (e) Except as provided in paragraphs station are under the control of the li- (a), (d), (f) and (j) of this section, all censee of the television pickup station program material transmitted over a and that such operation shall not ex- TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station ceed a total of 10 days in any 30-day pe- shall be used by or intended for use by riod. Television pickup stations may be a TV broadcast station owned by or used to provide temporary studio- under the common control of the li- transmitter links or intercity relay censee of the TV pickup, STL, or TV circuits consistent with § 74.632 without relay station. Program material trans- further authority of the Commission: mitted over a TV pickup, STL or TV Provided, however, That prior Commis- relay station and so used by the li- sion authority shall be obtained if the censee of such facility may, with the transmitting antenna to be installed permission of the licensee of the broad- will increase the height of any natural cast auxiliary facility, be used by other formation or man-made structure by TV broadcast stations and by non- more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) and will broadcast closed circuit educational be in existence for a period of more TV systems operated by educational than 2 consecutive days. institutions.

NOTE: As used in this subpart, ‘‘associated (f) A TV broadcast pickup, STL, or television broadcast station’’ means a tele- TV relay station may be used for the vision broadcast station licensed to the li- transmission of material to be used by censee of the television auxiliary broadcast others, including but not limited to

467

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.632 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

other broadcast stations, cable tele- among all parties being supplied with vision systems, and educational insti- program material. tutions. This use shall not interfere (j) A broadcast network-entity may with the use of these broadcast auxil- use television auxiliary service sta- iary facilities for the transmission of tions to transmit their own television programs and associated material in- program materials to broadcast sta- tended to be used by the television stations, other broadcast network-enti- tion or stations licensed to or under ties, cable systems and cable network- common control of the licensee of the entities: Provided, however, that the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station. bands 1990–2110 MHz, 6425–6525 MHz and This use of the broadcast auxiliary fa- 6875–7125 MHz may be used by broad- cilities must not cause harmful inter- cast network-entities only for tele- ference to broadcast auxiliary stations vision pick-up stations. operating in accordance with the basic [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 frequency allocation, and the licensee FR 15524, Nov. 19, 1964; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, of the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay 1978; 44 FR 32381, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, station must retain exclusive control Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 17092, Apr. 21, 1983; 49 FR over the operation of the facilities. 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 68 Prior to operating pursuant to the pro- FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] visions of this section, the licensee § 74.632 Licensing requirements. shall, for the intended location or area- of-operation, notify the appropriate (a) Licenses for television pickup, frequency coordination committee or television STL, television microwave any licensee(s) assigned the use of the booster, or television relay stations proposed operating frequency, con- will be issued only to licensees of tele- cerning the particulars of the intended vision broadcast stations, and broad- operation and must provide the name cast network-entities and, further, on a and telephone number of a person who secondary basis, to licensees of low power television stations. A separate may be contacted in the event of inter- application is required for each fixed ference. station and the application shall be (g) Except as provided in paragraph specific with regard to the frequency (d) of this section, a television trans- requested. A mobile station license lator relay station is authorized for the may be issued for any number of mo- purpose of relaying the programs and bile transmitters to operate in a spe- signals of a television broadcast sta- cific area or frequency band and the ap- tion to television broadcast translator plicant shall be specific with regard to stations for simultaneous retrans- the frequencies requested. mission. (b) A license for a TV relay station (h) A TV microwave booster station may be issued in any case where the is authorized to retransmit the signals circuit will operate between TV broad- of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or cast stations either by means of ‘‘off- TV translator relay station. the-air’’ pickup and relay or location of (i) TV broadcast auxiliary stations the initial relay station at the studio authorized pursuant to this subpart or transmitter of a TV broadcast sta- may additionally be authorized to sup- tion. ply programs and signals of TV broad- (c) An application for a new TV pick- cast stations to cable television sys- up station shall designate the TV tems or CARS stations. Where the li- broadcast station with which it is to be censee of a TV broadcast auxiliary sta- operated and specify the area in which tion supplies programs and signals to the proposed operation is intended. The cable television systems or CARS sta- maximum permissible area of oper- tions, the TV auxiliary licensee must ation will generally be that of a stand- have exclusive control over the oper- ard metropolitan area, unless a special ation of the TV auxiliary stations li- showing is made that a larger area is censed to it. Contributions to capital necessary. and operating expenses may be accept- (d) Licensees who have two or more ed only on a cost-sharing, non-profit TV broadcast stations located in dif- basis, prorated on an equitable basis ferent cities shall, in applying for a

468

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.634

new TV pickup station, designate the (if any), call letters of the television TV broadcast station in conjunction broadcast STL or intercity relay sta- with which it is to be operated prin- tion (if assigned), type and manufac- cipally. Operation in a city which is turer of equipment, effective isotropic not the city of license of the associated radiated power, emission, frequency or TV broadcast station is on a secondary, frequencies proposed for use, com- non-interference basis to home-city mencement and termination date and users. location of the proposed operation, and (e) A license for a TV translator purpose for which request is made in- relay station will be issued only to li- cluding any particular justification. censees of low power TV and TV trans- (d) A request for special temporary lator stations. However, a television authority shall specify a channel or translator relay station license may be channels consistent with the provisions issued to a cooperative enterprise of § 74.602: Provided, That in the case of wholly owned by licensees of television events of wide-spread interest and im- broadcast translators or licensees of portance which cannot be transmitted television broadcast translators and successfully on these frequencies, fre- cable television owners or operators quencies assigned to other services upon a showing that the applicant is may be requested upon a showing that qualified under the Communication operation thereon will not cause inter- Act of 1934, as amended. ference to established stations: And (f) Licensees of TV pickup, TV STL, provided further, That in no case will a TV relay, and TV translator relay sta- television auxiliary broadcast oper- tions may be authorized to operate one ation be authorized on frequencies em- or more TV microwave booster stations ployed for the safety of life and prop- for the purpose of relaying signals over erty. a path that cannot be covered with a (e) When the transmitting equipment single station. utilized is not licensed to the user, the [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 44 user shall nevertheless have full con- FR 32382, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, trol over the use of the equipment dur- 1982; 48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983; 48 FR 17092, Apr. ing the period it is operated. 21, 1983; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 7130, (f) Special temporary authority to Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 1984; 52 FR permit operation of a TV auxiliary 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 63 broadcast station of any class pending FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, FCC action on an application for reg- 2003; 82 FR 41548, Sept. 1, 2017] ular authority will not normally be § 74.633 Temporary authorizations. granted. (a) Special temporary authority may (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C. be granted for TV broadcast auxiliary 318) station operation which cannot be con- [28 FR 13720, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, authority will normally be granted 1982; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 10570, only for operations of a temporary na- Apr. 2, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR ture. Where operation is seen as likely 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] on a continuing annual basis, an application for a regular authorization § 74.634 Remote control operation. should be submitted. (a) A TV auxiliary station may be op- (b) A request for special temporary erated by remote control provided that authority for the operation of a tele- such operation is conducted in accord- vision broadcast auxiliary station must ance with the conditions listed below: be made in accordance with the proce- (1) The remote control system must dures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter. be designed, installed, and protected so (c) All requests for special temporary that the transmitter can only be acti- authority of a television broadcast vated or controlled by persons author- auxiliary station must include full par- ized by the licensee. ticulars including: licensee’s name and (2) The remote control equipment address, facility identification number must be maintained to ensure proper of the associated broadcast station(s) operation.

469

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.635 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) The remote control system must such action appears to be in the public be designed to prevent inadvertent interest, convenience and necessity. transmitter operation caused by mal- [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 functions in the circuits between the FR 15314, Dec. 7, 1966; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, control point and transmitter. 1978; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7131, (b) The FCC may notify the licensee Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985] to cease or modify operation in the case of frequency usage disputes. inter- § 74.636 Power limitations. ference or similar situations where (a) On any authorized frequency, such action appears to be in the public transmitter peak output power and the interest, convenience and necessity. average power delivered to an antenna in this service must be the minimum [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at, 47 amount of power necessary to carry FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] out the communications desired and shall not exceed the values listed in the § 74.635 Unattended operation. following table. Application of this principle includes, but is not to be lim- (a) TV relay stations, TV translator ited to, requiring a licensee who re- relay stations, TV STL stations, and places one or more of its antennas with TV microwave booster stations may be larger antennas to reduce its antenna operated unattended under the fol- input power by an amount appropriate lowing conditions: to compensate for the increased pri- (1) The transmitter must be provided mary lobe gain of the replacement an- with adequate safeguards to prevent tenna(s). In no event shall the average improper operation. equivalent isotropically radiated power (2) The transmitter shall be so in- (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic stalled and protected that it is not ac- radiator, exceed the values specified in cessible to other than duly authorized the following table. In cases of harmful persons; interference, the Commission may, (3) TV relay stations, TV STL sta- after notice and opportunity for hear- tions, TV translator relay stations, and ing, order a change in the effective ra- TV microwave booster stations used diated power of this station. The table follows: with these stations, shall be observed at the receiving end of the microwave Max- Maximum al- circuit as often as necessary to ensure imum lowable allow- EIRP 2 proper station operation by a person able trans- designated by the licensee, who must Frequency band (MHz) mitter institute measures sufficient to ensure power Fixed Mo- (dBW) bile prompt correction of any condition of Mobile (dBW) improper operation. However, an STL (W) station (and any TV microwave booster 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 12.0 + 45 + 35 station) associated with a TV broad- 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 12.0 + 45 + 35 cast station operated by remote con- 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 12.0 ...... + 35 trol may be observed by monitoring 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 12.0 + 55 + 35 the TV station’s transmitted signal at 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1.5 + 55 + 45 17,700 to 18,600 ...... + 55 ...... the remote control point. Additionally, 18,600 to 18,800 1 ...... + 35 ...... a TV translator relay station (and any 18,800 to 19,700 ...... + 55 ...... associated TV microwave booster sta- 1 The power delivered to the antenna is limited to ¥3 dBW. tion) may be observed by monitoring 2 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April the associated TV translator station’s 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the transmitted signal. terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic (b) The FCC may notify the licensee renewal. to cease or modify operation in the (b) The EIRP of transmitters that case of frequency usage disputes, inter- use Automatic Transmitter Power Con- ference or similar situations where trol (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP specified on the station authorization. The EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters

470

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.637

shall be maintained as near as prac- thorized bandwidth: As specified by the ticable to the EIRP specified on the following equation but in no event less station authorization. than 11 decibels:

[68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] A = 11 + 0.4 (G¥50) + 10 Log10 B. § 74.637 Emissions and emission limi- (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is tations. not required.) (a) The mean power of emissions (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth shall be attenuated below the mean (BREF), the center frequency of which is transmitter power (PMEAN) in accord- removed from the assigned frequency ance with the following schedule: by more than 250 percent of the author- (1) When using frequency modulation: ized bandwidth: At least 43 + 10 Log10 (i) On any frequency removed from (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- the assigned (center) frequency by bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- more than 50% up to and including ation. 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At (3) Amplitude Modulation. For ves- least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference tigial sideband AM video: On any fre- bandwidth (BREF); quency removed from the center fre- (ii) On any frequency removed from quency of the authorized band by more the assigned (center) frequency by than 50%: at least 50 dB below peak more than 100% up to and including power of the emission. 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At (b) For all emissions not covered in least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference paragraph (a) of this section, the peak bandwidth; power of emissions shall be attenuated (iii) On any frequency removed from below the peak envelope transmitter the assigned (center) frequency by power (PPEAK) in accordance with the more than 250% of the authorized band- following schedule: width: At least 43 + 10 log10 (PMEAN in (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the channel edge up to and including 2500 lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref- Hz outside the same edge, the following erence bandwidth. formula will apply: (2) When using transmissions employ- 2 A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] ing digital modulation techniques: dB (i) For operating frequencies below 15 GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is (BREF), the center frequency of which is not required.) removed from the assigned frequency Where: by more than 50 percent up to and in- A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve- cluding 250 percent of the authorized lope transmitter power. bandwidth: As specified by the fol- D = The displacement frequency (kHz) from lowing equation but in no event less the center of the authorized bandwidth. than 50 decibels: W = the channel bandwidth (kHz).

A = 35 + 0.8 (G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B. (2) On any frequency removed from the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is At least 43 + 10 Log (P in watts) not required.) 10 PEAK dB. Where: (c) For purposes of compliance with A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean the emission limitation requirements output power level. of this section: G = Percent removed from the carrier fre- (1) If the transmitter modulates a quency. single carrier, digital modulation tech- B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. niques are considered as being em- (ii) For operating frequencies above ployed when digital modulation occu- 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band- pies 50 percent or more of the total width (BREF), the center frequency of peak frequency deviation of a trans- which is removed from the assigned mitted radio frequency carrier. The frequency by more than 50 percent up total peak frequency deviation will be to and including 250 percent of the au- determined by adding the deviation

471

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.637 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

produced by the digital modulation sig- ment must be increased (or decreased) nal and the deviation produced by any as determined by a factor of 10 log10 frequency division multiplex (FDM) [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega- modulation used. The deviation (D) hertz)] decibels, where a positive factor produced by the FDM signal must be indicates an increase in the attenu- determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) ation requirement and a negative fac- of this chapter. tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- (2) If the transmitter modulates two ation requirement. or more carriers, with at least one (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an using digital modulation and one using application filed before March 17, 2005, frequency or other analog modulation, using equipment not conforming with digital modulation techniques are con- the emission limitations specified sidered as being employed when the above, may continue to operate indefi- necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- nitely in accordance with the terms of nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- their current authorizations, subject to gregate bandwidth of the system, com- periodic renewal. Existing equipment prising the digital necessary band- and equipment of product lines in pro- width(s), the analog necessary band- duction before April 16, 2003, authorized width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between via certification or Declaration of Con- the digital and analog necessary formity before March 17, 2005, for bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate equipment not conforming to the emis- bandwidth shall be used for the author- sion limitations requirements specified ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of above, may continue to be manufac- this section, and for purposes of com- tured and/or marketed, but may not be pliance with the bandwidth limitations authorized for use under a station li- in paragraph (g) of this section and in cense except at stations licensed pursu- § 74.602 of this subpart; and the sum of ant to an application filed before the powers of the analog and digital March 17, 2005. Any non-conforming signals shall be used for mean trans- equipment authorized under a station license, and replaced on or after March mitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a) or the peak envelope transmitter power 17, 2005, must be replaced by conforming equipment. (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, and for purposes of compliance with NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (c)(4): The Declara- tion of Conformity procedure has been re- the power limitations in § 74.636 of this placed by Supplier’s Declaration of Con- subpart. formity. See § 2.950 of this chapter. (3) For demonstrating compliance (d) In the event that interference to with the attenuation requirements for other stations is caused by emissions frequency modulation and digital mod- outside the authorized channel, the ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, FCC may require greater attenuation the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the than that specified in paragraph (b) of measuring equipment used for meas- this section. urements removed from the center fre- (e) The following limitations also quency by more than 250 percent of the apply to the operation of TV micro- authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz wave booster stations: for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, (1) The booster station must receive and 1 MHz for operating frequencies and amplify the signals of the origi- above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth nating station and retransmit them on for frequencies removed from the cen- the same frequency without signifi- ter frequency by less than 250 percent cantly altering them in any way. The of the authorized bandwidth shall be characteristics of the booster trans- the reference bandwidth (BREF) speci- mitter output signal shall meet the re- fied in the individual emission limita- quirements applicable to the signal of tions, but may be reduced to not less the originating station. than one percent of the authorized (2) The licensee is responsible for cor- bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the recting any condition of interference nearest greater resolution bandwidth that results from the radiation of radio available on the measuring equipment. frequency energy outside the assigned In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the equal, then the attenuation require- station licensee that interference is

472

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.638

being caused, operation of the appa- 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be ratus must be immediately suspended in accordance with the procedure es- and may not be resumed until the in- tablished in paragraph (b) of this sec- terference has been eliminated or it tion, except that the prior coordination can be demonstrated that the inter- process for mobile (temporary fixed) ference is not due to spurious emis- assignments may be completed orally sions. However, short term test trans- and the period allowed for response to missions may be made during the pe- a coordination notification may be less riod of suspended operation to deter- than 30 days if the parties agree. Co- mine the efficacy of remedial meas- ordination of all frequency assign- ures. ments for all mobile (temporary fixed) (3) In each instance where suspension stations in all bands above 2110 MHz, of operation is required, the licensee except the bands 6425–6525 MHz and must submit a full report to the FCC 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be conducted in ac- after operation is resumed. The report cordance with the procedure estab- must contain details of the nature of lished in paragraph (b) of this section the interference, the source of inter- or with the procedure in paragraph (d) fering signals, and the remedial steps of this section. Coordination of all fre- taken to eliminate the interference. quency assignments for all fixed sta- (f) In the event a station’s emissions tions in the band 1990–2110 MHz will be outside its authorized channel cause in accordance with the procedure es- harmful interference, the Commission tablished in paragraph (c) of this sec- may require the licensee to take such tion. Coordination of all frequency as- further steps as may be necessary to signments for all mobile (temporary eliminate the interference. fixed) stations in the band 1990–2110 (g) The maximum bandwidth which MHz will be conducted in accordance will be authorized per frequency as- with the procedure in paragraph (d) of signment is set out in the table which this section. follows. Regardless of the maximum (b) For each frequency coordinated authorized bandwidth specified for under this paragraph, the interference each frequency band, the Commission protection criteria in 47 CFR 101.105(a), reserves the right to issue a license for (b), and (c) and the frequency usage co- less than the maximum bandwidth if it ordination procedures in 47 CFR appears that less bandwidth would be 101.103(d) will apply. sufficient to support an applicant’s in- (c) For each frequency coordinated tended communications. under this paragraph, the following frequency usage coordination procedures TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (G) will apply: Maximum au- (1) General requirements. Applicants thorized Frequency Band (MHz) bandwidth are responsible for selecting the fre- (MHz) quency assignments that are least likely to result in mutual interference 1,990 to 2,110 ...... 18 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 25 with other licensees in the same area. 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 25 Applicants may consult local fre- 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 25 quency coordination committees, 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 80 where they exist, for information on frequencies available in the area. Pro- [45 FR 78692, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 48 posed frequency usage must be coordi- FR 50734, Nov. 3, 1983; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 7342, nated with existing licensees and appli- Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR cants in the area whose facilities could 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 affect or be affected by the new pro- FR 51251, Oct. 1, 1993; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, posal in terms of frequency inter- 2003; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, 2017] ference on active channels, applied-for channels, or channels coordinated for § 74.638 Frequency coordination. future growth. Coordination must be (a) Coordination of all frequency as- completed prior to filing an application signments for fixed stations in all for regular authorization, for major bands above 2110 MHz, and for mobile amendment to a pending application, (temporary fixed) stations in the bands or for major modification to a license.

473

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.641 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) To be acceptable for filing, all ap- (1) Fixed TV broadcast auxiliary sta- plications for regular authorization, or tions shall use directional antennas major amendment to a pending appli- that meet the performance standards cation, or major modification to a li- indicated in the following table. Upon cense, must include a certification at- adequate showing of need to serve a testing that all co-channel and adja- larger sector, or more than a single cent-channel licensees and applicants sector, greater beamwidth or multiple potentially affected by the proposed antennas may be authorized. Appli- fixed use of the frequency(ies) have cants shall request, and authorization been notified and are in agreement for stations in this service will specify, that the proposed facilities can be in- the polarization of each transmitted stalled without causing harmful inter- signal. Booster station antennas hav- ference to those other licensees and ap- ing narrower beamwidths and reduced plicants. sidelobe radiation may be required in (d) For each frequency coordinated congested areas, or to resolve inter- under this paragraph, applicants are ference problems. responsible for selecting the frequency (i) Stations must employ an antenna assignments that are least likely to re- that meets the performance standards sult in mutual interference with other for Category B. In areas subject to fre- licensees in the same area. Applicants quency congestion, where proposed fa- may consult local frequency coordina- cilities would be precluded by contin- tion committees, where they exist, for ued use of a Category B antenna, a Cat- information on frequencies available in egory A antenna must be employed. the area. In selecting frequencies, con- The Commission may require the use of sideration should be given to the rel- a high performance antenna where in- ative location of receive points, normal terference problems can be resolved by transmission paths, and the nature of the use of such antennas. the contemplated operation. (ii) Licensees shall comply with the antenna standards table shown in this [68 FR 12770, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 75 paragraph in the following manner: FR 17061, Apr. 5, 2010] (A) With either the maximum beamwith to 3 dB points requirement § 74.641 Antenna systems. or with the minimum antenna gain re- (a) For fixed stations operating above quirement; and 2025 MHz, the following standards (B) With the minimum radiation sup- apply: pression to angle requirement.

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 Minimum Frequency (MHz) Category dB antenna 1 ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

1,990 to 2,110 ...... A 5.0 n/a 12 18 22 25 29 33 39 B 8.0 n/a 5 18 20 20 25 28 36 6,875 to 7,125 ...... A 1.5 n/a 26 29 32 34 38 41 49 B 2.0 n/a 21 25 29 32 35 39 45 12,700 to 13,250 ...... A 1.0 n/a 23 28 35 39 41 42 50 B 2.0 n/a 20 25 28 30 32 37 47 17,700 to 19,700 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwith to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

(2) New periscope antenna systems and reflector combination meets or ex- will be authorized upon a certification ceeds the antenna standards of this that the radiation, in a horizontal section. This provision similarly ap- plane, from an illuminating antenna plies to passive repeaters employed to

474

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.644

redirect or repeat the signal from a (2) Includes a statement indicating station’s directional antenna system. that frequency coordination as re- (3) The choice of receiving antennas quired in § 74.604 (a) was accomplished. is left to the discretion of the licensee. [45 FR 78693, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 49 However, licensees will not be pro- FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, tected from interference which results 1984; 50 FR 7342, Feb. 22, 1985; 51 FR 19840, from the use of antennas with poorer June 3, 1986; 52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987; 55 FR performance than identified in the 11587, Mar. 29, 1990; 56 FR 50663, Oct. 8, 1991; table of this section. 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003] (4) [Reserved] (5) Pickup stations are not subject to § 74.643 Interference to geostationary- the performance standards herein stat- satellites. ed. Applicants and licensees must com- (b) All fixed stations are to use an- ply with § 101.145 of this chapter to tenna systems in conformance with the minimize the potential of interference standards of this section. TV auxiliary to geostationary-satellites. broadcast stations are considered to be [68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003] located in an area subject to frequency congestion and must employ a Cat- § 74.644 Minimum path lengths for egory A antenna when: fixed links. (1) A showing by an applicant of a (a) The distance between end points new TV auxiliary broadcast station or of a fixed link must equal or exceed the Cable Television Relay Service (CARS) value set forth in the table below or station, which shares the 12.7–13.20 GHz the EIRP must be reduced in accord- band with TV auxiliary broadcast, indi- ance with the equation set forth below. cates that use of a category B antenna limits a proposed project because of in- Minimum Frequency band path terference, and (MHz) length (2) That use of a category A antenna (km) will remedy the interference thus al- Below 1,990 ...... n/a lowing the project to be realized. 1,990–7,125 ...... 17 (c) As an exception to the provisions 12,200–13,250 ...... 5 Above 17,700 ...... n/a of this section, the FCC may approve requests for use of periscope antenna (b) For paths shorter than those spec- systems where a persuasive showing is ified in the Table, the EIRP shall not made that no frequency conflicts exist exceed the value derived from the fol- in the area of proposed use. Such ap- lowing equation. provals shall be conditioned to a stand- EIRP = MAXEIRP¥40 log(A/B) dBW ard antenna as required in paragraph (a) of this section when an applicant of Where: a new TV auxiliary broadcast or Cable EIRP = The new maximum EIRP (equivalent Television Relay station indicates that isotropically radiated power) in dBW. the use of the existing antenna system MAXEIRP = Maximum EIRP as set forth in will cause interference and the use of a the Table in § 74.636 of this part. category A or B antenna will remedy A = Minimum path length from the Table above for the frequency band in kilo- the interference. meters. (d) As a further exception to the pro- B = The actual path length in kilometers. vision of paragraph (a) of this section, NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): For transmitters the Commission may approve antenna using Automatic Transmitter Power Con- systems not conforming to the tech- trol, EIRP corresponds to the maximum nical standards where a persuasive transmitter power available, not the coordi- showing is made that: nated transmit power or the nominal trans- (1) Indicates in detail why an an- mit power. tenna system complying with the re- NOTE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (b): Stations licensed based on an application filed before April 16, quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- 2003, in the 2450–2483.5 MHz band, for EIRP tion cannot be installed, and values exceeding those specified above, may

475

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.651 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

continue to operate indefinitely in accord- censee or its successors or assignees, ance with the terms of their current author- provided that if operation of such izations, subject to periodic renewal. equipment causes harmful interference (c) Upon an appropriate technical due to its failure to comply with the showing, applicants and licensees un- technical standards set forth in this able to meet the minimum path length subpart, the FCC may, at its discre- requirement may be granted an exception, require the licensee to take such tion to these requirements. corrective action as is necessary to eliminate the interference. However, NOTE: Links authorized prior to April 1, 1987, are excluded from this requirement, ex- such equipment may not be further cept that, effective April 1, 1992, the Commis- marketed or reused under part 74 after sion will require compliance with the cri- October 1, 1985. teria where an existing link would otherwise NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (a): The verification preclude establishment of a new link. procedure has been replaced by Supplier’s [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR Declaration of Conformity. Equipment pre- 12771, Mar. 17, 2003] viously authorized under subpart J of part 2 of this chapter may remain in use. See § 2.950 § 74.651 Equipment changes. of this chapter. (b) Certification or Supplier’s Dec- (a) Modifications may be made to an laration of Conformity is not required existing authorization in accordance for transmitters used in conjunction with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. with TV pickup stations operating (b) Multiplexing equipment may be with a peak output power not greater installed on any licensed TV broadcast than 250 mW. Pickup stations oper- STL, TV relay or translator relay sta- ating in excess of 250 mW licensed pur- tion without authority from the Com- suant to applications accepted for fil- mission. ing prior to October 1, 1980 may con- (c) Permissible changes in equipment tinue operation subject to periodic re- operating in the bands 18.3–18.58 GHz newal. If operation of such equipment and 19.26–19.3 GHz. Notwithstanding causes harmful interference the FCC other provisions of this section, licens- may, at its discretion, require the li- ees of stations that remain co-primary censee to take such corrective action under the provisions of § 74.602(g) may as is necessary to eliminate the inter- not make modifications to their sys- ference. tems that increase interference to satellite earth stations, or result in a fa- (c) The license of a TV auxiliary sta- cility that would be more costly to re- tion may replace transmitting equip- locate. ment with authorized equipment, as detailed under paragraph (f) of this sec- [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 tion, without prior FCC approval, pro- FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, vided the proposed changes will not de- 1982; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 58 FR 19776, part from any of the terms of the sta- Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 54173, Sept. 7, 2000; tion or system authorization or the 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, Commission’s technical rules gov- 2003] erning this service, and also provided that any changes made to authorized § 74.655 Authorization of equipment. transmitting equipment is in compli- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ance with the provisions of part 2 of (b) of this section, all transmitting this chapter concerning modifications equipment first marketed for use under to authorized equipment. this subpart or placed into service after (d) Any manufacturer of a trans- October 1, 1981, must be authorized mitter to be used in this service may under the certification procedure or authorize the equipment under the cer- Declaration of Conformity procedure, tification or Supplier’s Declaration of as detailed in paragraph (f) of this sec- Conformity procedures, as appropriate, tion. Equipment which is used at a sta- following the procedures set forth in tion licensed prior to October 1, 1985, subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. which has not been authorized as de- (e) An applicant for a TV broadcast tailed in paragraph (f) of this section, auxiliary station may also authorize may continue to be used by the li- an individual transmitter, as specified

476

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.682

in paragraph (f) of this section, by fol- in order to ensure that the emissions lowing the procedures set forth in sub- are confined to the authorized channel. part J of part 2 of this chapter. [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] (f) Transmitters designed to be used exclusively for a TV STL station, a TV § 74.663 Modulation limits. intercity relay station, a TV translator relay station, or a TV microwave If amplitude modulation is employed, booster station, shall be authorized negative modulation peaks shall not under Supplier’s Declaration of Con- exceed 100%. formity. All other transmitters will be [45 FR 78694, Nov. 26, 1980] authorized under the certification procedure. § 74.682 Station identification. [63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998, as amended at 68 (a) Each television broadcast auxil- FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, iary station operating with a trans- 2017] mitter output power of 1 watt or more must, when actually transmitting pro- § 74.661 Frequency tolerance. grams, transmit station identification Stations in this service shall main- at the beginning and end of each period tain the carrier frequency of each au- of operation, and hourly, as close to thorized transmitter to within the fol- the hour as feasible, at a natural break lowing percentage of the assigned fre- in program offerings by one of the fol- quency. lowing means: (1) Transmission of its own call sign TABLE 1 TO § 74.661 by visual or aural means or by automatic transmission in international Frequency band Frequency (MHz) tolerance Morse telegraphy. (%) (2) Visual or aural transmission of 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 1 0.005 the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 2 0.001 tion with which it is licensed as an 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 0.005 auxiliary. 1 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 0.005 (3) Visual or aural transmission of 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1 0.005 17,700 to 18,820 ...... 0.003 the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- 18,920 to 19,700 ...... 0.003 tion whose signals are being relayed or,

1 Television translator relay stations shall maintain a fre- where programs are obtained directly quency tolerance of 0.002%. from network lines and relayed, the 2 Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005, for tolerance values exceeding those speci- network identification. fied above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance (b) Identification transmissions dur- with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal. Existing equipment and equipment of product ing operation need not be made when lines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via certifi- to make such transmission would in- cation or Declaration of Conformity before March 17, 2005, for tolerance values exceeding those specified above, may con- terrupt a single consecutive speech, tinue to be manufactured and/or marketed, but may not be play, religious service, symphony con- authorized for use under station license except at stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, cert, or any type of production. In such 2005. Any non-conforming equipment authorized under a station license, and replaced on or after March 17, 2005, must cases, the identification transmission be replaced by conforming equipment. shall be made at the first interruption NOTE 1 TO § 74.661: The Declaration of Con- of the entertainment continuity and at formity procedure has been replaced by Sup- the conclusion thereof. plier’s Declaration of Conformity. See § 2.950 (c) During occasions when a tele- of this chapter. vision pickup station is being used to [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR deliver program material for network 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, 2017] distribution it may transmit the network identification in lieu of its own or § 74.662 Frequency monitors and associated TV station call sign during measurements. the actual program pickup. However, if The licensee of a television broadcast it is providing the network feed auxiliary station must provide means for measuring the operating frequency

477

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.690 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

through its own associated TV broad- alternatively, would discontinue use of cast station it shall perform the sta- the 1990–2025 MHz band. New licensees tion identification required by para- in the 1995–2000 MHz and 2020–2025 MHz graph (a) of this section at the begin- bands are subject to the specific reloca- ning and end of each period of oper- tion procedures adopted in WT Docket ation. 04–356. (d) A period of operation is defined as (b) An Existing Licensee in the 1990– a single uninterrupted transmission or 2025 MHz band allocated for licensed a series of intermittent transmissions emerging technology services will from a single location or continuous or maintain primary status in the band intermittent transmission from a tele- until the Existing Licensee’s oper- vision pickup station covering a single ations are relocated by a New Entrant, event from various locations, within a are discontinued under the terms of single broadcast day. (e) Regardless of the method used for paragraph (a) of this section, or become station identification it shall be per- secondary under the terms of para- formed in a manner conducive to graph (e)(6) of this section or the Exist- prompt association of the signal source ing Licensee indicates to a New En- with the responsible licensee. In exer- trant that it declines to be relocated. cising the discretion provided by this (c) The Commission will amend the rule, licensees are expected to act in a operating license of the Existing Li- responsible manner to assure that re- censee to secondary status only if the sult. following requirements are met: (f) TV microwave boosters stations (1) The service applicant, provider, li- will be assigned individual call signs. censee, or representative using an However, station identification will be emerging technology guarantees pay- accomplished by the retransmission of ment of all relocation costs, including identification as provided in paragraph all engineering, equipment, site and (a) of this section. FCC fees, as well as any reasonable ad- [31 FR 15488, Dec. 8, 1966; 32 FR 452, Jan. 17, ditional costs that the relocated Exist- 1967, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; ing Licensee might incur as a result of 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 44 FR 36041, June 20, operation in another authorized band 1979; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984] or migration to another medium; § 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 (2) The New Entrant completes all MHz band from the Broadcast Aux- activities necessary for implementing iliary Service to emerging tech- the replacement facilities, including nologies. engineering and cost analysis of the re- (a) New Entrants are collectively de- location procedure and, if radio facili- fined as those licensees proposing to ties are used, identifying and obtain- use emerging technologies to imple- ing, on the incumbents’ behalf, new ment Mobile Satellite Services in the microwave or Local Television Trans- 2000–2020 MHz band (MSS licensees), mission Service frequencies and fre- those licensees authorized after July 1, quency coordination. 2004 to implement new Fixed and Mo- (3) The New Entrant builds the re- bile services in the 1990–1995 MHz band, placement system and tests it for com- and those licensees authorized after parability with the existing system. September 9, 2004 in the 1995–2000 MHz (d) The Existing Licensee is not re- and 2020–2025 MHz bands. New entrants quired to relocate until the alternative may negotiate with Broadcast Auxil- facilities are available to it for a rea- iary Service licensees operating on a sonable time to make adjustments, de- primary basis and fixed service licens- termine comparability, and ensure a ees operating on a primary basis in the seamless handoff. If, within one year 1990–2025 MHz band (Existing Licens- after the relocation to new facilities ees) for the purpose of agreeing to terms under which the Existing Licens- the Existing Licensee demonstrates ees would relocate their operations to that the new facilities are not com- the 2025–2110 MHz band, to other au- parable to the former facilities, the thorized bands, or to other media; or, New Entrant must remedy the defects.

478

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.701

(e) Subject to the terms of this para- any licensee operating on the channel graph (e), the relocation of Existing Li- plan specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this censees will be carried out by MSS li- part. All negotiations must produce so- censees in the following manner: lutions that adhere to the market (1) Existing Licensees and MSS li- area’s band plan. censees may negotiate individually or (3)–(4) [Reserved] collectively for relocation of Existing (5) As of the date the first MSS li- Licensees to one of the channel plans censee begins operations in the 1990– specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this chapter. 2025 MHz band, MSS Licensees must re- Parties may not decline to negotiate, locate Existing Licensees in DMAs 31– though Existing Licensees may decline 100, as they existed as of September 6, to be relocated. 2000, within three years, and in the re- (i) MSS licensees may relocate all maining DMAs, as they existed as of Existing Licensees in Nielsen Des- September 6, 2000, within five years. ignated Market Areas (DMAs) 1–30, as (6) On December 9, 2013, all Existing such DMAs existed on September 6, Licensees will become secondary in the 2000, and all fixed stations operating in 1990–2025 MHz band. Upon written de- the 1990–2025 MHz band on a primary mand by any MSS licensee, Existing basis, except those Existing Licensees Licensees must cease operations in the that decline relocation. Such reloca- 1990–2025 MHz band within six months. tion negotiations shall be conducted as [65 FR 48180, Aug. 7, 2000, as amended at 67 ‘‘mandatory negotiations,’’ as that FR 53756, Aug. 19, 2002; 68 FR 68252, Dec. 8, term is used in § 101.73 of this chapter. 2003; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 67836, If these parties are unable to reach a Nov. 22, 2004; 74 FR 29613, June 23, 2009] negotiated agreement, MSS Licensees may involuntarily relocate such Exist- Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV ing Licensees and fixed stations after Translator, and TV Booster Stations December 8, 2004. (ii) [Reserved] § 74.701 Definitions. (iii) On the date that the first MSS (a) Television broadcast translator sta- licensee begins operations in the 2000– tion. A station in the broadcast service 2020 MHz band, a one-year mandatory operated for the purpose of retransmit- negotiation period begins between MSS ting the programs and signals of a tele- licensees and Existing Licensees in vision broadcast station, without sig- Nielsen DMAs 31–210, as such DMAs ex- nificantly altering any characteristic isted on September 6, 2000. After the of the original signal other than its fre- end of the mandatory negotiation pe- quency and amplitude, for the purpose riod, MSS licensees may involuntary of providing television reception to the relocate any Existing Licensees with general public. which they have been unable to reach a (b) Primary station. The analog tele- negotiated agreement. As described vision broadcast station (TV broadcast) elsewhere in this paragraph (e), MSS or digital television station (DTV) Licensees are obligated to relocate which provides the programs and sig- these Existing Licensees within the nals being retransmitted by a tele- specified three- and five-year time peri- vision broadcast translator station. ods. (c) VHF translator. A television (2) Before negotiating with MSS li- broacast translator station operating censees, Existing Licensees in Nielsen on a VHF television broadcast channel. Designated Market Areas where there (d) UHF translator. A television is a BAS frequency coordinator must broadcast translator station operating coordinate and select a band plan for on a UHF television broadcast channel. the market area. If an Existing Li- (e) UHF translator signal booster. A censee wishes to operate in the 2025– station in the broadcasting service op- 2110 MHz band using the channels A03- erated for the sole purpose of re- A07 as specified in the Table in transmitting the signals of the UHF § 74.602(a) of this part, then all licensees translator station by amplifying and within that Existing Licensee’s market reradiating such signals which have must agree to such operation and all been received directly through space, must operate on a secondary basis to without significantly altering any

479

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.701 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

characteristic of the incoming signal and signals of a digital television other than its amplitude. (DTV) broadcast station, without sig- (f) Low power TV station. A station nificantly altering any characteristic authorized under the provisions of this of the original signal other than its fre- subpart that may retransmit the pro- quency and amplitude, for the purpose grams and signals of a TV broadcast of providing DTV reception to the gen- station and that may originate pro- eral public. gramming in any amount greater than (k) Digital low power TV station (‘‘dig- 30 seconds per hour and/or operates a ital LPTV station’’). A station author- subscription service. (See § 73.641 of ized under the provisions of this subpart 73 of this chapter.) part that may retransmit the programs (g) Program origination. For purposes and signals of a DTV broadcast station, of this part, program origination shall may originate programming in any be any transmissions other than the si- amount greater than 30 seconds per multaneous retransmission of the pro- hour for the purpose of providing dig- grams and signals of a TV broadcast station. Origination shall include lo- ital television (DTV) reception to the cally generated television program sig- general public and, subject to a min- nals and program signals obtained via imum video program service require- video recordings (tapes and discs), ment, may offer services of an ancil- microwave, common carrier circuits, lary or supplementary nature, includ- or other sources. ing subscription-based services. (See (h) Local origination. Program origi- § 74.790). nation if the parameters of the pro- (l) Digital program origination. For gram source signal, as it reaches the purposes of this part, digital program transmitter site, are under the control origination shall be any transmissions of the low power TV station licensee. other than the simultaneous retrans- Transmission of TV program signals mission of the programs and signals of generated at the transmitter site con- a TV or DTV broadcast station or stitutes local origination. Local origi- transmissions related to service offer- nation also includes transmission of ings of an ancillary or supplementary programs reaching the transmitter site nature. Origination shall include lo- via TV STL stations, but does not in- cally generated television program sig- clude transmission of signals obtained nals and program signals obtained via from either terrestrial or satellite video recordings (tapes and discs), microwave feeds or low power TV sta- microwave, common carrier circuits, tions. or other sources. (i) Television broadcast booster station. (m) Existing low power television or tel- A station in the broadcast service oper- evision translator station. When used in ated by the licensee or permittee of a subpart G of this part, the terms exist- full service television broadcast sta- ing low power television and existing tion for the purpose of retransmitting television translator station refer to an the programs and signals of such pri- analog or digital low power television mary station without significantly altering any characteristic of the origi- station or television translator station nal signal other than its amplitude. A that is either licensed or has a valid television broadcast booster station construction permit. may only be located such that its en- (n) Suitable in core channel. When used tire service area is located within the in subpart G of this part, the term protected contour of the primary sta- ‘‘suitable in core channel’’ refers to a tion it retransmits. For purposes of channel that would enable a digital low this paragraph, the service area of the power television or television trans- booster and the protected contour of lator station to produce a protected the primary station will be determined service area comparable to that of its by the methods prescribed in § 74.705(c). associated analog LPTV or TV trans- (j) Digital television broadcast translator station. lator station (‘‘digital TV translator sta- (o) Companion digital channel. When tion’’). A station operated for the pur- used in subpart G of this part, the term pose of retransmitting the programs ‘‘companion digital channel’’ refers to

480

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.703

a digital channel authorized to an ex- existing such stations, may be made isting low power television or tele- without regard to existing or proposed vision translator station to be associ- low power TV or TV translator sta- ated with the station’s analog channel. tions. Where such a change results in a (p) Digital conversion channel. When low power TV or TV translator station used in subpart G of this part, the term causing actual interference to recep- ‘‘digital conversion channel’’ refers to tion of the TV broadcast analog or a channel previously authorized to an DTV station, the licensee or permittee existing low power television or tele- of the low power TV or TV translator vision translator station that has been station shall eliminate the interference converted to digital operation. or file an application for a change in channel assignment pursuant to [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21497, May 18, § 73.3572 of this chapter. 1982; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7422, (c) A television broadcast booster Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR station will be authorized on the chan- 26720, May 14, 1997; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004] nel assigned to its primary station.

§ 74.702 Channel assignments. [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35590, Aug. 18, (a) An applicant for a new low power 1982; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, TV or TV translator station or for Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997] changes in the facilities of an authorized station shall endeavor to select a § 74.703 Interference. channel on which its operation is not (a) An application for a new low likely to cause interference. The appli- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- cations must be specific with regard to er station or for a change in the facili- the channel requested. Only one chan- ties of such an authorized station will nel will be assigned to each station. not be granted when it is apparent that (1) Any one of the 12 standard VHF interference will be caused. Except Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- where there is a written agreement be- signed to a VHF low power TV or TV tween the affected parties to accept in- translator station. Channels 5 and 6 as- terference, or where it can be shown signed in Alaska shall not cause harm- that interference will not occur due to ful interference to and must accept in- terrain shielding and/or Longley-Rice terference from non-Government fixed terrain dependent propagation meth- operation authorized prior to January ods, the licensee of a new low power 1, 1982. TV, TV translator, or TV booster shall (2) Any one of the UHF Channels protect existing low power TV and TV from 14 to 69, inclusive, may be as- translator stations from interference signed to a UHF low power TV or TV within the protected contour defined in translator station. In accordance with § 74.707 and shall protect existing Class § 73.603(c) of part 73, Channel 37 will not A TV and digital Class A TV stations be assigned to such stations. within the protected contours defined (3) Application for new low power TV in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Such written or TV translator stations or for agreement shall accompany the appli- changes in existing stations, specifying cation. Guidance on using the Longley- operation above 806 MHz will not be ac- Rice methodology is provided in OET cepted for filing. License renewals for Bulletin No. 69. Copies of OET Bulletin existing TV translator stations oper- No. 69 may be inspected during normal ating on channels 70 (806–812 MHz) business hours at the: Federal Commu- through 83 (884–890 MHz) will be grant- nications Commission, 445 12th Street, ed only on a secondary basis to land S.W., Reference Information Center mobile radio operations. (Room CY-A257), Washington, DC 20554. (b) Changes in the TV Table of Allot- This document is also available ments or Digital Television Table of through the Internet on the FCC Home Allotments (§§ 73.606(b) and 73.622(a), re- Page at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/docu- spectively, of part 73 of this chapter), ments/bulletins/#69. authorizations to construct new TV (b) It shall be the responsibility of broadcast analog or DTV stations or to the licensee of a low power TV, TV authorizations to change facilities of translator, or TV booster station to

481

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.703 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

correct at its expense any condition of its assigned channel at the cable interference to the direct reception of headend or on the output channel of the signal of any other TV broadcast any system converter located at a re- analog station and DTV station oper- ceiver, the earlier user, whether cable ating on the same channel as that used system or low-power TV or TV trans- by the low power TV, TV translator, or lator station, will be given priority on TV booster station or an adjacent the channel, and the later user will be channel which occurs as a result of the responsible for correction of the inter- operation of the low power TV, TV ference. When a low-power TV or TV translator, or TV booster station. In- translator station causes interference terference will be considered to occur to a BRS or EBS system by radiations whenever reception of a regularly used within its assigned channel on the out- signal is impaired by the signals radi- put channel of any system converter ated by the low power TV, TV trans- located at a receiver, the earlier user, lator, or TV booster station, regardless whether BRS system or low-power TV of the quality of the reception or the or TV translator station, will be given strength of the signal so used. If the in- priority on the channel, and the later terference cannot be promptly elimi- user will be responsible for correction nated by the application of suitable of the interference. techniques, operation of the offending (e) Low power TV and TV translator low power TV, TV translator, or TV stations are being authorized on a sec- booster station shall be suspended and ondary basis to existing land mobile shall not be resumed until the inter- uses and must correct whatever interference has been eliminated. If the ference they cause to land mobile sta- complainant refuses to permit the low tions or cease operation. Power TV, TV translator, or TV booster station to apply remedial techniques (f) It shall be the responsibility of a that demonstrably will eliminate the digital low power TV or TV translator interference without impairment of the station operating on a channel from original reception, the licensee of the channel 52–69 to eliminate at its ex- low power TV, TV translator, or TV pense any condition of interference booster station is absolved of further caused to the operation of or services responsibility. TV booster stations will provided by existing and future com- be exempt from the provisions of this mercial or public safety wireless li- paragraph to the extent that they may censees in the 700 MHz bands. The of- cause limited interference to their pri- fending digital LPTV or translator sta- mary stations’ signal subject to the tion must cease operations imme- conditions of paragraph (g) of this sec- diately upon notification by any pri- tion. mary wireless licensee, once it has (c) It shall be the responsibility of been established that the digital low the licensee of a low power TV, TV power TV or translator station is caus- translator, or TV booster station to ing the interference. correct any condition of interference (g) An existing or future wireless li- which results from the radiation of censee in the 700 MHz bands may notify radio frequency energy outside its as- (certified mail, return receipt re- signed channel. Upon notice by the quested), a digital low power TV or TV FCC to the station licensee or operator translator operating on the same chan- that such interference is caused by spu- nel or first adjacent channel of its in- rious emissions of the station, oper- tention to initiate or change wireless ation of the station shall be imme- operations and the likelihood of inter- diately suspended and not resumed ference from the low power TV or until the interference has been elimi- translator station within its licensed nated. However, short test trans- geographic service area. The notice missions may be made during the pe- should describe the facilities, associ- riod of suspended operation to check ated service area and operations of the the efficacy of remedial measures. wireless licensee with sufficient detail (d) When a low-power TV or TV to permit an evaluation of the likeli- translator station causes interference hood of interference. Upon receipt of to a CATV system by radiations within such notice, the digital LPTV or TV

482

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.706

translator licensee must cease oper- (2) Due to the frequency spacing ation within 120 days unless: which exists between TV channels 4 (1) It obtains the agreement of the and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and wireless licensee to continue oper- between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent ations; channel protection standards shall not (2) The commencement or modifica- be applicable to these pairs of chan- tion of wireless service is delayed be- nels. yond that period (in which case the pe- (c) The low power TV, TV translator riod will be extended); or or TV booster station field strength is (3) The Commission stays the effect calculated from the proposed effective of the interference notification, upon radiated power (ERP) and the antenna request. height above average terrain (HAAT) (h) In each instance where suspension in pertinent directions. of operation is required, the licensee (1) For co-channel protection, the shall submit a full report to the FCC in field strength is calculated using Fig- Washington, DC, after operation is re- ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) sumed, containing details of the nature charts) of part 73 of this chapter. of the interference, the source of the (2) For adjacent channel protection, interfering signals, and the remedial the field strength is calculated using steps taken to eliminate the inter- Figure 9, 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) ference. charts) of part 73 of this chapter. (d) A low power TV, TV translator or (i) A TV booster station may not dis- TV booster station application will not rupt the existing service of its primary be accepted if the ratio in dB of its station nor may it cause interference field strength to that of the DTV sta- to the signal provided by the primary tion (L/D ratio) fails to meet the fol- station within the principal commu- lowing: nity to be served. (1) ¥2 dB or less for co-channel oper- [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 ations. This maximum L/D ratio for co- FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, channel interference to DTV service is 1987; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 1988; 60 FR 55483, only valid at locations where the sig- Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR nal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 25 dB or 30012, May 10, 2000; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004; greater. At the edge of the noise-lim- 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] ited service area, where the S/N ratio is § 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station pro- 16 dB, the maximum L/D ratio for co- tection. channel interference from analog low power TV, TV translator or TV booster (a) For purposes of this section, the service into DTV service is ¥21 dB. At DTV station protected service area is locations where the S/N ratio is greater the geographic-area in which the field than 16 dB but less than 25 dB, the strength of the station’s signal exceeds maximum L/D field strength ratios are the noise-limited service levels speci- found from the following Table (for fied in § 73.622(e) of this chapter. The values between measured values, linear extremity of this area (noise-limited interpolation can be used): perimeter) is calculated from the authorized maximum radiated power DTV-to-low Signal-to-noise ratio(dB) power ratio (without depression angle correction), (dB) the horizontal radiation pattern, and height above average terrain in the 16.00 ...... 21.00 pertinent direction, using the signal 16.35 ...... 19.94 17.35 ...... 17.69 propagation method specified in 18.35 ...... 16.44 § 73.625(b) of this chapter. 19.35 ...... 7.19 (b)(1) An application to construct a 20.35 ...... 4.69 new low power TV or TV translator 21.35 ...... 3.69 22.35 ...... 2.94 station or change the facilities of an 23.35 ...... 2.44 existing station will not be accepted if 25.00 ...... 2.00 it specifies a site which is located within the noise-limited service perimeter (2) + 48 dB for adjacent channel oper- of a co-channel DTV station. ations at:

483

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.707 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) The DTV noise-limited perimeter tected contour of its co-channel pri- if a low power TV, TV translator or TV mary station. booster station is located outside that (2) Due to the frequency spacing perimeter. which exists between TV Channels 4 (ii) At all points within the DTV and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and noise-limited area if a low power TV or between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent TV translator is located within the channel protection standards shall not DTV noise-limited perimeter, as dem- be applicable to these pairs of chan- onstrated by the applicant. nels. (See § 73.603(a) of Part 73 of this chapter.) [62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 13563, Mar. 20, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28, (3) A UHF low power TV, TV trans- 1999] lator, or TV booster construction permit application will not be accepted if § 74.707 Low power TV and TV trans- it specifies a site within the UHF low lator station protection. power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- (a)(1) A low power TV or TV trans- er station’s protected contour and pro- lator will be protected from inter- poses operation on a channel that is 15 ference from other low power TV or TV channels above the channel in use by translator stations, or TV booster sta- the low power TV, TV translator, or tions within the following predicted TV booster station. contours: (c) The low power TV, TV translator, (i) 62 dBu for stations on Channels 2 or TV booster construction permit ap- through 6; plication field strength is calculated (ii) 68 dBu for stations on Channels 7 from the proposed effective radiated through 13; and power (ERP) and the antenna above av- (iii) 74 dBu for stations on Channels erage terrain (HAAT) in pertinent di- 14 through 69. rections. (1) For co-channel protection, the Existing licensees and permittees that field strength is calculated using Fig- did not furnish sufficient data required ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) to calculate the above contours by charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. April 15, 1983 are assigned protected (2) For low power TV, TV translator, contours having the following radii: or TV booster applications that do not Up to 0.001 kW VHF/UHF—1 mile (1.6 km) specify the same channel as the low from transmitter site power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- Up to 0.01 kW VHF; up to 0.1 k/W UHF—2 er station to be protected, the field miles (3.2 km) from transmitter site strength is calculated using Figure 9, Up to 0.1 kW VHF; up to 1 kW UHF—4 miles (6.4 km) from transmitter site 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. New applicants must submit the re- (d) A low power TV, TV translator, or quired information; they cannot rely TV booster station application will not on this table. be accepted if the ratio in dB of its (2) The low power TV or TV trans- field strength to that of the authorized lator station protected contour is cal- low power TV, TV translator, or TV culated from the authorized effective booster station at its protected con- radiated power and antenna height tour fails to meet the following: above average terrain, using Figure 9, (1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operations 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of without offset carrier frequency oper- Part 73 of this chapter. ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre- (b)(1) An application to construct a quency operation. An application renew low power TV, TV translator, or questing offset carrier frequency oper- TV booster station or change the facili- ation must include the following: ties of an existing station will not be (i) A requested offset designation accepted if it specifies a site which is (zero, plus, or minus) identifying the within the protected contour of a co- proposed direction of the 10 kHz offset channel or first adjacent channel low from the standard carrier frequencies power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- of the requested channel. If the offset er station, except that a TV booster designation is not different from that station may be located within the proof the station being protected, or if the

484

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.709

station being protected is not main- (b) An application to construct a new taining its frequencies within the tol- low power TV, TV translator, or TV erance specified in § 74.761 for offset op- booster station or change the facilities eration, the ¥45 dB ratio must be used. of an existing station will not be ac- (ii) A description of the means by cepted if it fails to protect an author- which the low power TV, TV trans- ized Class A TV or digital Class A TV lator, or TV booster station’s fre- station or an application for such a quencies will be maintained within the station filed prior to the date the low tolerances specified in § 74.761 for offset power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- operation. er application is filed. (2) 6 dB when the protected low power (c) Applications for low power TV, TV or TV translator station operates TV translator and TV booster stations on a VHF channel that is one channel shall protect Class A TV stations pur- above the requested channel. suant to the requirements specified in (3) 12 dB when the protected low paragraphs (b) through (e) of § 74.707. power TV or TV translator station op- (d) Applications for low power TV, erates on a VHF channel that is one TV translator and TV booster stations channel below the requested channel. shall protect digital Class A TV sta- (4) 15 dB when the protected low tions pursuant to the following re- power TV or TV translator station op- quirements: erates on a UHF channel that is one (i) An application must not specify channel above or below the requested an antenna site within the protected channel. contour of a co-channel digital Class A (5) 6 dB when the protected low power TV station. TV or TV translator station operates (ii) The ratio in dB of the field on a UHF channel that is fifteen chan- strength of the low power TV, TV nels below the requested channel. translator or TV booster station to (e) As an alternative to the preceding that of the digital Class A TV station paragraphs of § 74.707, an applicant for must meet the requirements specified a low power TV or TV translator sta- in paragraph (d) of § 74.706, calculated tion may make full use of terrain using the propagation methods speci- shielding and Longley-Rice terrain de- fied in paragraph (c) of that section. pendent propagation prediction meth- [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000] ods to demonstrate that the proposed facility would not be likely to cause in- § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- terference to low power TV, TV trans- tion. lator and TV booster stations. Guid- (a) Stations in the Land Mobile ance on using the Longley-Rice meth- Radio Service, using the following odology is provided in OET Bulletin No. channels in the indicated cities will be 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Copies of protected from interference caused by OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected low power TV or TV translator sta- during normal business hours at the: tions, and low power TV and TV trans- Federal Communications Commission, lator stations must accept any inter- Room CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW., ference from stations in the land mo- Reference Information Center, Wash- bile service operating on the following ington, DC 20554. This document is also channels: available through the Internet on the FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. Chan- Coordinates City nels [47 FR 21498, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 Latitude Longitude FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, Boston, MA ...... 14, 16 42°21′24″ 071°03′24″ 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26722, Chicago, IL ...... 14, 15 41°52′28″ 087°38′22″ May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR Cleveland, OH ...... 14, 15 41°29′51″ 081°41′50″ 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] Dallas, TX ...... 16 32°47′09″ 096°47′37″ Detroit, MI ...... 15, 16 42°19′48″ 083°02′57″ Houston, TX ...... 17 29°45′26″ 095°21′37″ § 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A Los Angeles, CA ...... 14, 34°03′15″ 118°18′28″ TV station protection. 16, 20 (a) The Class A TV and digital Class Miami, FL ...... 14 25°46′37″ 080°11′32″ New York, NY ...... 14, 40°45′06″ 073°59′39″ A TV station protected contours are 15, 16 specified in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Philadelphia, PA ...... 19, 20 39°56′58″ 075°09′21″

485

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.710 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

diated power (ERP) and the antenna Chan- Coordinates City height above average terrain (HAAT) nels Latitude Longitude in pertinent directions. Pittsburgh, PA ...... 14, 18 40°26′19″ 080°00′00″ (1) The field strength is calculated San Francisco, CA ...... 16, 17 37°46′39″ 122°24′40″ Washington, DC ...... 17, 18 38°53′51″ 077°00′33″ using Figure 10c of § 73.699 (F(50, 10) charts) of part 73 of this chapter. (b) The protected contours for the (2) A low power TV or TV translator land mobile radio service are 130 kilo- station application will not be accept- meters from the above coordinates, ex- ed if it specifies the same channel as cept where limited by the following: one of the land mobile assignments and (1) If the land mobile channel is the its field strength at the land mobile same as the channel in the following protected contour exceeds 52 dBu. list, the land mobile protected contour (3) A low power TV or TV translator excludes the area within 145 kilometers station application will not be accept- of the corresponding coordinates from ed if it specifies a channel that is one list below. Except if the land mobile channel above or below one of the land channel is 15 in New York or Cleveland mobile assignments and its field or 16 in Detroit, the land mobile pro- strength at the land mobile protected tected contour excludes the area with- contour exceeds 76 dBu. in 95 kilometers of the corresponding (e) To protect stations in the Off- coordinates from the list below. shore Radio Service, a low power TV or (2) If the land mobile channel is one TV translator station construction per- channel above or below the channel in mit application will not be accepted if the following list, the land mobile pro- it specifies operation on channels 15, tected contour excludes the area with- 16, 17 or 18 in the following areas. West in 95 kilometers of the corresponding Longitude and North Latitude are ab- coordinates from the list below. breviated as W.L. and N.L. respectively. Coordinates Chan- (1) On Channel 15: west of 92°00′ W.L.; City nel Latitude Longitude east of 98°30′ W.L.; and south of a line San Diego, CA ...... 15 32°41′48″ 116°56′10″ extending due west from 30°30′ N.L., Waterbury, CT ...... 20 41°31′02″ 073°01′00″ 92°00′ W.L. to 30°30′ N.L., 96°00′ W.L.; Washington, DC ...... 14 38°57′17″ 077°00′17″ and then due southwest to 28°00′ N.L., Washington, DC ...... 20 38°57′49″ 077°06′18″ Champaign, IL ...... 15 40°04′11″ 087°54′45″ 98°30′ W.L. Jacksonville, IL ...... 14 39°45′52″ 090°30′29″ (2) On Channel 16: west of 86°40′ W.L.; Ft. Wayne, IN ...... 15 41°05′35″ 085°10′42″ east of 96°30′ W.L.; and south of a line South Bend, IN ...... 16 41°36′20″ 086°12′44″ Salisbury, MD ...... 16 38°24′15″ 075°34′45″ extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., Mt. Pleasant, MI ...... 14 43°34′24″ 084°46′21″ 86°40′ W.L. to 31°00′ N.L., 95°00′ W.L. and Hanover, NH ...... 15 43°42′30″ 072°09′16″ then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°30′ Canton, OH ...... 17 40°51′04″ 081°16′37″ Cleveland, OH ...... 19 41°21′19″ 081°44′24″ W.L. Oxford, OH ...... 14 39°30′26″ 084°44′09″ (3) On Channel 17: west of 86°30′ W.L.; Zanesville, OH ...... 18 39°55′42″ 081°59′06″ east of 96°00′ W.L.; and south of a line Elmira-Corning, NY ..... 18 42°06′20″ 076°52′17″ Harrisburg, PA ...... 21 40°20′44″ 076°52′09″ extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., Johnstown, PA ...... 19 40°19′47″ 078°53′45″ 86°30′ W.L. to 31°30′ N.L., 94°00′ W.L. and Lancaster, PA ...... 15 40°15′45″ 076°27′49″ then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°00′ Philadelphia, PA ...... 17 40°02′30″ 075°14′24″ Pittsburgh, PA ...... 16 40°26′46″ 079°57′51″ W.L. Scranton, PA ...... 16 41°10′58″ 075°52′21″ (4) On Channel 18: west of 87°00′ W.L.; Parkersburg, WV ...... 15 39°20′50″ 081°33′56″ ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ east of 95 00 W.L.; and south of 31 00 Madison, WI ...... 15 43 03 01 089 29 15 N.L. (c) A low power TV or TV translator [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 50 station application will not be accept- FR 12027, Mar. 27, 1985; 50 FR 33942, Aug. 22, ed if it specifies a site that is within 1985; 69 FR 31906, June 8, 2004] the protected contour of a co-channel or first adjacent channel land mobile § 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV assignment. translator station protection. (d) The low power TV or TV trans- (a) An application to construct a new lator station field strength is cal- low power TV, TV translator, or TV culated from the proposed effective ra- booster station or change the facilities

486

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.731

of an existing station will not be ac- broadcast stations may be retrans- cepted if it fails to protect an author- mitted to areas in which direct recep- ized digital low power TV or TV trans- tion of such television broadcast sta- lator station or an application for such tions is unsatisfactory due to distance station filed prior to the date the low or intervening terrain barriers. power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- (b) Except as provided in paragraph er application is filed. (f) of this section, a television broad- (b) Applications for low power TV, cast translator station or television TV translator and TV booster stations broadcast booster station may be used shall protect digital low power TV and only to receive the signals of a tele- TV translator stations pursuant to the vision broadcast station, another tele- following requirements: vision broadcast translator station, a (1) An application must not specify television translator relay station, a an antenna site within the protected television intercity relay station, a tel- contour of a co-channel or adjacent evision STL station, or other suitable channel digital low power TV or TV source such as a CARS or common car- translator station, as defined in § 74.792. rier microwave station, for the simul- (2) The ratio in dB of the field taneous retransmission of the pro- strength of the low power TV, TV grams and signals of a television broad- translator or TV booster station at the cast station. Such retransmissions may protected contour of a co-channel dig- be accomplished by either: ital TV or TV translator station must (1) Reception of the television pro- meet the requirements specified in grams and signals of a television broad- § 74.706(d)(1). cast station directly through space, (3) The ratio in dB of the field conversion to a different channel by strength of the low power TV, TV simple heterodyne frequency conver- translator or TV booster station at the sion and suitable amplification; or, protected contour of a digital low (2) Modulation and amplification of a power TV or TV translator station on video and audio feed, in which case the lower and upper adjacent channels modulating equipment meeting the re- must not exceed 49 dB and 48 dB, requirements of § 74.750(d) shall be used. spectively. (c) The transmissions of each tele- (4) The analysis used in 74.710 should vision broadcast translator station use the propagation methods specified shall be intended for direct reception in § 74.706(c). by the general public and any other use (c) As an alternative to the require- shall be incidental thereto. A tele- ments of paragraph (b) of this section, vision broadcast translator station an applicant for a low power TV, TV shall not be operated solely for the pur- translator or TV booster may make pose of relaying signals to one or more full use of terrain shielding and fixed receiving points for retrans- Longley-Rice terrain dependent propa- mission, distribution, or further relay- gation prediction methods to dem- ing. onstrate that the proposed facility (d) The technical characteristics of would not be likely to cause inter- the retransmitted signals shall not be ference to digital low power TV or TV deliberately altered so as to hinder re- translator stations, as described in ception on conventional television § 74.707(e) (i.e., reduce the service popu- broadcast receivers. lation by no more than 0.5% within the (e) A television broadcast translator station’s protected contour based on station shall not deliberately re- the interference thresholds of § 73.623(c) transmit the signals of any station of this chapter). other than the station it is authorized [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] by license to retransmit. Precautions shall be taken to avoid unintentional § 74.731 Purpose and permissible serv- retransmission of such other signals. ice. (f) A locally generated radio fre- (a) Television broadcast translator quency signal similar to that of a TV stations and television broadcast broadcast station and modulated with booster stations provide a means visual and aural information may be whereby the signals of television connected to the input terminals of a

487

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.731 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

television broadcast translator or low for a fee or charge subject to the provi- power station for the purposes of trans- sions of §§ 73.642(e) and 73.644. mitting still photographs, slides and (h) A low power TV station may not voice announcements. The radio fre- be operated solely for the purpose of re- quency signals shall be on the same laying signals to one or more fixed re- channel as the normally used off-the- ceiving points for retransmission, dis- air signal being rebroadcast. When tribution or relaying. transmitting originations concerning (i) Low power TV stations are subject financial support or public service an- to no minimum required hours of oper- nouncements, connection of the locally ation and may operate in any of the 3 generated signals shall be made auto- modes described in paragraph (g) of matically either by means of a time this section for any number of hours. switch or upon receipt of a control sig- (j) Television broadcast booster sta- nal from the TV station being rebroad- tions provide a means whereby the li- cast designed to actuate the switching censee of a television broadcast station circuit. The switching circuit will be so may provide service to areas of low sig- designed that the input circuit will be nal strength in any region within the returned to the off-the-air signal with- primary station’s Grade B contour. The in 30 seconds. The connection for emer- booster station may not be located out- gency transmissions may be made side the predicted Grade B of its pri- manually. The apparatus used to gen- mary station nor may the predicted erate the local signal which is used to Grade B signal of the television booster modulate the translator or low power station extend beyond the predicted station must be capable of producing a Grade B contour of the primary sta- visual or aural signal or both which tion. A television broadcast booster will provide acceptable reception on station is authorized to retransmit television receivers designed for the only the signals of its primary station; transmission standards employed by it shall not retransmit the signals of TV broadcast stations. The visual and any other stations nor make inde- aural materials so transmitted shall be limited to emergency warnings of im- pendent transmissions. However, lo- minent danger, to local public service cally generated signals may be used to announcements and to seeking or ac- excite the booster apparatus for the knowledging financial support deemed purpose of conducting tests and meas- necessary to the continued operation of urements essential to the proper in- the station. Accordingly, the origina- stallation and maintenance of the ap- tions concerning financial support and paratus. PSAs are limited to 30 seconds each, no (k) The transmissions of a television more than once per hour. Acknowl- broadcast booster station shall be in- edgements of financial support may intended for direct reception by the gen- clude identification of the contribu- eral public. Such stations will not be tors, the size and nature of the con- permitted to establish a point-to-point tribution and advertising messages of television relay system. contributors. Emergency transmissions (l) After 11:59 p.m. local time on Sep- shall be no longer or more frequent tember 1, 2015, Class A television sta- than necessary to protect life and prop- tions may no longer operate any facil- erty. ity in analog (NTSC) mode. (g) Low power TV stations may oper- (m) After 11:59 p.m. local time, 51 ate under the following modes of serv- months following the release of the ice: Channel Reassignment Public Notice (1) As a TV translator station, sub- announcing completion of the incen- ject to the requirements of this part; tive auction conducted under Title VI (2) For origination of programming of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job and commercial matter as defined in Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96)), § 74.701(f); low power television and TV translator (3) For the transmission of subscrip- stations may no longer operate any fa- tion television broadcast (STV) pro- cility in analog (NTSC) mode and all li- grams, intended to be received in intel- censes for such analog operations shall ligible form by members of the public automatically cancel at that time

488

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.733

without any affirmative action by the rebroadcast, to areas within the Grade Commission. B contour of the primary station. (h) No numerical limit is placed on [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 the number of booster stations that FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982; 47 FR 40172, Sept. 13, 1982; 48 FR 21487, may be licensed to a single licensee. A May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 76 FR separate license is required for each 44827, July 27, 2011; 80 FR 27863, May 15, 2015; television broadcast booster station. 81 FR 5052, Feb. 1, 2016] [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 20504, May 15, § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- 1984; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 10571, quirements. Apr. 2, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] (a) A license for a low power TV or TV translator station may be issued to § 74.733 UHF translator signal boosters. any qualified individual, organized group of individuals, broadcast station (a) The licensee of a UHF television licensee, or local civil governmental broadcast translator station may be body. authorized to operate one or more sig- (b) More than one low power TV or nal boosters for the purpose of pro- TV translator station may be licensed viding reception to small shadowed to the same applicant whether or not areas within the area intended to be such stations serve substantially the served by the translator. same area. Low power TV and TV (b) The transmitting apparatus shall translator stations are not counted for consist of a simple linear radio fre- purposes of § 73.3555, concerning mul- quency amplifier, with one or more tiple ownership. amplifying stages, which is capable of receiving, amplifying, and retransmit- (c) Only one channel will be assigned ting the signals of the parent trans- to each low power TV or TV translator lator without significantly altering station. Additional low power or trans- any electrical characteristic of the re- lator stations may be authorized to ceived signal other than its amplitude. provide additional reception. A sepa- The maximum power input to the plate rate application is required for each of the final radio frequency amplifier station and each application must be shall not exceed 5 watts. complete in all respects. (c) The amplifier shall be equipped (d) The FCC will not act on applica- with suitable circuits which will auto- tions for new low power TV or TV matically cause it to cease radiating if translator stations, for changes in fa- no signal is being received from the cilities of existing stations, or for parent translator station. Care shall be changes in output channel tendered by taken in the design of the apparatus to displaced stations pursuant to insure that out-of-band radiation is not § 73.3572(a)(1), when such changes will excessive and that adequate isolation result in a major change until the ap- is maintained between the input and plicable time for filing a petition to output circuits to prevent unstable op- deny has passed pursuant to § 73.3584(c). eration. (e) A proposal to change the primary (d) The installation of the apparatus TV station being retransmitted or an and its associated receiving and trans- application of a licensed translator sta- mitting antennas shall be in accord- tion to include low power TV station ance with accepted principles of good operation, i.e., program origination or engineering practice. Either hori- subscription service will be subject zontal, vertical, or circular polariza- only to a notification requirement. tion of the electric field of the radiated (f) Applications for transfer of owner- signal may be employed. If the isola- ship or control of a low power TV or tion between the input and output cir- TV translator station will be subject to cuits depends in part upon the polariza- petitions to deny. tion or directive properties of the (g) A television broadcast booster transmitting and receiving antennas, station will be authorized only to the the installation shall be sufficiently licensee or permittee of the television rugged to withstand the normal haz- station whose signals the booster will ards of the environment.

489

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.734 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(e) The operation of a UHF translator (3) The transmitting and the ON/OFF signal booster is subject to the condi- control, if at a location other than the tion that no harmful interference is transmitter site, shall be adequately caused to the reception of any station, protected against tampering by unau- broadcast or non-broadcast, other than thorized persons. the parent translator. The licensee of (4) A letter notification must be filed the UHF translator signal booster is with the FCC in Washington, DC, At- expected to use reasonable diligence to tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, minimize interference to the direct re- providing the name, address, and tele- ception of the parent translator sta- phone number of a person or persons tion. who may be called to secure suspension (f) UHF translator signal boosters of operation of the transmitter prompt- may be operated unattended. Repairs ly should such action be deemed nec- and adjustments shall be made by a essary by the FCC. Such information qualified person. The required quali- shall be kept current by the licensee. fications are set forth in § 74.750 (g) and (5) In cases where the antenna and (h). supporting structure are considered to (g) An individual call sign will not be be a hazard to air navigation and are assigned to a UHF translator booster required to be painted and lighted station. The retransmission of the call under the provisions of part 17 of the sign of the parent translator will serve Rules, the licensee shall make suitable as station identification. arrangements for the daily observa- (h) Applications for authority to con- tions, when required, and lighting struct and operate a UHF translator equipment inspections required by signal booster shall be submitted on §§ 17.37 and 17.38 of the FCC rules. FCC Form 346A. No construction of fa- (b) An application for authority to cilities or installation of apparatus at construct a new low power TV station the proposed transmitter site shall be (when rebroadcasting the programs of made until a construction permit another station) or TV translator sta- therefor has been issued by the Com- tion or to make changes in the facili- mission. ties of an authorized station, and that (i) The provisions of §§ 74.767 and proposes unattended operation, shall 74.781 concerning marking and lighting include an adequate showing as to the of antenna structures and station manner of compliance with this sec- records, respectively, apply to UHF tion. translator signal boosters. [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 40 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, FR 25022, June 12, 1975; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, 1995; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, 1994; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019] Mar. 21, 2002]

§ 74.734 Attended and unattended op- § 74.735 Power limitations. eration. (a) The maximum peak effective radi- (a) Low power TV, TV translator, and ated power (ERP) of an analog low TV booster stations may be operated power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- without a designated person in attend- er station shall not exceed: ance if the following requirements are (1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and met: (2) 150 kW for UHF channels 14–69. (1) If the transmitter site cannot be (b) The maximum ERP of a digital promptly reached at all hours and in low power TV, TV translator, or TV all seasons, means shall be provided so booster station (average power) shall that the transmitting apparatus can be not exceed: turned on and off at will from a point (1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and that readily is accessible at all hours (2) 15 kW for UHF channels 14–69. and in all seasons. (c) The limits in paragraphs (a) and (2) The transmitter also shall be (b) apply separately to the effective ra- equipped with suitable automatic cir- diated powers that may be obtained by cuits that will place it in a nonradi- the use of horizontally or vertically po- ating condition in the absence of a sig- larized transmitting antennas, pro- nal on the input channel or circuit. viding the applicable provisions of

490

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.736

§§ 74.705, 74.706, 74.707 and 74.709 are (5) The horizontal plane patterns met. For either omnidirectional or di- that are required are the patterns for rectional antennas, where the ERP val- the complete directional antenna sys- ues of the vertically and horizontally tem. In the case of a composite an- polarized components are not of equal tenna composed of two or more indi- strength, the ERP limits shall apply to vidual antennas, this means that the the polarization with the larger ERP. patterns for the composite antenna Applications proposing the use of direc- composed of two or more individual an- tional antenna systems must be accom- tennas, not the patterns for each of the panied by the following: individual antennas, must be sub- (1) Complete description of the pro- mitted. posed antenna system, including the manufacturer and model number of the [30 FR 8847, July 14, 1965, as amended at 41 proposed directional antenna. It is not FR 28267, July 9, 1976; 47 FR 21500, May 18, acceptable to label the antenna with 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7423, only a generic term such as ‘‘Yagi’’ or Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 58 FR ‘‘Dipole’’. A specific model number 44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 62 FR 26722, May 14, 1997; must be provided. In the case of indi- 76 FR 44828, July 27, 2011] vidually designed antennas with no model number, or in the case of a com- § 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. posite antenna composed of two or (a) The license of a low power TV, TV more individual antennas, the antenna translator, or TV booster station au- should be described as a ‘‘custom’’ or thorizes the transmission of the visual ‘‘composite’’ antenna, as appropriate. signal by amplitude modulation (A5) A full description of the design of the and the accompanying aural signal by antenna should also be submitted. frequency modulation (F3). (2) Relative field horizontal plane (b) Standard width television chan- pattern (horizontal polarization only) nels will be assigned and the transmit- of the proposed directional antenna. A ting apparatus shall be operated so as value of 1.0 should be used for the max- to limit spurious emissions to the low- imum radiation. The plot of the pat- est practicable value. Any emissions tern should be oriented so that 0° cor- including intermodulation products responds to the maximum radiation of and radio frequency harmonics which the directional antenna or, alter- are not essential for the transmission natively in the case of a symmetrical pattern, to the line of symmetry. The of the desired picture and sound infor- 0° on the plot should be referenced to mation shall be considered to be spu- the actual azimuth with respect to true rious emissions. North. (c) Any emissions appearing on fre- (3) A tabulation of the relative field quencies more than 3 MHz above or pattern required in paragraph (c)(2), of below the upper and lower edges, re- this section. The tabulation should use spectively, of the assigned channel the same zero degree reference as the shall be attenuated no less than: plotted pattern, and be tabulated at (1) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no least every 10°. In addition, tabulated more than 1 watt power output. values of all maximas and minimas, (2) 50 dB for transmitters rated at with their corresponding azimuths, more than 1 watt power output. should be submitted. (3) 60 dB for transmitters rated at (4) All horizontal plane patterns more than 100 watts power output. must be plotted to the largest scale (d) Greater attenuation than that possible on unglazed letter-size polar specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- coordinate paper (main engraving ap- tion may be required if interference re- proximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 inches)) using only scale divisions and sults from emissions outside the as- subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10- signed channel. nth. Values of field strength on any [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 pattern less than 10% of the maximum FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, field strength plotted on that pattern 1971; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31404, must be shown on an enlarged scale. Aug. 20, 1987]

491

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.737 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 74.737 Antenna location. ment, and use of such preamplifiers is not necessary to meet the provisions of (a) An applicant for a new low power paragraph (c) of this section. TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- (c) The following requirements must tion or for a change in the facilities of be met before low power TV and TV an authorized station shall endeavor to translator transmitters will be certifi- select a site that will provide a line-of- cated by the FCC: sight transmission path to the entire (1) The equipment shall be so de- area intended to be served and at which signed that the electrical characteris- there is available a suitable signal tics of a standard television signal in- from the primary station, if any, that troduced into the input terminals will will be retransmitted. be maintained at the output. The over- (b) The transmitting antenna should all response of the apparatus within its be placed above growing vegetation and assigned channel, when operating at its trees lying in the direction of the area rated power output and measured at intended to be served, to minimize the the output terminals, shall provide a possibility of signal absorption by foli- smooth curve, varying within limits age. separated by no more than 4 dB: Pro- (c) A site within 8 kilometers of the vided, however, That means may be pro- area intended to be served is to be pre- vided to reduce the amplitude of the ferred if the conditions in paragraph (a) aural carrier below those limits, if nec- of this section can be met. essary to prevent intermodulation (d) Consideration should be given to which would mar the quality of the re- the accessibility of the site at all sea- transmitted picture or result in emis- sons of the year and to the availability sions outside of the assigned channel. of facilities for the maintenance and (2) Radio frequency harmonics of the operation of the transmitting equip- visual and aural carriers, measured at ment. the output terminals of the trans- (e) The transmitting antenna should mitter, shall be attenuated no less be located as near as is practical to the than 60 dB below the peak visual out- transmitter to avoid the use of long put power within the assigned channel. transmission lines and the associated All other emissions appearing on fre- power losses. quencies more than 3 megacycles above (f) Consideration should be given to or below the upper and lower edges, re- the existence of strong radio frequency spectively, of the assigned channel fields from other transmitters at the shall be attenuated no less than: site of the transmitting equipment and (i) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no the possibility that such fields may re- more than 1 watt power output. sult in the retransmissions of signals (ii) 50 dB for transmitters rated at originating on frequencies other than more than 1 watt power output. that of the primary station being re- (iii) 60 dB for transmitters rated at broadcast. more than 100 watts power output. [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52 (3) When subjected to variations in FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] ambient temperature between minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees Centigrade § 74.750 Transmission system facilities. and variations in power main voltage (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or between 85 percent and 115 percent of TV booster station shall operate with a rated power supply voltage, the local transmitter that is either certificated oscillator frequency stability shall for licensing under the provisions of maintain the operating frequency with- this subpart or type notified for use in: under part 73 of this chapter. (i) 0.02 percent of its rated frequency (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas for transmitters rated at no more than used to receive the signals to be re- 100 watts peak visual power. broadcast, and transmission lines are (ii) 0.002 percent of the rated fre- not certificated by the FCC. External quency for transmitters rated at more preamplifiers also may be used pro- than 100 watts peak visual power. vided that they do not cause improper (iii) Plus or minus 1 kHz of its rated operation of the transmitting equip- frequency for transmitters to be used

492

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.750

at stations employing offset carrier broadcast station being rebroadcast to frequency operation. transmit aurally or visually the low (4) The apparatus shall contain auto- power TV or TV translator station call matic circuits which will maintain the as provided for in § 74.783. Transmission peak visual power output constant of the call sign can be accomplished by: within 2 dB when the strength of the (i) Frequency shift keying; the aural input signal is varied over a range of 30 and visual carrier shift shall not be less dB and which will not permit the peak than 5 kHz or greater than 25 kHz. visual power output to exceed the max- (ii) Amplitude modulation of the imum rated power output under any aural carrier of at least 30% modula- condition. If a manual adjustment is tion. The audio frequency tone used provided to compensate for different shall not be within 200 hertz of the average signal strengths, provision Emergency Broadcast System Atten- shall be made for determining the tion Signal alerting frequencies. proper setting for the control, and if (8) Wiring, shielding, and construc- improper adjustment of the control tion shall be in accordance with ac- could result in improper operation, a cepted principles of good engineering label shall be affixed at the adjustment practice. control bearing a suitable warning. (d) Low power TV, TV translator and (5) The apparatus must be equipped transmitting equipment using a modu- with automatic controls that will place lation process for either program origi- it in a non-radiating condition when no nation or rebroadcasting TV booster signal is being received on the input transmitting equipment using a modu- channel, either due to absence of a lation process must meet the following transmitted signal or failure of the re- requirements: ceiving portion of the facilities used for rebroadcasting the signal of an- (1) The equipment shall meet the re- other station. The automatic control quirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and may include a time delay feature to (b)(3) of § 73.687. prevent interruptions caused by fading (2) The stability of the equipment or other momentary failures of the in- shall be sufficient to maintain the op- coming signal. erating frequency of the aural carrier ± (6) The tube or tubes employed in the to 4.5 MHz 1kHz above the visual car- final radio frequency amplifier shall be rier when subjected to variations in ° of the appropriate power rating to pro- ambient temperature between 30 and + ° vide the rated power output of the 50 centigrade and variations in power translator. The normal operating con- main voltage between 85 and 115 per- stants for operation at the rated power cent of rated power supply voltage. output shall be specified. The appa- (e) Certification will be granted only ratus shall be equipped with suitable upon a satisfactory showing that the meters or meter jacks so that appro- apparatus is capable of meeting the re- priate voltage and current measure- quirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of ments may be made while the appa- this section. The following procedures ratus is in operation. shall apply: (7) The transmitters of over 0.001 kW (1) Any manufacturer of apparatus peak visual power (0.002 kW when cir- intended for use at low power TV, TV cularly polarized antennas are used) translator, or TV booster stations may shall be equipped with an automatic request certification by following the keying device that will transmit the procedures set forth in part 2, subpart call sign of the station, in Inter- J, of this chapter. national Morse Code, at least once each (2) Low power TV, TV translator, and hour during the time the station is in TV booster transmitting apparatus operation when operating in the trans- that has been certificated by the FCC lator mode retransmitting the pro- will normally be authorized without gramming of a TV broadcast station. additional measurements from the ap- However, the identification by Morse plicant or licensee. Code is not required if the licensee of (3) Applications for certification of the low power TV or TV translator sta- modulators to be used with existing tion has an agreement with the TV certificated TV translator apparatus

493

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.751 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

must include the specifications elec- such cases, individual licensees are not trical and mechanical interconnecting required to secure prior Commission requirements for the apparatus with approval but shall notify the Commis- which it is designed to be used. sion when such changes are completed. (4) Other rules concerning certifi- (b) Formal application (FCC Form cation, including information regard- 346) is required for any of the following ing withdrawal of type acceptance, changes: modification of certificated equipment (1) Replacement of the transmitter as and limitations on the findings upon a whole, except replacement with a which certification is based, are set transmitter of identical power rating forth in part 2, subpart J, of this chapter. which has been certificated by the FCC (f) The transmitting antenna system for use by low power TV, TV trans- may be designed to produce horizontal, lator, and TV booster stations, or any vertical, or circular polarization. change which could result in a change (g) Low power TV, TV translator, or in the electrical characteristics or per- TV booster stations installing new cer- formance of the station. tificated transmitting apparatus incor- (2) Any change in the transmitting porating modulating equipment need antenna system, including the direc- not make equipment performance tion of radiation, directive antenna measurements and shall so indicate on pattern, antenna gain, transmission the station license application. Sta- line loss characteristics, or height of tions adding new or replacing modu- antenna center of radiation. lating equipment in existing low power (3) Any change in the overall height TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- of the antenna structure, except where tion transmitting apparatus must have notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- a qualified person examine the trans- istration is specifically not required mitting system after installation. This under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. person must certify in the application (4) Any horizontal change of the loca- for the station license that the trans- tion of the antenna structure which mitting equipment meets the require- would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters ments of paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- (500 feet), or (ii) require notice to the tion. A report of the methods, measure- Federal Aviation Administration pur- ments, and results must be kept in the suant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s Rules. station records. However, stations installing modulating equipment solely (5) A change in frequency assign- for the limited local origination of sig- ment. nals permitted by § 74.731 need not com- (6) Any changes in the location of the ply with the requirements of this para- transmitter except within the same graph. building or upon the same pole or tower. [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, (7) A change of authorized operating 1971; 37 FR 25844, Dec. 5, 1972; 41 FR 17552, power. Apr. 27, 1976; 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 46 FR (c) Other equipment changes not spe- 35465, July 8, 1981; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; cifically referred to in paragraphs (a) 47 FR 30496, July 14, 1982; 52 FR 31404, Aug. and (b) of this section may be made at 20, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26722, the discretion of the licensee, provided May 14, 1997; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] that the FCC in Washington, DC, At- § 74.751 Modification of transmission tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, systems. is notified in writing upon the comple- (a) No change, either mechanical or tion of such changes. electrical, may be made in apparatus (d) Upon installation of new or re- which has been certificated by the placement transmitting equipment for Commission without prior authority of which prior FCC authority is not re- the Commission. If such prior author- quired under the provisions of this sec- ity has been given to the manufacturer tion, the licensee must place in the sta- of certificated equipment, the manu- tion records a certification that the facturer may issue instructions for new installation complies in all re- such changes citing its authority. In spects with the technical requirements

494

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.763

of this part and the station authoriza- quency tolerance prescribed in § 74.761, tion. the licensee promptly shall suspend operation of the transmitter and shall [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 39 FR 38652, Nov. 1, not resume operation until transmitter 1974; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 21501, has been restored to its assigned fre- May 18, 1982; 48 FR 41423, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR quencies. Adjustment of the frequency 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; determining circuits of the transmitter 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, shall be made only by a qualified per- 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] son in accordance with § 74.750(g). § 74.761 Frequency tolerance. [52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] The licensee of a low power TV, TV § 74.763 Time of operation. translator, or TV booster station shall maintain the transmitter output fre- (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or quencies as set forth below. The fre- TV booster station is not required to quency tolerance of stations using di- adhere to any regular schedule of oper- rect frequency conversion of a received ation. However, the licensee of a TV signal and not engaging in offset car- translator or TV booster station is ex- rier operation as set forth in paragraph pected to provide service to the extent (d) of this section will be referenced to that such is within its control and to the authorized plus or minus 10 kHz avoid unwarranted interruptions in the offset, if any, of the primary station. service provided. (a) The visual carrier shall be main- (b) In the event that causes beyond tained to within 0.02 percent of the as- the control of the low power TV or TV translator station licensee make it im- signed visual carrier frequency for possible to continue operating, the li- transmitters rated at not more than censee may discontinue operation for a 100 watts peak visual power. period of not more than 30 days with- (b) The visual carrier shall be main- out further authority from the FCC. tained to within 0.002 percent of the as- Notification must be sent to the FCC signed visual carrier frequency for in Washington, DC, Attention: Video transmitters rated at more than 100 Division, Media Bureau, not later than watts peak visual power. the 10th day of discontinued operation. (c) The aural carrier of stations em- During such period, the licensee shall ploying modulating equipment shall be continue to adhere to the requirements maintained at 4.5 MHz ±1 kHz above in the station license pertaining to the the visual carrier frequency. lighting of antenna structures. In the (d) The visual carrier shall be main- event normal operation is restored tained to within 1 kHz of the assigned prior to the expiration of the 30 day pe- channel carrier frequency if the low riod, the FCC in Washington, DC, At- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, er station is authorized with a specified shall be notified in writing of the date offset designation in order to provide normal operations resumed. If causes protection under the provisions of beyond the control of the licensee § 74.705 or § 74.707. make it impossible to comply within [43 FR 1952, Jan. 13, 1978, as amended at 52 the allowed period, a request for Spe- FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] cial Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635 of this chapter) shall be made to the § 74.762 Frequency measurements. FCC no later than the 30th day for such (a) The licensee of a low power TV additional time as may be deemed nec- station, a TV translator, or a TV boost- essary. er station must measure the carrier (c) Failure of a low power TV, TV frequencies of its output channel as translator, or TV booster station to op- often as necessary to ensure operation erate for a period of 30 days or more, within the specified tolerances, and at except for causes beyond the control of least once each calendar year at inter- the licensee, shall be deemed evidence vals not exceeding 14 months. of discontinuation of operation and the (b) In the event that a low power TV, license of the station may be cancelled TV translator, or TV booster station is at the discretion of the FCC. Further- found to be operating beyond the fre- more, the station’s license will expire

495

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.769 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

as a matter of law, without regard to § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- any causes beyond control of the li- ble to translators, low power, and censee, if the station fails to transmit booster stations. broadcast signals for any consecutive The following rules are applicable to 12-month period, notwithstanding any TV translator, low power TV, and TV provision, term, or condition of the li- booster stations: cense to the contrary. Part 5—Experimental authorizations. (d) A television broadcast translator Section 73.653—Operation of TV aural and station shall not be permitted to radi- visual transmitters. ate during extended periods when sig- Section 73.658—Affiliation agreements and nals of the primary station are not network program practices; territorial ex- being retransmitted. clusivity in non-network program arrangements. [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52 Part 73, Subpart G—Emergency Broadcast FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, System (for low power TV stations locally 1987; 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, originating programming as defined by June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] § 74.701(h)). Section 73.1201—Station identification (for § 74.769 Familiarity with FCC rules. low power TV stations locally originating programming as defined by § 74.701(h)). Each licensee or permittee of a sta- Section 73.1206—Broadcast of telephone con- tion authorized under this subpart versations. shall be familiar with those rules relat- Section 73.1207—Rebroadcasts. ing to stations authorized under this Section 73.1208—Broadcast of taped, filmed subpart. Copies of the Commission’s or recorded material. Section 73.1211—Broadcast of lottery infor- rules may be obtained from the Super- mation. intendent of Documents, Government Section 73.1212—Sponsorship identifications; Publishing Office, Washington, DC list retention, related requirements. 20401, or accessed online at https:// Section 73.1216—Licensee conducted con- www.ecfr.gov or https://www.gpo.gov/ tests. fdsys/browse/ Section 73.1515—Special field test authorizations. collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR. Section 73.1615—Operation during modifica- [83 FR 13683, Mar. 30, 2018] tions of facilities. Section 73.1635—Special temporary author- § 74.779 Electronic delivery of notices izations (STA). to LPTV stations. Section 73.1650—International broadcasting agreements. In accordance with § 76.1600 of this Section 73.1680—Emergency antennas. title, beginning July 31, 2020, each li- Section 73.1692—Construction near or instal- censee of a low power television station lations on an AM broadcast tower. or noncommercial educational trans- Section 73.1940—Broadcasts by candidates for public office. lator station that is entitled to notices Section 73.2080—Equal employment opportu- under § 76.64(k), § 76.1601, § 76.1607, or nities (for low power TV stations only). § 76.1617 of this title shall receive such Section 73.3500—Application and report notices via email to the licensee’s forms. email address (not a contact represent- Section 73.3511—Applications required. ative’s email address, if different from Section 73.3512—Where to file; number of copies. the licensee’s email address) as dis- Section 73.3513—Signing of applications. played publicly in the Commission’s Section 73.3514—Content of applications. Licensing and Management System Section 73.3516—Specification of facilities. (LMS), or the primary station’s car- Section 73.3517—Contingent applications. riage-related email address if the non- Section 73.3518—Inconsistent or conflicting commercial educational translator sta- applications. tion does not have its own email ad- Section 73.3519—Repetitious applications. Section 73.3521—Mutually exclusive applica- dress listed in LMS. Licensees are re- tions for low power TV and TV translator sponsible for the continuing accuracy stations. and completeness of this information. Section 73.3522—Amendment of applications. Section 73.3525—Agreements for removing [85 FR 16004, Mar. 20, 2020] application conflicts.

496

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.782

Section 73.3533—Application for construction § 74.781 Station records. permit or modification of construction permit. (a) The licensee of a low power TV, Section 73.3534—Application for extension of TV translator, or TV booster station construction permit or for construction shall maintain adequate station permit to replace expired construction per- records, including the current instru- mit. ment of authorization, official cor- Section 73.3536—Application for license to respondence with the FCC, contracts, cover construction permit. permission for rebroadcasts, and other Section 73.3538 (a)(1)(3)(4), (b)(2)—Application pertinent documents. to make changes in existing station. (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this Section 73.3539—Application for renewal of Chapter concerning any observed or license. otherwise known extinguishment or Section 73.3540—Application for voluntary improper functioning of a tower light: assignment of transfer of control. (1) The nature of such extinguish- Section 73.3541—Application for involuntary assignment or transfer of control. ment or improper functioning. Section 73.3542—Application for emergency (2) The date and time the extinguish- authorization. ment or improper operation was ob- Section 73.3544—Application to obtain a served or otherwise noted. modified station license. (3) The date, time and nature of ad- Section 73.3545—Application for permit to de- justments, repairs or replacements liver programs to foreign stations. made. Section 73.3550—Requests for new or modi- (c) The station records shall be main- fied call sign assignments. tained for inspection at a residence, of- Section 73.3561—Staff consideration of appli- fice, or public building, place of busi- cations requiring Commission action. ness, or other suitable place, in one of Section 73.3562—Staff consideration of appli- the communities of license of the cations not requiring action by the Com- translator or booster, except that the mission. station records of a booster or trans- Section 73.3564—Acceptance of applications. lator licensed to the licensee of the pri- Section 73.3566—Defective applications. mary station may be kept at the same Section 73.3568—Dismissal of applications. place where the primary station Section 73.3572—Processing of TV broadcast, records are kept. The station records low power TV, and TV translator station applications. shall be made available upon request to Section 73.3580—Local public notice of filing any authorized representative of the of broadcast applications. Commission. Section 73.3584—Petitions to deny. (d) Station logs and records shall be Section 73.3587—Informal objections. retained for a period of two years. Section 73.3591—Grants without hearing. [48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 52 Section 73.3593—Designation for hearing. FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, Section 73.3594—Local public notice of des- 2019] ignation for hearing. Section 73.3597—Procedures on transfer and § 74.782 Low power television and TV assignment applications. translator simulcasting during the Section 73.3598—Period of construction. ATSC 3.0 (Next Gen TV) transition. Section 73.3599—Forfeiture of construction (a) Simulcasting arrangements. While permit. broadcasters are voluntarily deploying Section 73.3601—Simultaneous modification ATSC 3.0, a low power television and renewal of license. (LPTV) or TV translator station may Section 73.3603—Special waiver procedure partner with one or more other LPTV relative to applications. Section 73.3612—Annual employment report or TV translator stations or with one (for low power TV stations only). or more full power or Class A stations Section 73.3613—Availability to FCC of sta- in a simulcasting arrangement for pur- tion contracts (network affiliation con- poses of airing either an ATSC 1.0 or tracts for low power TV stations only)’’. ATSC 3.0 signal on a host station’s (i.e., a station whose facilities are being [52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 25867, July 9, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, used to transmit programming origi- 1987; 56 FR 28099, June 19, 1991; 59 FR 31557, nated by another station) facilities. June 20, 1994; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 78 FR (1) An LPTV or TV translator station 25175, Apr. 29, 2013; 83 FR 65559, Dec. 21, 2018] airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal

497

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.782 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

on the facilities of a full power host cast signal than on the primary video station must comply with the rules of programming stream of the ATSC 3.0 part 73 of this chapter governing power signal is not considered ‘‘substantially levels and interference, and must com- similar.’’ ply in all other respects with the rules (3) The ‘‘substantially similar’’ re- and policies applicable to low power quirement in paragraph (b)(1) of this television or TV translator stations set section will sunset on July 17, 2023. forth in this part. (c) Transitioning directly to ATSC 3.0. (2) An LPTV or TV translator station LPTV and TV translator stations may airing an ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal transition directly from ATSC 1.0 to on the facilities of a Class A host sta- ATSC 3.0 operation without tion must comply with the rules gov- simulcasting. erning power levels and interference (d) Coverage requirements for the ATSC applicable to Class A television sta- 1.0 simulcast channel. For LPTV and TV tions, and must comply in all other re- translator stations that elect volun- spects with the rules and policies appli- tarily to simulcast and temporarily to cable to LPTV or TV translator sta- relocate their ATSC 1.0 signal to the tions as set forth in Part 74 of this facilities of a host station for purposes chapter. of deploying ATSC 3.0 service (and that (b) Simulcasting requirement. An LPTV convert their existing facilities to or TV translator station that elects ATSC 3.0), the station: voluntarily to simulcast while broad- (1) Must maintain overlap between casters are voluntarily deploying ATSC the protected contour of its existing fa- 3.0 must simulcast the primary video cilities and its ATSC 1.0 simulcast sig- programming stream of their ATSC 3.0 nal; signal in an ATSC 1.0 format. This re- (2) May not relocate its ATSC 1.0 si- quirement does not apply to any mulcast signal more than 30 miles from multicast streams aired on the ATSC the reference coordinates of the relo- 3.0 channel. cating station’s existing antenna loca- (1) The programming aired on the tion; and ATSC 1.0 simulcast signal must be (3) Must select a host station as- ‘‘substantially similar’’ to that aired signed to the same Designated Market on the ATSC 3.0 primary video pro- Area as the originating station (i.e., gramming stream. For purposes of this the station whose programming is section, ‘‘substantially similar’’ means being transmitted on the host station). that the programming must be the (e) Coverage requirements for ATSC 3.0 same except for advertisements, pro- signals. For LPTV and TV translator motions for upcoming programs, and stations that elect voluntarily to si- programming features that are based mulcast and to continue broadcasting on the enhanced capabilities of ATSC in ATSC 1.0 from the station’s existing 3.0. These enhanced capabilities in- facilities and transmit an ATSC 3.0 sig- clude: nal from a host location, the ATSC 3.0 (i) Hyper-localized content (e.g., geo- signal must be established on a host targeted weather, targeted emergency station assigned to the same DMA as alerts, and hyper-local news): the originating station. (ii) Programming features or im- (f) Simulcasting agreements. (1) provements created for the ATSC 3.0 Simulcasting agreements must contain service (e.g., emergency alert ‘‘wake provisions outlining each licensee’s up’’ ability and interactive program rights and responsibilities regarding: features); (i) Access to facilities, including (iii) Enhanced formats made possible whether each licensee will have unre- by ATSC 3.0 technology (e.g., 4K or strained access to the host station’s HDR); and transmission facilities; (iv) Personalization of programming (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within performed by the viewer and at the the host station’s channel; viewer’s discretion. (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, (2) For purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of and modification of facilities, includ- this section, programming that airs at ing a list of all relevant equipment, a a different time on the ATSC 1.0 simul- description of each party’s financial

498

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.782

obligations, and any relevant notice (3) Streamlined process. With respect provisions; to an application in paragraph (g)(2) of (iv) Conditions under which the si- this section, an LPTV or TV translator mulcast agreement may be terminated, broadcaster may file only an applica- assigned or transferred; and tion for modification of license pro- (v) How a guest’s station’s (i.e., a sta- vided no other changes are being re- tion originating programming that is quested in such application that would being transmitted using the facilities require the filing of an application for of a host station) signal may be a construction permit as otherwise re- transitioned off the host station. quired by the rules (see, e.g., §§ 74.751 (2) LPTV and TV translators must and 74.787). maintain a written copy of any (4) Host station. A host station must simulcasting agreement and provide it first make any necessary changes to its to the Commission upon request. facilities before a guest station may (g) Licensing of simulcasting stations file an application to air a 1.0 or 3.0 sig- and stations converting to ATSC 3.0 oper- nal on such host. ation. (1) Each station participating in (5) Expedited processing. An applica- a simulcasting arrangement pursuant tion filed in accordance with the to this section shall continue to be li- streamlined process in paragraph (g)(3) censed and operated separately, have of this section will receive expedited its own call sign, and be separately processing provided, for LPTV and TV subject to all applicable Commission translator stations seeking voluntarily obligations, rules, and policies. ATSC to simulcast and to air an ATSC 1.0 1.0 and ATSC 3.0 signals aired on the signal on the facilities of a host sta- facilities of a host station will be li- tion, the station will provide ATSC 1.0 censed as temporary second channels of service to at least 95 percent of the pre- the originating station. The Commis- dicted population within the protected sion will include a note on the origi- contour of its original ATSC 1.0 facil- nating station’s license identifying any ity. ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 signal being aired (6) Required information. (i) An appli- on the facilities of a host station. The cation in paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- Commission will also include a note on tion must include the following infor- a host station’s license identifying any mation: ATSC 1.0 or ATSC 3.0 guest signal(s) (A) The station serving as the host, if being aired on the facilities of the host applicable; station. (B) The technical facilities of the (2) Application required. An LPTV or host station, if applicable; TV translator broadcaster must file an (C) The DMA of the originating application (FCC Form 2100) with the broadcaster’s facility and the DMA of Commission, and receive Commission the host station, if applicable; and approval, before: (D) Any other information deemed (i) Moving its ATSC 1.0 signal to the necessary by the Commission to proc- facilities of a host station, moving that ess the application. signal from the facilities of an existing (ii) If an application in paragraph host station to the facilities of a dif- (g)(2) of this section includes a request ferent host station, or discontinuing an to air an ATSC 1.0 signal on the facili- ATSC 1.0 guest signal; ties of a host station, the LPTV or TV (ii) Commencing the airing of an translator broadcaster must also indi- ATSC 3.0 signal on the facilities of a cate on the application: host station (that has already con- (A) The predicted population within verted to ATSC 3.0 operation), moving the protected contour served by the its ATSC 3.0 signal to the facilities of station’s original ATSC 1.0 signal; a different host station, or dis- (B) The predicted population within continuing an ATSC 3.0 guest signal; or the protected contour served by the (iii) Converting its existing station station’s original ATSC 1.0 signal that to transmit an ATSC 3.0 signal or con- will lose the station’s ATSC 1.0 service verting the station from ATSC 3.0 back as a result of the simulcasting arrange- to ATSC 1.0 transmissions. ment, including identifying areas of

499

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.782 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

service loss by providing a contour transitioning station and be closed- overlap map; and captioned. (C) Whether the ATSC 1.0 simulcast (3) Crawls. Each crawl must be pro- signal aired on the host station will vided in the same language as a major- serve at least 95 percent of the popu- ity of the programming carried by the lation in paragraph (g)(6)(ii)(A) of this transitioning station. section. (4) Content of PSAs or crawls. For sta- (iii) If an application in paragraph tions relocating their ATSC 1.0 signals (g)(2) of this section includes a request or transitioning directly to ATSC 3.0, to air an ATSC 1.0 signal on the facili- each PSA or crawl must provide all ties of a host station and does not meet pertinent information to consumers. the 95 percent standard in paragraph (i) Notice to MVPDs. (1) Next Gen TV (g)(6)(ii) of this section, the application stations relocating their ATSC 1.0 si- must contain, in addition to the infor- mulcast signals (e.g., moving to a tem- mation in paragraphs (g)(6)(i) and (ii) porary host station’s facilities, subse- of this section, the following informa- quently moving to a different host, or tion: returning to its original facility) must (A) Whether there is another possible provide notice to MVPDs that: host station(s) in the market that (i) No longer will be required to carry would result in less service loss to ex- the station’s ATSC 1.0 signal due to the relocation; or isting viewers and, if so, why the Next (ii) Carry and will continue to be ob- Gen TV broadcaster chose to partner ligated to carry the station’s ATSC 1.0 with a host station creating a larger signal from the new location. service loss; (2) The notice required by this sec- (B) What steps, if any, the station tion must contain the following infor- plans to take to minimize the impact mation: of the service loss (e.g., providing (i) Date and time of any ATSC 1.0 ATSC 3.0 dongles, set-top boxes, or channel changes; gateway devices to viewers in the loss (ii) The ATSC 1.0 channel occupied by area); and the station before and after commence- (C) The public interest benefits of the ment of local simulcasting; simulcasting arrangement and a show- (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna ing of why the benefit(s) of granting position, location, or power levels; the application would outweigh the (iv) Stream identification informa- harm(s). These applications will be tion; and considered on a case-by-case basis. (v) Engineering staff contact infor- (h) Consumer education for Next Gen mation. TV stations. (1) LPTV and TV trans- (3) If any of the information in para- lator stations that elect voluntarily to graph (f)(2) of this section changes, an simulcast and that relocate their ATSC amended notification must be sent. 1.0 signals (e.g., moving to a host sta- (4)(i) Next Gen TV stations must pro- tion’s facilities, subsequently moving vide notice as required by this section: to a different host, or returning to its (A) At least 120 days in advance of re- original facility) will be required to air locating their ATSC 1.0 simulcast sig- daily Public Service Announcements nals if the relocation occurs during the (PSAs) or crawls every day for 30 days post-incentive auction transition pe- prior to the date that the stations will riod; or terminate ATSC 1.0 operations on their (B) At least 90 days in advance of re- existing facilities. LPTV and TV trans- locating their 1.0 simulcast signals if lator stations that transition directly the relocation occurs after the post-in- to ATSC 3.0 will be required to air centive auction transition period. daily Public Service Announcements (ii) If the anticipated date of the (PSAs) or crawls every day for 30 days ATSC 1.0 service relocation changes, prior to the date that the stations will the station must send a further notice terminate ATSC 1.0 operations. to affected MVPDs informing them of (2) PSAs. Each PSA must be provided the new anticipated date. in the same language as a majority of (5) Next Gen TV stations may choose the programming carried by the whether to provide notice as required

500

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.783

by this section either by a letter notifi- must secure agreement with this tele- cation or electronically via email if the vision station licensee to keep in its relevant MVPD agrees to receive such file, and available to FCC personnel, notices by email. Letter notifications the translator’s call letters and loca- to MVPDs must be sent by certified tion, giving the name, address and tele- mail, return receipt requested to the phone number of the licensee or his MVPD’s address in the FCC’s Online service representative to be contacted Public Inspection File (OPIF), if the in the event of malfunction of the MVPD has an online file. For cable sys- translator. It shall be the responsi- tems that do not have an online file, bility of the translator licensee to fur- notices must be sent to the cable sys- nish current information to the tele- tem’s official address of record provision station licensee for this purpose. vided in the system’s most recent filing (c) A low power TV station shall in the FCC’s Cable Operations and Li- comply with the station identification censing System (COALS). For MVPDs procedures given in § 73.1201 when lo- with no official address in OPIF or cally originating programming, as de- COALS, the letter must be sent to the fined by § 74.701(h). The identification MVPD’s official corporate address reg- procedures given in paragraphs (a) and istered with their State of incorpora- (b) are to be used at all other times. tion. (d) Call signs for low power TV and [83 FR 5026, Feb. 2, 2018, as amended at 85 FR TV translator stations will be made up 43492, July 17, 2020] of the initial letter K or W followed by § 74.783 Station identification. the channel number assigned to the station and two additional letters. The (a) Each low power TV and TV trans- use of the initial letter generally will lator station not originating local pro- follow the pattern used in the broad- gramming as defined by § 74.701(h) oper- cast service, i.e., stations west of the ating over 0.001 kw peak visual power Mississippi River will be assigned an (0.002 kw when using circularly polar- initial letter K and those east, the let- ized antennas) must transmit its sta- ter W. The two letter combinations fol- tion identification as follows: lowing the channel number will be as- (1) By transmitting the call sign in signed in order and requests for the as- International Morse Code at least once signment of the particular combina- each hour. This transmission may be tions of letters will not be considered. accomplished by means of an auto- The channel number designator for matic device as required by § 74.750(c)(7). Call sign transmission Channels 2 through 9 will be incor- shall be made at a code speed not in ex- porated in the call sign as a 2-digit cess of 20 words per minute; or number, i.e., 02, 03, . . . ., so as to avoid (2) By arranging for the primary sta- similarities with call signs assigned to tion, whose signal is being rebroadcast, amateur radio stations. to identify the translator station by (e) Low power TV permittees or li- transmitting an easily readable visual censees may request that they be as- presentation or a clearly understand- signed four-letter call signs in lieu of able aural presentation of the trans- the five-character alpha-numeric call lator station’s call letters and location. signs described in paragraph (d) of this Two such identifications shall be made section. Parties requesting four-letter between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. call signs are to follow the procedures and 5 p.m. each broadcast day at ap- delineated in § 73.3550 of this chapter. proximately one hour intervals during Such four-letter call signs shall begin each time period. Television stations with K or W; stations west of the Mis- which do not begin their broadcast day sissippi River will be assigned an ini- before 9 a.m. shall make these identi- tial letter K and stations east of the fications in the hours closest to these Mississippi River will be assigned an time periods at the specified intervals. initial letter W. The four-letter call (b) Licensees of television translators sign will be followed by the suffix ‘‘- whose station identification is made by LP.’’ the television station whose signals are (f) TV broadcast booster station shall being rebroadcast by the translator, be identified by their primary stations

501

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.784 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

by broadcasting of the primary sta- Services Act (Public Law 106–554, 114 tion’s call letters and location in ac- Stat. 4577, December 1, 2000) to partici- cordance with the provisions of § 73.1201 pate in a digital data service pilot of this chapter. project shall be subject to the provisions of the Commission Order imple- [41 FR 17552, Apr. 27, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 7424, Mar. 11, menting that Act. FCC 01–137, adopted 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 31557, April 19, 2001, as modified by the Com- June 20, 1994; 63 FR 71604, Dec. 29, 1998] mission Order on Reconsideration, FCC 02–40, adopted February 12, 2002. § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. [67 FR 9621, Mar. 4, 2002] (a) The term rebroadcast means the reception by radio of the programs or § 74.786 Digital channel assignments. other signals of a radio or television (a) An applicant for a new low power station and the simultaneous or subse- television or television translator dig- quent retransmission of such programs ital station or for changes in the facili- or signals for direct reception by the ties of an authorized digital station general public. shall endeavor to select a channel on (b) The licensee of a low power TV or which its operation is not likely to TV translator station shall not re- cause interference. The applications broadcast the programs of any other must be specific with regard to the TV broadcast station or other station channel requested. Only one channel authorized under the provisions of this will be assigned each station. Subpart without obtaining prior con- (b) Any one of the 12 standard VHF sent of the station whose signals or Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- programs are proposed to be retrans- signed to a VHF digital low power tele- mitted. The FCC, Attention: Video Di- vision or television translator station. vision, Media Bureau, shall be notified Channels 5 and 6 assigned in Alaska of the call letters of each station re- shall not cause harmful interference to broadcast, and the licensee of the low and must accept interference from non- power TV or TV broadcast translator Government fixed operation authorized station shall certify it has obtained prior to January 1, 1982. written consent from the licensee of (c) UHF channels 14 to 36 and 38 to 51 the station whose programs are being may be assigned to a UHF digital low retransmitted. power television or television trans- (c) A TV translator station may re- lator station. In accordance with broadcast only programs and signals § 73.603(c) of this chapter, Channel 37 that are simultaneously transmitted will not be assigned to such stations. by a TV broadcast station. (d) UHF Channels 52–59 may be as- (d) A TV booster station may re- signed to a digital low power television broadcast only programs and signals or television translator station for use that are simultaneously transmitted as a digital conversion channel. These by the primary station to which it is channels may also be assigned as a authorized. companion digital channel if the appli- (e) The provisions of § 73.1207 of part cant is able to demonstrate that a suit- 73 of this chapter apply to low power able in core channel is not available. TV stations in transmitting any mate- Stations proposing use of such chan- rial during periods of program origina- nels shall notify all potentially af- tion obtained from the transmissions fected 700 MHz wireless licensees not of any other type of station. later than 30 days prior to the submis- (Sec. 325, 48 Stat. 1091; 47 U.S.C. 325) sion of their application (FCC Form [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 346). Applicants shall notify wireless li- FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, censees of the 700 MHz spectrum com- 1987; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, prising the same TV channel and the Mar. 21, 2002] adjacent channel within whose licensed geographic boundaries the digital § 74.785 Low power TV digital data LPTV or translator station is proposed service pilot project. to be located, and also notify licensees Low power TV stations authorized of co-channel and adjacent channel pursuant to the LPTV Digital Data spectrum whose service boundaries lie

502

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.787

within 75 miles and 50 miles, respec- ment relief on channels above 51 will tively, of their proposed station loca- continue to be accepted. tion. Specific information for this pur- (g) After 11:59 pm local time on De- pose can be obtained from the Commis- cember 31, 2011, low power television sion’s auction Web site at http:// and TV translator stations may no www.fcc.gov/auctions. longer operate any analog (NTSC) or (e) UHF Channels 60–69 may be as- digital facilities above Channel 51. signed to a digital low power television [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 or television translator station for use FR 44828, July 27, 2011] as a digital conversion channel only. Stations proposing use of such chan- § 74.787 Digital licensing. nels shall notify all potentially affect (a) Applications for digital low power 700 MHz commercial licensees not later television and television translator sta- than 30 days prior to the submission of tions—(1) Applications for digital conver- their application (FCC Form 346) in the sion. Applications for digital conversion manner provided in paragraph of this channels may be filed at any time. section. Stations proposing use of Such applications shall be filed on FCC channels 63, 64, 68 and 69 must secure a Form 346 and will be treated as a minor coordinated spectrum use agreement change application. There will be no with the pertinent 700 MHz public safe- application fee. ty regional planning committee and (2) Applications for companion digital state administrator prior to the sub- channel. (i) A public notice will specify mission of their application (FCC Form a time period or ‘‘window’’ for filing 346). Coordination shall be undertaken applications for companion digital with regional planning committee and channels. During this window, only ex- state administrator of the region and isting low power television or tele- state within which the digital LPTV or vision translator stations or licensees translator station is proposed to be lo- and permittees of Class A TV stations cated, and those of adjoining regions may submit applications for com- and states with boundaries within 75 panion digital channels. Applications miles of the proposed station location. submitted prior to the initial window Stations proposing use of channels 62, identified in the public notice will be 65, and 67 must notify the pertinent re- returned as premature. At a subse- gional planning committee and state quent time, a public notice will an- administrator not later than 30 days nouncement the commencement of a prior to the submission of their appli- filing procedure in which applications cation (FCC Form 346). Notification will accepted on a first-come, first- shall be made to the regional and state served basis not restricted to existing administrators of region and state station licensees and permittees; within which the digital LPTV or (ii) Applications for companion dig- translator station is proposed to be lo- ital channels filed during the initial cated, and those of adjoining regions window shall be filed in accordance and states with boundaries within 50 with the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and miles of the proposed station location. 73.5002 of this chapter regarding the Information for this purpose is avail- submission of the short-form applica- able at the above web site and also at tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate the following internet sites: http://wire- certifications, information and exhib- less.fcc.gov/ its contained therein. To determine publicsafety700MHzregional.html, http:// which applicants are mutually exclu- wireless.fcc.gov/publicsafety/700MHz/ sive, applicants must submit the engi- state.html, and http://wireless.fcc.gov/ neering data contained in FCC Form publicsafety/700MHz/interop-con- 346 as a supplement to its short-form tacts.html. application. Such engineering data will (f) Application for new analog low not be studied for technical accept- power television or television trans- ability, but will be protected from sub- lator stations specifying operation sequently filed applications as of the above Channel 51 will not be accepted close of the initial window period. De- for filing. Applications for displace- terminations as to the acceptability or

503

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.787 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

grantability of an applicant’s proposal (4) Displacement applications. A digital will not be made prior to an auction; low power television or television (iii) After the close of the initial win- translator station which is causing or dow, a public notice will identify the receiving interference or is predicted short-form applications received dur- to cause or receive interference to or ing the window filing period which are from an authorized TV broadcast sta- found to be mutually exclusive. Such tion, DTV station or allotment or short-form applications will be re- other protected station or service, may solved via the Commission’s Part 1 and at any time file a displacement relief broadcast competitive bidding rules, application for change in channel, to- §§ 1.2100 et seq., and §§ 73.5000 et seq. of gether with technical modifications this chapter. Such applicants shall be that are necessary to avoid inter- afforded an opportunity to submit set- ference or continue serving the sta- tlements and engineering solutions to tion’s protected service area, provided resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant to the proposed transmitter site is not lo- § 73.5002(d) of this chapter; cated more than 30 miles from the ref- (iv) After the close of the window, a erence coordinates of the existing sta- public notice will identify short-form tion’s community of license. See § 76.53 applications received that are found to of this chapter. A displacement relief be non-mutually exclusive. All non- application shall be filed on FCC Form mutually exclusive applicants will be 346 and will be considered a minor required to submit an FCC Form 346 change and will be placed on public notice for a period of not less than 30 pursuant to § 73.5005 of this chapter. days to permit the filing of petitions to Such applications shall be processed deny. These applications will not be pursuant to § 73.5006 of this chapter; subject to the filing of competing ap- and plications. Where a displacement relief (v) With regard to fees, an applica- application for a digital low power tel- tion (FCC Form 346) for companion dig- evision or television translator station ital channels shall be treated as a becomes mutually exclusive the appli- minor change application and there cation(s) for new analog or digital low will be no application fee. power television or television trans- (3) Construction permit applications for lator stations, with a displacement renew stations, major changes to existing lief application for an analog low stations in the low power television serv- power television or television trans- ice. A public notice will specify the lator station, or with other non-dis- date upon which interested parties may placement relief applications for facili- begin to file applications for new sta- ties modifications of analog or digital tions and major facilities changes to low power television or television existing stations in the low power tele- translator stations, priority will be af- vision service. It will specify param- forded to the displacement application eters for any applications that may be for the digital low power television or filed. Applications submitted prior to television translator station to the ex- date announced by the public notice clusion of other applications. Mutually will be returned as premature. Such ap- exclusive displacement relief applica- plications shall be accepted on a first- tions for digital low power television come, first-served basis, and shall be and television translator stations shall filed on FCC Form 346. Applications for be resolved via the Commission’s part 1 new or major change shall be subject to and broadcast competitive bidding the appropriate application fee. Mutu- rules, § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. ally exclusive applications shall be re- of this chapter. Such applicants shall solved via the Commission’s part 1 and be afforded an opportunity to submit broadcast competitive bidding rules, settlements and engineering solutions § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. of this to resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant chapter. Such applicants shall be af- to § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. forded an opportunity to submit settle- (5) Applications for analog-to-digital ments and engineering solutions to re- and digital-to-digital replacement tele- solve mutual exclusivity pursuant to vision translators. (i) Applications for § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. new analog-to-digital replacement

504

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.787

translators will not be accepted. Dis- lators and displacement applications placement applications for analog-to- for analog-to-digital and digital-to-dig- digital replacement translators will ital replacement television translators continue to be accepted. An applica- shall be treated as an application for tion for a new digital-to-digital re- minor change. Mutually exclusive ap- placement translator may be filed be- plications shall be resolved via the ginning the first day of the low power Commission’s part 1 and broadcast television and TV translator displace- competitive bidding rules, § 1.2100 et ment window set forth in § 73.3700(g)(1) seq. and § 73.5000 et seq. of this chapter. of this part to one year after the com- (v) A license for a digital-to-digital pletion of the 39-month post-auction replacement television translator will transition period as defined in § 27.4 of be issued only to a full-power tele- this chapter. Applications for digital- to-digital replacement translators filed vision broadcast station licensee that during the displacement window will be demonstrates in its application a loss considered filed on the last day of the in the station’s pre-auction digital window. Following the completion of service area as a result of the broad- the displacement window, applications cast television spectrum incentive auc- for digital-to-digital replacement tion, including the repacking process, translators will be accepted on a first- conducted under section 6403 of the come, first-served basis. Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Cre- (ii) Each original construction per- ation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96). ‘‘Pre- mit for the construction of a displace- auction digital service area’’ is defined ment analog-to-digital or new or dis- as the geographic area within the full placement digital-to-digital replace- power station’s noise-limited contour ment television translator station (as set forth in Public Notice, DA 15– shall specify a period of three years 1296, released November 12, 2015). The from the date of issuance of the origi- service area of the digital-to-digital re- nal construction permit within which placement translator shall be limited construction shall be completed and to only the demonstrated loss area application for license filed. The provi- within the full power station’s pre-auc- sions of § 74.788(c) of this chapter shall tion digital service area, provided that apply for stations seeking additional an applicant for a digital-to-digital re- time to complete construction of their placement television translator may displacement analog-to-digital or new propose a de minimis expansion of its or displacement digital-to-digital re- full power pre-auction digital service placement television translator station. area upon demonstrating that the ex- (iii) Displacement applications for pansion is necessary to replace a loss analog-to-digital replacement tele- in its pre-auction digital service area. vision translators shall be given proc- (vi) The license for the analog-to-dig- essing priority over all other low power ital and digital-to-digital replacement television and TV translator new, television translator will be associated minor change, or displacement applica- with the full power station’s main li- tions except applications for digital-to- cense, will be assigned the same call digital replacement television trans- sign, may not be separately assigned or lators with which they shall have co- transferred, and will be renewed with equal priority. Applications for digital- the full power station’s main license. to-digital replacement television trans- (vii) Analog-to-digital and digital-to- lators shall be given processing pri- digital replacement television trans- ority over all low power television and lators may operate only on those tele- TV translator new, minor change, or vision channels designated for broad- displacement applications, except dis- cast television use following comple- placement applications for analog-to- tion of the broadcast television spec- digital replacement translators with trum incentive auction conducted which they shall have co-equal pri- under section 6403 of the Middle Class ority. Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (iv) Applications for new digital-to- digital replacement television trans- (Pub. L. 112–96).

505

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.788 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(viii) The following sections are ap- placement application for a channel plicable to analog-to-digital and dig- below Channel 52 pursuant to the pro- ital-to-digital replacement television cedures in subsection (a)(4) of this rule. translator stations: Low power television and TV translator stations operating analog (NTSC) Applicable Rule Sections or digital facilities above Channel 51 § 73.1030 Notifications concerning in- that have not submitted a digital dis- terference to radio astronomy, replacement application by 11:59 pm local search and receiving installations. time on September 1, 2011 will be re- § 74.703 Interference. quired to cease operations altogether § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- by December 31, 2011. These stations’ tion. authorization for facilities above Chan- § 74.734 Attended and unattended oper- nel 51 shall be cancelled. Any digital ation. displacement application submitted by § 74.735 Power Limitations. a low power television or TV translator § 74.751 Modification of transmission station operating analog (NTSC) or systems. digital facilities above Channel 51 that § 74.763 Time of Operation. is submitted after 11:59 pm local time § 74.769 Familiarity with FCC rules. on September 1, 2011 will be dismissed. § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- In addition, any outstanding construc- ble to translators, low power, and tion permit (analog or digital) for an booster stations (except § 73.653—Op- channel above Channel 51 will be re- eration of TV aural and visual trans- scinded on December 31, 2011, and any mitters and § 73.1201—Station identi- pending application (analog or digital) fication). for a channel above Channel 51 will be § 74.781 Station records. dismissed on December 31, 2011, if the § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. permittee has not submitted a digital (b) Definitions of ‘‘major’’ and ‘‘minor’’ displacement application by 11:59 pm changes to digital low power television local on September 1, 2011. and television translator stations. (1) Ap- [69 FR 69333, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 74 plications for major changes in digital FR 23655, May 20, 2009; 76 FR 44828, July 27, low power television and television 2011; 81 FR 5053, Feb. 1, 2016; 83 FR 13683, Mar. translator stations include: 30, 2018; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019] (i) Any change in the frequency (output channel) not related to displace- § 74.788 Digital construction period. ment relief; (a) Except as indicated below, each (ii) Any change in transmitting an- original construction permit for the tenna location where the protected construction of a new digital low power contour resulting from the change does television or television translator sta- not overlap some portion of the pro- tion shall specify a period of three tected contour of the authorized facili- years from the date of issuance of the ties of the existing station; or original construction permit within (iii) Any change in transmitting an- which construction shall be completed tenna location of greater than 30 miles and application for license filed. Con- (48 kilometers) from the reference co- struction permits for the construction ordinates of the existing station’s an- of a new digital low power television or tenna location. television translator station granted (2) Other facilities changes will be after the release of the LPTV DTV considered minor including changes Third Report and Order, MB Docket made to implement a channel sharing No. 03–185 (FCC 15–175) shall specify the arrangement provided they comply later of either the digital transition with the other provisions of this sec- deadline or three years from the date tion. of issuance of the original construction (c) Not later than 11:59 pm local time permit within which construction shall on September 1, 2011, low power tele- be completed and application for li- vision or TV translator stations oper- cense filed. ating analog (NTSC) or digital facili- (b) Any construction permit for ties above Channel 51, that have not al- which construction has not been com- ready done so, must file a digital dis- pleted and for which an application for

506

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.789

license or extension of time has not (d) For Class A television digital con- been filed, shall be automatically for- struction deadlines occurring after feited upon expiration without any fur- September 1, 2015, the tolling provi- ther affirmative cancellation by the sions of § 73.3598 shall apply. For low Commission. power television and TV translator dig- (c) Authority delegated. (1) For the ital construction deadlines occurring September 1, 2015 Class A television after the digital transition deadline set digital construction deadline, author- forth in § 74.731(l) of this subpart, the ity is delegated to the Chief, Media Bu- tolling provisions of § 73.3598 shall reau to grant an extension of time of apply. up to six months beyond September 1, (e) A low power television, TV trans- 2015 upon demonstration by the Class A lator or Class A television station that station that failure to meet the con- holds a construction permit for an un- struction deadline is due to cir- built analog and corresponding unbuilt cumstances that are either unforesee- digital station and fails to complete able or beyond the licensee’s control construction of the analog station by where the licensee has taken all rea- the expiration date on the analog con- sonable steps to resolve the problem struction permit shall forfeit both the expeditiously. For the low power tele- analog and digital construction per- vision and TV translator station dig- mits notwithstanding a later expira- ital transition deadline set forth in tion date on the digital construction § 74.731(l) of this subpart, authority is permit. delegated to the Chief, Media Bureau (f) A low power television, TV trans- to grant an extension of time of up to lator or Class A television station that six months beyond the digital transi- holds a construction permit for an un- tion deadline set forth in § 74.731(l) built analog and corresponding unbuilt upon demonstration that failure to digital station and completes construc- meet the construction deadline is due tion of the digital station by the expi- to circumstances that are either un- ration date on the analog construction foreseeable or beyond the station’s con- permit, begins operating and files a license application for the digital sta- trol where the station has taken all tion may forego construction of the un- reasonable steps to resolve the problem built analog station. expeditiously. (2) Such circumstances shall include, [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 but shall not be limited to: FR 44828, July 27, 2011; 81 FR 5053, Feb. 1, (i) Inability to construct and place in 2016] operation a facility necessary for § 74.789 Broadcast regulations applica- transmitting digital television, such as ble to digital low power television a tower, because of delays in obtaining and television translator stations. zoning or FAA approvals, or similar The following sections are applicable constraints; to digital low power television and tel- (ii) The lack of equipment necessary evision translator stations: to obtain a digital television signal; or § 73.1030 Notifications concerning in- (iii) Where the cost of construction terference to radio astronomy, re- exceeds the station’s financial research and receiving installations. sources. § 74.600 Eligibility for license. (3) Applications for extension of time § 74.703 Interference. filed by Class A television stations § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- shall be filed not later than May 1, 2015 tion. absent a showing of sufficient reasons § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- for late filing. Applications for exten- quirements. sion of time filed by low power tele- § 74.734 Attended and unattended oper- vision and TV translator stations shall ation. be filed not later than four months be- § 74.735 Power limitations. fore the digital transition deadline set § 74.751 Modification of transmission forth in § 74.731(l) of this subpart absent systems. a showing of sufficient reasons for late § 74.763 Time of operation. filing. § 74.769 Familiarity with FCC rules.

507

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.790 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- lic, and any other use shall be inci- ble to translators, low power, and dental thereto. A digital TV translator booster stations (except § 73.653—Op- station shall not be operated solely for eration of TV aural and visual trans- the purpose of relaying signals to one mitters and § 73.1201—Station identi- or more fixed receiving points for re- fication). transmission, distribution, or further § 74.781 Station records. relaying. § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. (d) Except as provided in (e) and (f) of [83 FR 13683, Mar. 30, 2018, as amended at 84 this section, the technical characteris- FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019] tics of the retransmitted signals shall not be deliberately altered so as to § 74.790 Permissible service of digital hinder reception on consumer DTV TV translator and LPTV stations. broadcast receiving equipment. (a) Digital TV translator stations (e) A digital TV translator station provide a means whereby the signals of shall not retransmit the programs and DTV broadcast stations may be re- signals of any TV broadcast or DTV transmitted to areas in which direct broadcast station(s) without the prior reception of such DTV stations is un- written consent of such station(s). A satisfactory due to distance or inter- digital TV translator may multiplex on vening terrain barriers. its output channel the video program (b) Except as provided in paragraph services of two or more TV broadcast (f) of this section, a digital TV trans- and/or DTV broadcast stations, pursu- lator station may be used only to re- ant to arrangements with all affected ceive the signals of a TV broadcast or stations, and for this limited purpose, DTV broadcast station, another digital is permitted to alter a TV broadcast TV translator station, a TV translator and/or DTV broadcast signal. relay station, a television intercity (f) A digital TV translator station relay station, a television STL station, or other suitable sources such as a may transmit locally originated visual CARS or common carrier microwave and/or aural messages limited to emer- station, for the simultaneous retrans- gency warnings of imminent danger, to mission of the programs and signals of local public service announcements a TV or DTV broadcast station. Such (PSAs) and to seeking or acknowl- retransmissions may be accomplished edging financial support deemed nec- by any of the following means: essary to the continued operation of (1) Reception of TV broadcast or DTV the station. Acknowledgments of finan- broadcast station programs and signals cial support may include identification directly through space and conversion of the contributors, the size and nature to a different channel by one of the fol- of the contribution and the advertising lowing transmission modes: messages of the contributors. The (i) Heterodyne frequency conversion originations concerning financial sup- and suitable amplification, subject to a port and PSAs are limited to 30 seconds digital output power limit of 30 watts each, no more than once per hour. for transmitters operating on channels Emergency transmissions shall be no 14–69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper- longer or more frequent than necessary ating on channels 2–13; or to protect life and property. Such (ii) Digital signal regeneration (i.e., originations may be accomplished by DTV signal demodulation, decoding, any technical means agreed upon be- error processing, encoding, remodula- tween the TV translator and DTV station, and frequency upconversion) and tion whose signal is being retrans- suitable amplification; or, mitted, but must be capable of being (2) Demodulation, remodulation and received on consumer DTV broadcast amplification of TV broadcast or DTV reception equipment. A digital TV broadcast station programs and signals translator shall modify, as necessary received through a microwave trans- to avoid DTV reception tuning con- port. flicts, the Program System and Infor- (c) The transmissions of each digital mation Protocol (PSIP) information in TV translator station shall be intended the DTV broadcast signal being re- for direct reception by the general pub- transmitted.

508

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.793

(g) A digital LPTV station may oper- and two additional letters and a suffix ate under the following modes of serv- consisting of the letters ¥D. ice: (b) Digital television translator stations. (1) For the retransmission of pro- Call signs for digital television trans- gramming of a TV broadcast or DTV lator stations will be made up of a pre- broadcast station, subject to the prior fix consisting of the initial letter K or written consent of the station whose W followed by the channel number as- signal is being retransmitted; signed to the station and two addi- (2) For the origination of program- tional letters and a suffix consisting of ming and commercial matter as de- the letter ¥D. fined in § 74.701(l). (c) Digital low power television stations (3) Whenever operating, a digital and Class A television stations. Digital LPTV station must transmit an over- low power television and Class A tele- the-air video program signal at no division stations may be assigned a call rect charge to viewers at least com- sign with a four-letter prefix pursuant parable in resolution to that of its as- to § 73.3550 of the Commission’s rules. sociated analog (NTSC) LPTV station Digital low power stations with four- or, in the case of an on-channel digital letter prefixes will be assigned the suf- ¥ conversion, that of its former analog fix LD and digital Class A stations LPTV station. with four-letter prefixes will be as- ¥ (4) A digital LPTV station may dy- signed the suffix CD. namically alter the bit stream of its [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] signal to transmit one or more video program services in any established § 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV DTV video format. translator station protected contour. (h) A digital LPTV station is not subject to minimum required hours of op- (a) A digital low power TV or TV eration and may operate in either of translator will be protected from inter- the two modes described in paragraph ference from other low power TV, TV (g) of this section for any number of translator, Class A TV or TV booster hours. stations or digital low power TV, TV (i) Upon transmitting a signal that translator or Class A TV stations with- meets the requirements of paragraph in the following predicted contours: (g)(3) of this section, a digital LPTV (1) 43 dBu for stations on Channels 2 station may offer services of any na- through 6; ture, consistent with the public inter- (2) 48 dBu for stations on Channels 7 est, convenience, and necessity, on an through 13; and ancillary or supplementary basis in ac- (3) 51 dBu for stations on Channels 14 cordance with the provisions of through 69. (b) The digital low power TV or TV § 73.624(c) and (g) of this chapter. translator protected contour is cal- (j) A digital LPTV station may not culated from the authorized effective be operated solely for the purpose of re- radiated power and antenna height laying signals to one or more fixed re- above average terrain, using the ceiving points for retransmission, dis- F(50,90) signal propagation method tribution or relaying. specified in § 73.625(b)(1) of this chapter. (k) A digital LPTV station may receive input signals for transmission or [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] retransmission by any technical means, including those specified in § 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV translator station protection of paragraph (b) of this section. broadcast stations. [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004] (a) An application to construct a new digital low power TV or TV translator § 74.791 Digital call signs. station or change the facilities of an (a) Digital low power stations. Call existing station will not be accepted if signs for digital low power stations will it fails to meet the interference protec- be made up of a prefix consisting of the tion requirements in this section. initial letter K or W followed by the (b) Except as provided in this section, channel number assigned to the station interference prediction analysis is

509

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.794 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

based on the interference thresholds threshold values specified for ‘‘Other (D/U signal strength ratios) and other Adjacent Channels (Channels 14–69 criteria and methods specified in only),’’ where N is the analog channel: § 73.623(c)(2) through (c)(4) of this chap- N–2, N + 2, N–3, N + 3, N–4, N + 4, N–7 ter. Predictions of interference to co- , N + 7, N–8, N + 8, N + 14, and N + 15. channel DTV broadcast, digital Class A (c) The following D/U signal strength TV, digital LPTV and digital TV trans- ratio (db) shall apply to the protection lator stations will be based on the in- of stations on the first adjacent chan- terference thresholds specified therein nel. The D/U ratios for ‘‘Digital TV- for ‘‘DTV-into-DTV.’’ Predictions of in- into-analog TV’’ shall apply to the pro- terference to co-channel TV broadcast, tection of Class A TV, LPTV and TV Class A TV, LPTV and TV translator translator stations. The D/U ratios for stations will be based on the inter- ‘‘Digital TV-into-digital TV’’ shall ference threshold specified for ‘‘DTV- apply to the protection of DTV, digital into-analog TV.’’ Predictions of inter- Class A TV, digital LPTV and digital ference to TV broadcast, Class A TV, TV translator stations. The D/U ratios LPTV and TV translator stations with correspond to the digital LPTV or TV the following channel relationships to translator station’s specified out-of- a digital channel will be based on the channel emission mask.

Simple Stringent mask mask Full service mask

Digital TV-into-analog TV ...... 10 0 Lower (¥14)/Upper (¥17) Digital TV-into-digital TV ...... ¥7 ¥12 Lower (¥28)/Upper (¥26)

(d) For analysis of predicted inter- TV stations shall be based on not caus- ference from digital low power TV and ing predicted interference to the popu- TV translator stations, the relative lation within the service area defined field strength values of the antenna and described in § 73.6010 (a) through (d) vertical radiation pattern if provided of this chapter, respectively, except by the applicant will be used instead of that a digital low power TV or TV the doubled values in Table 8 in OET translator station must not cause a Bulletin 69 up to a value of 1.0. loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of (e) Protection to the authorized fa- the population predicted to receive cilities of DTV broadcast stations shall service from the authorized Class A TV be based on not causing predicted in- or digital Class A TV facilities. terference to the population within the (h) Protection to the authorized fa- service area defined and described in cilities of low power TV and TV trans- § 73.622(e) of this chapter, except that a lator stations and digital low power TV digital low power TV or TV translator and TV translator stations shall be station must not cause a loss of service based on not causing predicted inter- to 0.5 percent or more of the population ference to the population within the predicted to receive service from the service area defined and described in authorized DTV facilities. §§ 74.707(a) and 74.792, respectively, ex- (f) Protection to the authorized fa- cept that a digital low power TV or TV cilities of TV broadcast stations shall translator station must not cause a be based on not causing predicted in- loss of service to 2.0 percent or more of terference to the population within the the population predicted to receive Grade B field strength contours defined service from the authorized low power and described in § 73.683 of this chapter, TV, TV translator, digital low power except that a digital low power TV or TV or digital TV translator station. TV translator station must not cause a [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of FR 44828, July 27, 2011] the population predicted to receive service from the authorized TV broad- § 74.794 Digital emissions. cast facilities. (a)(1) An applicant for a digital LPTV (g) Protection to the authorized fa- or TV translator station construction cilities of Class A and digital Class A permit shall specify that the station

510

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.794

will be constructed to confine out-of- (B) This attenuation is based on a channel emissions within one of the measurement bandwidth of 500 kHz. following emission masks: Simple, Other measurement bandwidths may be stringent or full service. used as long as appropriate correction (2) The power level of emissions on factors are applied. Measurements need frequencies outside the authorized not be made any closer to the band channel of operation must be attenu- edge than one half of the resolution ated no less than following amounts bandwidth of the measuring instru- below the average transmitted power ment. Emissions include sidebands, within the authorized 6 MHz channel. spurious emissions and radio frequency In the mask specifications listed in harmonics. Attenuation is to be meas- § 74.794(a)(2) and (a)(3), A is the attenu- ured at the output terminals of the ation in dB and Df is the frequency dif- transmitter (including any filters that ference in MHz from the edge of the may be employed). In the event of in- channel. terference caused to any service, great- (i) Simple mask. At the channel edges, er attenuation may be required. emissions must be attenuated no less (3) The attenuation values for the than 46 dB. More than 6 MHz from the simple and stringent emission masks channel edges, emissions must be at- are based on a measurement bandwidth tenuated no less than 71 dB. At any fre- of 500 kHz. Other measurement quency between 0 and 6 MHz from the bandwidths may be used and converted channel edges, emissions must be at- to the reference 500 kHz value by the tenuated no less than the value deter- following formula: mined by the following formula: A(dB) = Aalternate + 10 log (BWalternate / 500) A (dB) = 46 + (Df2 /1.44) where A(dB) is the measured or cal- (ii) Stringent mask. In the first 500 culated attenuation value for the ref- kHz from the channel edges, emissions erence 500 kHz bandwidth, and A must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. alternate is the measured or calculated attenu- More than 3 MHz from the channel ation for a bandwidth BW . Emis- edges, emissions must be attenuated no alternate sions include sidebands, spurious emis- less than 76 dB. At any frequency be- sions and radio harmonics. Attenu- tween 0.5 and 3 MHz from the channel ation is to be measured at the output edges, emissions must be attenuated no terminals of the transmitter (including less than the value determined by the any filters that may be employed). In following formula: the event of interference caused to any A(dB) = 47 + 11.5 (Df–0.5) service by out-of-channel emissions, (iii) Full service mask: (A) The power greater attenuation may be required. level of emissions on frequencies out- (b) In addition to meeting the emis- side the authorized channel of oper- sion attenuation requirements of the ation must be attenuated no less than simple or stringent mask (including at- the following amounts below the aver- tenuation of radio frequency age transmitted power within the au- harmonics), digital low power TV and thorized channel. In the first 500 kHz TV translator stations authorized to from the channel edge the emissions operate on TV channels 22–24, (518–536 must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. MHz), 32–36 (578–608 MHz), 38 (614–620 More than 6 MHz from the channel MHz), and 65–69 (776–806 MHz) must pro- edge, emissions must be attenuated no vide specific ‘‘out of band’’ protection less than 110 dB. At any frequency be- to Radio Navigation Satellite Services tween 0.5 and 6 MHz from the channel in the bands: L5 (1164–1215 MHz); L2 edge, emissions must be attenuated no (1215–1240 MHz) and L1 (1559–1610 MHz). less than the value determined by the (1) An FCC-certificated transmitter following formula: specifically certified for use on one or more of the above channels must in- Attenuation in dB = ¥11.5([Delta]f + clude filtering with an attenuation of 3.6); not less than 85 dB in the GPS bands, Where: which will have the effect of reducing [Delta] f = frequency difference in MHz from harmonics in the GPS bands from what the edge of the channel. is produced by the digital transmitter,

511

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.795 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

and this attenuation must be dem- maximum rated power output under onstrated as part of the certification any condition; application to the Commission. (4) When subjected to variations in (2) For an installation on one of the ambient temperature between 0 and 40 above channels with a digital trans- degrees Centigrade and variations in mitter not specifically FCC-certifi- power main voltage between 85% and cated for the channel, a low pass filter 115% of the rated power supply voltage, or equivalent device rated by its manu- the frequency stability of the local os- facturer to have an attenuation of at cillator in the RF channel upconverter least 85 dB in the GPS bands, which shall be maintained within 10 kHz of will have the effect of reducing the nominal value; and harmonics in the GPS bands from what (5) The transmitter shall be equipped is produced by the digital transmitter, with suitable meters and jacks so that and must be installed in a manner that appropriate voltage and current meas- will prevent the harmonic emission urements may be made while the trans- content from reaching the antenna. A mitter is in operation. description of the low pass filter or (c) The following additional require- equivalent device with the manufactur- ments apply to digital heterodyne er’s rating or a report of measurements translators: by a qualified individual shall be re- (1) The maximum rated power output tained with the station license. Field (digital average power over a 6 MHz measurements of the second or third channel) shall not exceed 30 watts for harmonic output of a transmitter so transmitters operating on channels 14– equipped are not required. 69 and 3 watts for transmitters operating on channels 2–13; and [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 76 (2) The transmitter shall contain cir- FR 44828, July 27, 2011] cuits which will maintain the digital average power output constant within § 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV 1 dB when the strength of the input sig- translator transmission system facilities. nal is varied over a range of 30 dB. (d) Certification will be granted only (a) A digital low power TV or TV upon a satisfactory showing that the translator station shall operate with a transmitter is capable of meeting the transmitter that is either certificated requirements of paragraph (b) of this for licensing based on the following section, pursuant to the procedures de- provisions or has been modified for dig- scribed in § 74.750(e). ital operation pursuant to § 74.796. (b) The following requirements must [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] be met before digital low power TV and § 74.796 Modification of digital trans- TV translator transmitter will be cer- mission systems and analog trans- tificated by the FCC: mission systems for digital oper- (1) The transmitter shall be designed ation. to produce digital television signals (a) The provisions of § 74.751 shall that can be satisfactorily viewed on apply to the modification of digital low consumer receiving equipment based power TV and TV translator trans- on the digital broadcast television mission systems and the modification transmission standard in § 73.682(d) of of existing analog transmission sys- this chapter; tems for digital operation. (2) Emissions on frequencies outside (b) The following additional provi- the authorized channel, measured at sions shall apply to the modification of the output terminals of the trans- existing analog transmissions systems mitter (including any filters that may for digital operation, including instal- be employed), shall meet the require- lation of manufacturers’ certificated ments of § 74.794, as applicable; equipment (‘‘field modification kits’’) (3) The transmitter shall be equipped and custom modifications. to display the digital power output (1) The modifications and related per- (i.e., average power over a 6 MHz chan- formance-testing shall be undertaken nel) and shall be designed to prevent by a person or persons qualified to per- the power output from exceeding the form such work.

512

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.797

(2) The final amplifier stage of an censees may obtain equivalent compli- analog transmitter modified for digital ance with this attenuation require- operation shall not have an ‘‘average ment in the following manner: digital power’’ output greater than 25 (1) Measure the level of attenuation percent of its previous NTSC peak sync of emissions below the average digital power output, unless the amplifier has power output at the channel edges in a been specifically refitted or replaced to 500 kHz bandwidth; measurements operate at a higher power. made over a different measurement (3) Analog heterodyne translators, bandwidth should be corrected to the when modified for digital operation, equivalent attenuation level for a 500 will produce a power output (digital av- kHz bandwidth using the formula given erage power over the 6 MHz channel) in § 74.794; not exceeding 30 watts for transmitters (2) Calculate the difference in dB be- operating on channels 14–69 and 3 watts tween the 46 dB channel-edge attenu- for transmitters operating on channels ation requirement of the Simple mask; 2–13. (3) Subtract the value determined in (4) After completion of the modifica- the previous step from the authorized tion, suitable tests and measurements shall be made to demonstrate compli- effective radiated power (‘‘ERP’’) of ance with the applicable requirements the analog station being converted to in this section including those in digital operation. Then subtract an ad- § 74.795. Upon installation of a field ditional 6 dB to account for the approx- modification kit, the transmitter shall imate difference between analog peak be performance-tested in accordance and digital average power. For this with the manufacturer’s instructions. purpose, the ERP must be expressed in (5) The station licensee shall notify decibels above one kilowatt: ERP(dBk) the Commission upon completion of = 10 log ERP(kW); the transmitter modifications. In the (4) Convert the ERP calculated in the case of custom modifications (those previous step to units of kilowatts; and not related to installation of manufac- (5) The ERP value determined turer-supplied and FCC-certificated through the above procedure will equipment), the licensee shall certify produce equivalent compliance with compliance with all applicable trans- the attenuation requirement of the mission system requirements. simple emission mask at the channel (6) The licensee shall maintain with edges and should be specified as the the station’s records for a period of not digital ERP in the minor change appli- less than two years the following infor- cation for an on-channel digital con- mation and make this information to version. The transmitter may not be the Commission upon request: operated to produce a higher digital (i) A description of the modifications ERP than this value. performed and performance tests or, in the case of installation of a manufac- [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] turer-supplied modification kit, a de- § 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports. scription of the nature of the modifications, installation and test instruc- The Ownership Report for Commer- tions and other material provided by cial Broadcast Stations (FCC Form 323) the manufacturer; must be electronically filed by Decem- (ii) Results of performance-tests and ber 1 in all odd-numbered years by each measurements on the modified trans- licensee of a low power television sta- mitter; and tion or other Respondent (as defined in (iii) Copies of related correspondence § 73.3615(a) of this chapter). A licensee with the Commission. or other Respondent with a current and (c) In connection with the on-channel unamended biennial ownership report conversion of existing analog transmit- (i.e., a report that was filed pursuant to ters for digital operation, a limited al- this subsection) on file with the Com- lowance is made for transmitters with mission that is still accurate and final amplifiers that do not meet the which was filed using the version of attenuation of the Simple emission FCC Form 323 that is current on Octo- mask at the channel edges. Station li- ber 1 of the year in which its biennial

513

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.798 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

ownership report is due may electroni- mission’s obligations, rules, and poli- cally validate and resubmit its pre- cies. viously filed biennial ownership report. (b) Licensing of channel sharing sta- The information provided on each own- tions. The low power television or TV ership report shall be current as of Oc- translator channel sharing station re- tober 1 of the year in which the owner- linquishing its channel must file an ap- ship report is filed. For information on plication for the initial channel shar- filing requirements, filers should refer ing construction permit, include a copy to § 73.3615(a) of this chapter. of the channel sharing agreement as an exhibit, and cross reference the other [82 FR 55772, Nov. 24, 2017] sharing station(s). Any engineering § 74.798 Digital television transition changes necessitated by the channel notices by broadcasters. sharing arrangement may be included in the station’s application. Upon initi- (a) Each low power television, TV ation of shared operations, the station translator and Class A television sta- relinquishing its channel must notify tion licensee or permittee must air an the Commission that it has terminated educational campaign about the transi- operation pursuant to § 73.1750 of this tion from analog broadcasting to dig- part and each sharing station must file ital television (DTV). an application for license. (b) Stations that have already termi- (c) Deadline for implementing channel nated analog service and begun oper- sharing arrangements. Channel sharing ating in digital prior to effective date arrangements submitted pursuant to of this rule shall not be subject to this this section must be implemented requirement. within three years of the grant of the (c) Stations with the technical abil- initial channel sharing construction ity to locally-originate programming permit. must air viewer notifications at a time (d) Channel sharing agreements. (1) when the highest number of viewers is Channel sharing agreements (CSAs) watching. Stations have the discretion submitted under this section must con- as to the form of these notifications. tain provisions outlining each licens- (d) Stations that lack the technical ee’s rights and responsibilities regard- ability to locally-originate program- ing: ming, or find that airing of viewer no- (i) Access to facilities, including tifications would pose some sort of a whether each licensee will have unre- hardship, may notify their viewers by strained access to the shared trans- some other reasonable means, e.g. pub- mission facilities; lication of a notification in a local (ii) Allocation of bandwidth within newspaper. Stations have discretion as the shared channel; to the format and time-frame of such (iii) Operation, maintenance, repair, local notification. and modification of facilities, includ- [76 FR 44829, July 27, 2011] ing a list of all relevant equipment, a description of each party’s financial § 74.799 Low power television and TV obligations, and any relevant notice translator channel sharing. provisions; (a) Channel sharing generally. (1) Sub- (iv) Transfer/assignment of a shared ject to the provisions of this section, license, including the ability of a new low power television and TV translator licensee to assume the existing CSA; stations may voluntarily seek Commis- and sion approval to share a single six (v) Termination of the license of a megahertz channel with other low party to the CSA, including reversion power television and TV translator sta- of spectrum usage rights to the re- tions, Class A television stations, and maining parties to the CSA. full power television stations. (2) CSAs must include provisions: (2) Each station sharing a single (i) Affirming compliance with the channel pursuant to this section shall channel sharing requirements in para- continue to be licensed and operated graph (d)(1) of this section and all rel- separately, have its own call sign and evant Commission rules and policies; be separately subject to all of the Com- and

514

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.799

(ii) Requiring that each channel shar- (h) Notice to cable systems. (1) Stations ing licensee shall retain spectrum participating in channel sharing agree- usage rights adequate to ensure a suffi- ments must provide notice to cable cient amount of the shared channel ca- systems that: pacity to allow it to provide at least (i) No longer will be required to carry one Standard Definition program the station because of the relocation of stream at all times. the station; (e) Upon termination of the license of (ii) Currently carry and will continue a party to a CSA, the spectrum usage to be obligated to carry a station that rights covered by that license may re- will change channels; or vert to the remaining parties to the CSA. Such reversion shall be governed (iii) Will become obligated to carry by the terms of the CSA in accordance the station due to a channel sharing re- with paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this section. location. If upon termination of the license of a (2) The notice required by this sec- party to a CSA only one party to the tion must contain the following infor- CSA remains, the remaining licensee mation: may file an application to change its (i) Date and time of any channel license to non-shared status using FCC changes; Form 2100, Schedule D. (ii) The channel occupied by the sta- (f) If the rights under a CSA are tion before and after implementation transferred or assigned, the assignee or of the CSA; the transferee must comply with the (iii) Modification, if any, to antenna terms of the CSA in accordance with position, location, or power levels; paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. If (iv) Stream identification informa- the transferee or assignee and the li- tion; and censees of the remaining channel shar- (v) Engineering staff contact infor- ing station or stations agree to amend mation. the terms of the existing CSA, the agreement may be amended, subject to (3) Should any of the information in Commission approval. paragraph (h)(2) of this section change, (g) Channel sharing between low power an amended notification must be sent. television or TV translator stations and (4) Sharee stations must provide no- Class A television stations or full power tice as required by this section at least television stations. (1) A low power tele- 90 days prior to terminating operations vision or TV translator sharee station on the sharee’s channel. Sharer sta- (defined as a station relinquishing a tions and sharee stations must provide channel in order to share) that is a notice as required by this section at party to a CSA with a full power tele- least 90 days prior to initiation of oper- vision sharer station (defined as the ations on the sharer channel. Should station hosting a sharee pursuant to a the anticipated date to either cease op- CSA) must comply with the rules of erations or commence channel sharing part 73 of this chapter governing power operations change, the stations must levels and interference, and must com- send a further notice to affected cable ply in all other respects with the rules systems informing them of the new an- and policies applicable to low power ticipated date(s). television or TV translator stations set (5) Notifications provided to cable forth in this part. systems pursuant to this section must (2) A low power television or TV translator sharee station that is a be either mailed to the system’s offi- party to a CSA with a Class A tele- cial address of record provided in the vision sharer station must comply with cable system’s most recent filing in the the rules governing power levels and FCC’s Cable Operations and Licensing interference that are applicable to System (COALS) Form 322, or emailed Class A television stations, and must to the system if the system has pro- comply in all other respects with the vided an email address. rules and policies applicable to low [81 FR 5053, Feb. 1, 2016. Redesignated and power television or TV translator sta- amended at 82 FR 18251, Apr. 18, 2017] tions set forth in this part.

515

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.801 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle Stations Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–96). § 74.801 Definitions. Television program producer. Tele- vision program producer refers to a 600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz person or organization engaged in the guard band at 652–663 MHz that sepa- production of television programs. rates part 27 600 MHz service uplink Wireless assist video device. An auxil- and downlink frequencies. iary station authorized and operated 600 MHz guard band. Designated fre- by motion picture and television pro- quency band at 614–617 MHz that pre- gram producers pursuant to the provi- vents interference between licensed sions of this subpart. These stations services in the 600 MHz service band are intended to transmit over distances and channel 37. of approximately 300 meters for use as 600 MHz service band. Frequencies in an aid in composing camera shots on the 617–652 MHz and 663–698 MHz bands motion picture and television sets. that are reallocated and reassigned for 600 MHz band services under part 27. (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) Cable television system operator. A [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 cable television operator is defined in FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986; § 76.5(cc) of the rules. 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR 41842, Oct. 12, 1989; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 79 FR 40689, Large venue owner or operator. Large July 14, 2014; 80 FR 71728, Nov. 17, 2015; 82 FR venue owner or operator refers to a 41559, Sept. 1, 2017] person or organization that owns or operates a venue that routinely uses 50 or § 74.802 Frequency assignment. more low power auxiliary station de- (a)(1) Frequencies within the fol- vices, where the use of such devices is lowing bands may be assigned for use an integral part of major events or pro- by low power auxiliary stations: ductions. Routinely using 50 or more 26.100–26.480 MHz low power auxiliary station devices 54.000–72.000 MHz means that the venue owner or oper- 76.000–88.000 MHz ator uses 50 or more such devices for 161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto most events or productions. Rico or the Virgin Islands) Low power auxiliary station. An auxil- 174.000–216.000 MHz iary station authorized and operated 450.000–451.000 MHz pursuant to the provisions set forth in 455.000–456.000 MHz this subpart. Devices authorized as low 470.000–488.000 MHz power auxiliary stations are intended 488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii) to transmit over distances of approxi- 494.000–608.000 MHz mately 100 meters for uses such as 614.000–698.000 MHz wireless microphones, cue and control 941.500–944.000 MHz communications, and synchronization 944.000–952.000 MHz of TV camera signals. 952.850–956.250 MHz Motion picture producer. Motion pic- 956.45–959.85 MHz ture producer refers to a person or or- 1435–1525 MHz ganization engaged in the production 6875.000–6900.000 MHz or filming of motion pictures. 7100.000–7125.000 MHz

Professional sound company. Profes- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(1): Frequency as- sional sound company refers to a per- signments in the 614.000–698.000 MHz band are son or organization that provides audio subject to conditions established in pro- services that routinely use 50 or more ceedings pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268. low power auxiliary station devices, This band is being transitioned to the 600 where the use of such devices is an in- MHz service band, the 600 MHz guard band, tegral part of major events or produc- and the 600 MHz duplex gap during the post- tions. Routinely using 50 or more low incentive auction transition period (as defined in § 27.4 of this chapter), which began power auxiliary station devices means on April 13, 2017. Low power auxiliary sta- that the professional sound company tions must comply with the applicable condi- uses 50 or more such devices for most tions with respect to any assignment to op- events or productions. erate on frequencies repurposed for the 600

516

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.802

MHz service band, the 600 MHz guard band, determined in light of further proceedings and the 600 MHz duplex gap, respectively. pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268 and the This rule will be further updated, pursuant rule will be updated accordingly pursuant to to public notice or subsequent Commission a future public notice. action, to reflect additional changes that implement the determinations made in these (b)(1) Operations in the bands allo- proceedings. cated for TV broadcasting are limited to locations at least 4 kilometers out- (2) The 653.000–657.000 MHz segment of side the protected contours of co-chan- the 600 MHz duplex gap may be as- nel TV stations shown in the following signed for use by low power auxiliary table. These contours are calculated service. using the methodology in § 73.684 of NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(2): The specific fre- this chapter and the R–6602 curves con- quencies for the 600 MHz duplex gap will be tained in § 73.699 of this chapter.

Protected contour Type of station Contour Propagation Channel (dBu) curve

Analog: Class A TV, LPTV, ...... Low VHF (2–6) ...... 47 F(50,50) translator and booster ...... High VHF (7–13) ...... 56 F(50,50) UHF (14–51) ...... 64 F(50,50) Digital: Full service TV, Class A TV, LPTV, Low VHF (2–6) ...... 28 F(50,90) translator and booster. High VHF (7–13) ...... 36 F(50,90) UHF (14–51) ...... 41 F(50,90)

(2) Low power auxiliary stations may (2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz seg- operate closer to co-channel TV broad- ments within the assignable fre- cast stations than the distances speci- quencies may be combined to form a fied in paragraph (b)(1) of this section channel whose maximum bandwidth provided that such operations either— shall not exceed 200 kHz. (i) Are coordinated with TV broad- (d) Low power auxiliary licensees cast stations that could be affected by will not be granted exclusive frequency the low power auxiliary station oper- assignments. ation, and coordination is completed (e) Clearing mechanisms for the 700 prior to operation of the low power MHz Band. This section sets forth pro- auxiliary station; or visions relating to the transition of low (ii) Are limited to an indoor location power auxiliary stations operating at that is not being used for over-the-air 698–806 MHz (700 MHz band). television viewing, and the following (1) Any low power auxiliary station conditions are met with respect to the that operates at frequencies in the 700 TV channel used: The TV signal falls MHz band while transitioning its oper- below a threshold of ¥84 dBm over the ations out of that band must not cause entire channel; the signal is scanned harmful interference and must accept across the full 6 megahertz channel interference from any commercial or where the wireless microphones would public safety wireless licensees in the be operated; and to the extent that di- 700 MHz band. rectional antennas are used, they are (2) Any low power auxiliary station rotated to the place of maximum sig- that operates at frequencies in the 700 nal. MHz band will have until no later than (c) Specific frequency operation is re- June 12, 2010 to transition its oper- quired when operating within the 600 ations completely out of the 700 MHz MHz duplex gap or the bands allocated band, subject to the following. During for TV broadcasting. this transition period, any commercial (1) The frequency selection shall be or public safety licensee in the 700 MHz offset from the upper or lower band band may choose one or both of the fol- limits by 25 kHz or an integral mul- lowing voluntary methods to notify tiple thereof. low power auxiliary stations:

517

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.803 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) Any commercial or public safety the post-auction transition period, low licensee in the 700 MHz band may no- power auxiliary stations will operate tify the Commission that it has initi- on a secondary basis to licensees of ated or will be initiating operations on part 27 of this chapter, i.e., they must specified frequencies in a particular not cause to and must accept harmful market(s) in the 700 MHz band. The interference from these licensees, and wireless operations initiated by the must comply with the distance separa- commercial or public safety 700 MHz li- tions in § 15.236(e)(2) of this chapter censees may include system testing or from the areas specified in § 15.713(j)(10) trials. Following receipt of the notifi- of this chapter in which a licensee has cation, the Commission will issue a commenced operations, as defined in public notice providing that operators § 27.4 of this chapter. of low power auxiliary stations, includ- [52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987, as amended at 68 ing wireless microphones, in the 700 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 75 FR 3638, Jan. 22, MHz band in those market(s) will be re- 2010; 79 FR 48545, Aug. 15, 2014; 80 FR 71728, quired to cease operations within 60 Nov. 17, 2015; 80 FR 73085, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR days after the Commission’s notice is 4975, Jan. 29, 2016; 82 FR 41560, Sept. 1, 2017] released. (ii) Any commercial or public safety § 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid licensee in the 700 MHz band may no- interference. tify any low power auxiliary station (a) Where two or more low power users operating in the 700 MHz band auxiliary licensees need to operate in that it has initiated or will be initi- the same area, the licensees shall en- ating operations on specified fre- deavor to select frequencies or sched- quencies in the market in which the ule operation in such manner as to low power auxiliary station is oper- avoid mutual interference. If a mutu- ating. The wireless operations initiated ally satisfactory arrangement cannot by the commercial or public safety 700 be reached, the Commission shall be MHz licensees may include system notified and it will specify the fre- testing or trials. Upon receipt of such quency or frequencies to be employed notice, the low power auxiliary station by each licensee. in the affected market area must cease (b) The selection of frequencies in the operation within 60 days. bands allocated for TV broadcasting for (iii) In the event that both of these use in any area shall be guided by the notice provisions in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) need to avoid interference to TV broad- and (ii) of this section are used with re- cast reception. In these bands, low spect to a particular low power auxil- power auxiliary station usage is sec- iary station, the low power auxiliary ondary to TV broadcasting and land station will have to cease operations in mobile stations operating in the UHF- the market(s) in accordance with TV spectrum and must not cause harm- whichever notice provides for earlier ful interference. If such interference termination of its operations. occurs, low power auxiliary station op- (3) Notwithstanding this 60 day no- eration must immediately cease and tice requirement, any low power auxil- may not be resumed until the inter- iary station that causes harmful interference problem has been resolved. ference to any commercial or public (c) In the 941.5–944 MHz, 944–952 MHz, safety 700 MHz licensee must cease op- 952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85 MHz, erations immediately, consistent with 6875.000–6900.000 MHz, and 7100.000– the rules for secondary use. 7125.000 MHz bands low power auxiliary (f) Operations in 600 MHz band as- station usage is secondary to other signed to wireless licensees under part 27 uses (e.g. Aural Broadcast Auxiliary, of this chapter. Alow power auxiliary Television Broadcast Auxiliary, Cable station that operates on frequencies in Relay Service, Fixed Point to Point the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless Microwave) and must not cause harm- licensees under part 27 of this chapter ful interference. In the 941.5–944 MHz must cease operations on those fre- band, low power auxiliary station quencies no later than the end of the usage also is secondary to Federal op- post-auction transition period, as de- erations in the band. In each of these fined in § 27.4 of this chapter. During bands, applicants are responsible for

518

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.832

selecting the frequency assignments ticular access to and use of spectrum that are least likely to result in mu- with other licensees to minimize the tual interference with other licensees potential for interference between and in the same area. Applicants must con- among the different operations. sult local frequency coordination com- [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 52 mittees, where they exist, for informa- FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 80 FR 71728, Nov. 17, tion on frequencies available in the 2015; 82 FR 41560, Sept. 1, 2017] area. In selecting frequencies, consideration should be given to the relative lo- § 74.831 Scope of service and permis- cation of receive points, normal trans- sible transmissions. mission paths, and the nature of the The license for a low power auxiliary contemplated operation. station authorizes the transmission of (d) In the 1435–1525 MHz band, low cues and orders to production per- power auxiliary station (LPAS) author- sonnel and participants in broadcast izations are limited to operations at programs, motion pictures, and major fixed locations, and only to the extent events or productions and in the prepa- that applicable requirements have been ration therefor, the transmission of met for the proposed operations at program material by means of a wire- those specified locations. less microphone worn by a performer (1) Each authorization is limited to and other participants in a program, specific events or situations for which motion picture, or major event or pro- there is a need to deploy large numbers duction during rehearsal and during of LPAS for specified time periods, and the actual broadcast, filming, record- use of other available spectrum re- ing, or event or production, or the sources at that particular location is transmission of comments, interviews, insufficient to meet the LPAS licens- and reports from the scene of a remote ee’s needs. broadcast. Low power auxiliary sta- (2) The access to spectrum in the tions operating in the 941.5–944 MHz, band must be coordinated with the fre- 944–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45– quency coordinator for aeronautical 959.85 MHz, 6875–6900 MHz, and 7100–7125 mobile telemetry, the Aerospace and MHz bands may, in addition, transmit Flight Test Radio Coordinating Com- synchronizing signals and various con- mittee (AFTRCC) prior to operations trol signals to portable or hand-carried at the specified location and period of TV cameras which employ low power time, with AFTRCC indicating whether radio signals in lieu of cable to deliver any specific frequencies in the band are picture signals to the control point at unavailable for use. LPAS devices must the scene of a remote broadcast. complete authentication and location [82 FR 41560, Sept. 1, 2017] verification before operations begin, employ software-based controls or § 74.832 Licensing requirements and similar functionality to prevent de- procedures. vices in the band from operating except (a) A license authorizing operation of in the specific channels, locations, and one or more low power auxiliary sta- time periods that have been coordi- tions will be issued only to the fol- nated, and be capable of being tuned to lowing: any frequency in the band. (1) A licensee of an AM, FM, TV, or (3) LPAS users may have access to no International broadcast station or low more than 30 megahertz of spectrum power TV station. Low power auxiliary (one third of the 1435–1525 MHz band) stations will be licensed for used with a for their operations at the specified lo- specific broadcast or low power TV sta- cations. Different users in the same tion or combination of stations li- general area each can access up to 30 censed to the same licensee within the megahertz of spectrum for their respec- same community. tive operations. All licensees that have (2) A broadcast network entity. successfully coordinated with AFTRCC (3) A cable television system operator for access to the 1435–1525 MHz band for who operates a cable system that pro- operations at their specified locations duces program material for origination in the same general area must, to the or access cablecasting, as defined in extent necessary, coordinate their par- § 76.5(r).

519

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.832 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(4) Motion picture producers as de- to be solely used. A single application, fined in § 74.801. filed on FCC Form 601 may be used in (5) Television program producers as applying for the authority to operate defined in § 74.801. one or more low power auxiliary units. (6) Licensees and conditional licens- The application must specify the fre- ees of stations in the Broadband Radio quency bands which will be used. Mo- Service as defined in section 27.1200 of tion picture producers, television pro- this chapter, or entities that hold an gram producers, cable television opera- executed lease agreement with a tors, large venue owners or operators, Broadband Radio Service or Edu- and professional sound companies are cational Broadband Service licensee. required to attach a single sheet to (7) Large venue owners or operators their application form explaining in de- as defined in § 74.801. tail the manner in which the eligibility (8) Professional sound companies as requirements given in paragraph (a) of defined in § 74.801. this section are met. In addition, large (b) An application for a new or re- venue owners or operators and profes- newal of low power auxiliary license sional sound companies shall include shall specify the frequency band or on the attachment the following cer- bands desired. Only those frequency tification and shall sign and date the bands necessary for satisfactory oper- certification: ‘‘The applicant hereby ation shall be requested. certifies that it routinely uses 50 or (c) Licensees of AM, FM, TV, and more low power auxiliary station de- International broadcast stations; low vices, where the use of such devices is power TV stations; and broadcast net- an integral part of major events or pro- work entities may be authorized to op- ductions.’’ erate low power auxiliary stations in (f) Applications for the use of the the frequency bands set forth in bands allocated for TV broadcasting § 74.802(a). must specify the usual area of oper- (d) Cable television operations, mo- ation within which the low power aux- tion picture and television program iliary station will be used. This area of producers, large venue owners or opera- operation may, for example, be speci- tors, and professional sound companies fied as the metropolitan area in which may be authorized to operate low the broadcast licensee serves, the usual power auxiliary stations in the bands area within which motion picture and allocated for TV broadcasting, the 653– television producers are operating, or 657 MHz band, the 941.5–944 MHz band, the location of the venue. Licenses the 944–952 MHz band, the 952.850–956.250 issued to large venue owners or opera- MHz band, the 956.45–959.85 MHz band, tors are specific to a single venue and the 1435–1525 MHz band, the 6875–6900 authorize operation only at that venue. MHz band, and the 7100–7125 MHz band. Because low power auxiliary stations In the 6875–6900 MHz and 7100–7125 MHz operating in these bands will only be bands, entities eligible to hold licenses permitted in areas removed from exist- for cable television relay service sta- ing co-channel TV broadcast stations, tions (see § 78.13 of this chapter) shall licensees have full responsibility to en- also be eligible to hold licenses for low sure that operation of their stations power auxiliary stations. does not occur at distances less than (e) An application for low power aux- those specified in § 74.802(b). iliary stations or for a change in an ex- (g) Low power auxiliary licensees isting authorization shall specify the shall specify the maximum number of broadcast station, or the network with units that will be operated. which the low power broadcast auxil- (h) For broadcast licensees, low iary facilities are to be principally power auxiliary stations will be li- used as given in paragraph (h) of this censed for use with a specific broadcast section; or it shall specify the motion station or combination of broadcast picture or television production com- stations licensed to the same licensee pany, the cable television operator, the and to the same community. Licensing professional sound company, or, if ap- of low power auxiliary stations for use plicable, the venue with which the low with a specific broadcast station or power broadcast auxiliary facilities are combination of such stations does not

520

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.851

preclude their use with other broadcast tion must include full particulars in- stations of the same or a different li- cluding: licensees name and address, censee at any location. Operation of statement of eligibility, facility identi- low power auxiliary stations outside fication number of the associated the area of operation specified in the broadcast station (if any), type and authorization, or in other bands is per- manufacturer of equipment, power out- mitted without further authority of put, emission, frequency or frequencies the Commission. However, operation of proposed to be used, commencement low power auxiliary stations shall, at and termination date, location of pro- all times, be in accordance with the re- posed operation, and purpose for which quirements of § 74.882 of this subpart. request is made including any par- Also, a low power auxiliary station ticular justification. that is being used with a broadcast sta- (d) A request for special temporary tion or network other than one with authority shall specify a frequency which it is licensed, must, in addition band consistent with the provisions of to meeting the requirements of § 74.861 of this subpart, not cause harmful in- § 74.802: Provided, That, in the case of terference to another low power auxil- events of wide-spread interest and im- iary station which is being used with portance which cannot be transmitted the broadcast station(s) or network successfully on these frequencies, fre- with which it is licensed. quencies assigned to other services (i) In case of permanent discontinu- may be requested upon a showing that ance of operations of a station licensed operation thereon will not cause inter- under this subpart, the licensee shall ference to established stations: And cancel the station license using FCC provided further, In no case will oper- Form 601. For purposes of this section, ation of a low power auxiliary broad- a station which is not operated for a cast station be authorized on fre- period of one year is considered to have quencies employed for the safety of life been permanently discontinued. and property. (j) The license shall be retained in (e) The user shall have full control the licensee’s files at the address over the transmitting equipment dur- shown on the authorization. ing the period it is operated. [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 (f) Special temporary authority to FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 21503, May 18, permit operation of low power auxil- 1982; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, 1982; 51 FR 4603, iary stations pending Commission ac- Feb. 6, 1986; 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 52 FR tion on an application for regular au- 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 55 FR 46012, Oct. 31, 1990; thority will not normally be granted. 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004; 79 FR 40689, [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 July 14, 2014; 80 FR 71729, Nov. 17, 2015; 82 FR FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55939, Dec. 14, 41560, Sept. 1, 2017; 84 FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019] 1982; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] § 74.833 Temporary authorizations. (a) Special temporary authority may § 74.851 Certification of equipment; be granted for low power auxiliary sta- prohibition on manufacture, im- tion operation which cannot be con- port, sale, lease, offer for sale or ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such lease, or shipment of devices that authority will normally be granted operate in the 700 MHz Band or the only for operations of a temporary na- 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700 MHz or 600 MHz band equipment des- ture. Where operation is seen as likely tined for non-U.S. markets; disclo- on a continuing annual basis, an appli- sures. cation for a regular authorization should be submitted. (a) Applications for new low power (b) A request for special temporary auxiliary stations will not be accepted authority for the operation of a remote unless the transmitting equipment pickup broadcast station must be made specified therein has been certificated in accordance with the procedures of for use pursuant to provisions of this § 1.931(b) of this chapter. subpart. (c) All requests for special temporary (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- authority of a low power auxiliary sta- mitter to be used in this service may

521

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.851 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

apply for certification for such trans- in all sales, marketing, and packaging mitter following the certification pro- materials, including online materials, cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- relating to such devices that the de- mission’s Rules and Regulations. At- vices cannot be operated in the U.S. tention is also directed to part 1 of the (i) As of January 13, 2018, applica- Commission’s Rules and Regulations tions for certification shall no longer which specifies the fees required when be accepted for low power auxiliary filing an application for certification. stations or wireless video assist devices (c) An applicant for a low power aux- that are capable of operating in the 600 iliary station may also apply for cer- MHz service band or the 600 MHz guard tification for an individual transmitter band, or for low power auxiliary sta- by following the certification proce- tions that are capable of operating in dure set forth in part 2 of the Commis- the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the oper- sion’s Rules and Regulations. The ap- ations are limited to the 653–657 MHz plication for certification must be ac- segment. companied by the proper fees as pre- (j) As of October 13, 2018, no person scribed in part 1 of the Commission’s shall manufacture, import, sell, lease, Rules and Regulations. offer for sale or lease, or ship low (d) Low power auxiliary station power auxiliary stations or wireless equipment authorized to be used pursu- video assist devices that are capable of ant to an application accepted for fil- operating in the 600 MHz service band ing prior to December 1, 1977 may con- or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low tinue to be used by the licensee or its power auxiliary stations that are capa- successors or assignees: Provided, how- ble of operating in the 600 MHz duplex ever, If operation of such equipment gap unless the operations are limited causes harmful interference due to its to the 653–657 MHz segment. This prohi- failure to comply with the technical bition does not apply to devices manu- standards set forth in this subpart, the factured solely for export. Commission may, at its discretion, re- (k) As of October 13, 2018, any person quire the licensee to take such corrective action as is necessary to eliminate who manufacturers, sells, leases, or the interference. offer for sale or lease low power auxil- (e) Each instrument of authority iary stations or wireless video assist which permits operation of a low power devices that are destined for non-U.S. auxiliary station using equipment markets and that are capable of oper- which has not been certificated will ating in the 600 MHz service band or specify the particular transmitting the 600 MHz guard bands, or low power equipment which the licensee is au- auxiliary stations that are capable of thorized to use. operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap (f) All transmitters marketed for use unless such operations are limited to under this subpart shall be certificated the 653–657 MHz segment, shall include by the Federal Communications Com- labeling and make clear in all sales, mission for this purpose. (Refer to sub- marketing, and packaging materials, part I of part 2 of the Commission’s including online materials, relating to rules and regulations.) such devices that the devices cannot be (g) No person shall manufacture, im- operated in the United States. port, sell, lease, offer for sale or lease, (l) Disclosure requirements for low or ship low power auxiliary stations power auxiliary stations and wireless that are capable of operating in the 700 video assist devices capable of oper- MHz band (698–806 MHz). This prohibi- ating in the 600 MHz service band. Any tion does not apply to devices manufac- person who manufactures, sells, leases, tured solely for export. or offers for sale or lease low power (h) Any person who manufactures, auxiliary stations or wireless video de- sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease vices that are capable of operating in low power auxiliary stations, including the 600 MHz service band on or after wireless microphones, that are destined July 13, 2017, is subject to the following for non-U.S. markets and that are ca- disclosure requirements: pable of operating in the 700 MHz band (1) Such persons must display the shall include labeling and make clear consumer disclosure text, as specified

522

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.852

by the Consumer and Governmental Af- prominently display the consumer dis- fairs Bureau, at the point of sale or closure text in close proximity to the lease of each such low power auxiliary images and descriptions of each such station or wireless video assist device. low power auxiliary station or wireless The text must be displayed in a clear, video assist device. The text should be conspicuous, and readily legible man- in a size large enough to be clear, con- ner. One way to fulfill the requirement spicuous, and readily legible, con- in this section is to display the consistent with the dimensions of the ad- sumer disclosure text in a prominent vertisement or description. manner on the product box by using a (3) If such persons have Web sites per- label (either printed onto the box or taining to these low power auxiliary otherwise affixed to the box), a sticker, stations or wireless video assist de- or other means. Another way to fulfill vices, the consumer disclosure text this requirement is to display the text must be displayed there in a clear, con- immediately adjacent to each low spicuous, and readily legible manner power auxiliary station or wireless (even in the event such persons do not video assist device offered for sale or sell low power auxiliary stations or lease and clearly associated with the wireless video assist devices directly to model to which it pertains. the public). (2) If such persons offer such low (4) The consumer disclosure text de- power auxiliary stations or wireless scribed in paragraph (l)(1) of this sec- video assist device via direct mail, tion is set forth as Figure 1 to this catalog, or electronic means, they shall paragraph.

(Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) without prior Commission approval: [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 42 Provided, The proposed changes will not FR 43637, Aug. 22, 1977; 43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, depart from any of the terms of the 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 75 FR 3639, Jan. station authorization or the Commis- 22, 2010; 80 FR 71729, Nov. 17, 2015; 82 FR 41561, sion’s technical rules governing this Sept. 1, 2017; 83 FR 10640, 10643, Mar. 12, 2018] service: And provided further, That any changes made to certificated trans- § 74.852 Equipment changes. mitted equipment shall be in compli- (a) The licensee of a low power auxil- ance with the provisions of part 2 of iary station may make any changes in the Commission’s rules and regulations the equipment that are deemed desir- concerning modification of certificated able or necessary, including replace- equipment. ment with certificated equipment,

523

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 ER12MR18.005 § 74.861 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(b) Any equipment changes made pur- ing on any discrete frequency outside suant to paragraph (a) of this section the authorized band shall be attenu- shall be set forth in the next applica- ated, at least, 43+10 log10 (mean output tion for renewal of license. power, in watts) dB below the mean (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) output power of the transmitting unit. The requirements of this paragraph [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 shall also apply to the applications for FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, certification of equipment for the 944– 1998] 952 MHz band until January 13, 2018. § 74.861 Technical requirements. (4)(i) For the 653–657 MHz, 941.5–944 MHz, 944–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz, (a) Except as specified in paragraph 956.45–959.85 MHz, 1435–1525 MHz, 6875– (e) of this section, transmitter power is 6900 MHz and 7100–7125 MHz bands, ana- the power at the transmitter output log emissions within the band from one terminals and delivered to the antenna, megahertz below to one megahertz antenna transmission line, or any above the carrier frequency shall com- other impedance-matched, radio fre- ply with the emission mask in section quency load. For the purpose of this subpart, the transmitter power is the 8.3.1.2 of the European Telecommuni- carrier power. cations Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 (b) Each authorization for a new low 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), Electromagnetic power auxiliary station shall require compatibility and Radio spectrum the use of certificated equipment. Such Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones equipment shall be operated in accord- in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency ance with the emission specifications range; Part 1: Technical characteristics included in the certification grant and and methods of measurement. Beyond as prescribed in paragraphs (c) through one megahertz below and above the (e) of this section. carrier frequency, emissions shall com- (c) Low power auxiliary transmitters ply with the limits specified in section not required to operate on specific car- 8.4 of ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08). rier frequencies shall operate suffi- (ii) For the 653–657 MHz, 941.5–944 ciently within the authorized fre- MHz, 944–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz, quency band edges to insure the emis- 956.45–959.85 MHz, and 1435–1525 MHz sion bandwidth falls entirely within bands, digital emissions within the the authorized band. band from one megahertz below to one (d) For low power auxiliary stations megahertz above the carrier frequency operating in the bands other than shall comply with the emission mask those allocated for TV broadcasting, in section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the Euro- the following technical requirements pean Telecommunications Institute are imposed. Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011– (1) For all bands except the 1435–1525 08), Electromagnetic compatibility and MHz band, the maximum transmitter Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wire- power which will be authorized is 1 less microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 watt. In the 1435–1525 MHz band, the GHz frequency range; part 1: Technical maximum transmitter power which characteristics and methods of meas- will be authorized is 250 milliwatts. Li- urement. Beyond one megahertz below censees may accept the manufacturer’s and above the carrier frequency, emis- power rating; however, it is the licens- sions shall comply with the limits ee’s responsibility to observe specified specified in section 8.4 of ETSI EN 300 power limits. 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08). (2) If a low power auxiliary station (iii) In the 6875–6900 MHz and 7100– employs amplitude modulation, modu- 7125 MHz bands, digital emissions with- lation shall not exceed 100 percent on in the band from one megahertz below positive or negative peaks. to one megahertz above the carrier fre- (3) For the 26.1–26.480 MHz, 161.625– quency shall comply with the emission 161.775 MHz, 450–451 MHz, and 455–456 mask in section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 5) of the MHz bands, the occupied bandwidth European Telecommunications Insti- shall not be greater than that nec- tute Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 essary for satisfactory transmission (2011–08), Electromagnetic compat- and, in any event, an emission appear- ibility and Radio spectrum Matters

524

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.861

(ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 (7) Analog emissions within the band MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; part 1: from one megahertz below to one Technical characteristics and methods megahertz above the carrier frequency of measurement. Beyond one mega- shall comply with the emission mask hertz below and above the carrier fre- in section 8.3.1.2 of the European Tele- quency, emissions shall comply with communications Institute Standard the limits specified in section 8.4 of ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), Elec- ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08). tromagnetic compatibility and Radio (iv) For the 944–952 MHz band, the re- spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless quirements of this paragraph (d)(4) microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz shall not apply to the applications for frequency range; part 1: Technical certification of equipment for that characteristics and methods of meas- band until nine months after release of urement. Digital emissions within the the Commission’s Channel Reassign- band from one megahertz below to one ment Public Notice, as defined in sec- megahertz above the carrier frequency tion 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter. shall comply with the emission mask (e) For low power auxiliary stations in section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the Euro- operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap pean Telecommunications Institute and the bands allocated for TV broad- Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011– casting, the following technical re- 08), Electromagnetic compatibility and quirements apply: Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wire- (1) The power may not exceed the fol- less microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 lowing values. GHz frequency range; part 1: Technical (i) 54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHz bands: characteristics and methods of meas- 50 mW EIRP urement. Beyond one megahertz below (ii) 470–608 and 614–698: 250 mW con- and above the carrier frequency, emis- ducted power sions shall comply with the limits specified in section 8.4 of ETSI EN 300 (iii) 600 MHz duplex gap: 20 mW EIRP 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08). The requirements (2) Transmitters may be either crys- of this paragraph (e)(7) shall not apply tal controlled or frequency syn- to applications for certification of thesized. equipment in these bands until nine (3) Any form of modulation may be months after release of the Commis- ± used. A maximum deviation of 75 kHz sion’s Channel Reassignment Public is permitted when frequency modula- Notice, as defined in § 73.3700(a)(2) of tion is employed. this chapter. (4) The frequency tolerance of the (f) Unusual transmitting antennas or transmitter shall be 0.005 percent. antenna elevations shall not be used to (5) The operating bandwidth shall not deliberately extend the range of low exceed 200 kHz. power auxiliary stations beyond the (6) The mean power of emissions shall limited areas defined in § 74.831. be attenuated below the mean output (g) Low power auxiliary stations power of the transmitter in accordance shall be operated so that no harmful with the following schedule: interference is caused to any other (i) On any frequency removed from class of station operating in accord- the operating frequency by more than ance with Commission’s rules and regu- 50 percent up to and including 100 per- lations and with the Table of Fre- cent of the authorized bandwidth: at quency Allocations in part 2 thereof. least 25 dB; (h) In the event a station’s emissions (ii) On any frequency removed from outside its authorized frequency band the operating frequency by more than causes harmful interference, the Com- 100 percent up to and including 250 permission may, at its discretion, require cent of the authorized bandwidth: at the licensee to take such further steps least 35 dB; as may be necessary to eliminate the (iii) On any frequency removed from interference. the operating frequency by more than (i) The materials listed in this sec- 250 percent of the authorized band- tion are incorporated by reference in width: at least 43 + 10log10 (mean out- this part. These incorporations by ref- put power in watts) dB. erence were approved by the Director

525

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.870 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

of the Federal Register in accordance § 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as Television broadcast auxiliary licens- they exist on the date of the approval, ees and motion picture and television and notice of any change in these ma- producers, as defined in § 74.801 may op- terials will be published in the FED- erate wireless video assist devices on a ERAL REGISTER. All approved material non-interference basis on VHF and is available for inspection at the Fed- UHF television channels to assist with eral Communications Commission, 445 production activities. 12th St. SW., Reference Information (a) The use of wireless video assist Center, Room CY–A257, Washington, devices must comply with all provi- DC 20554, (202) 418–0270 and is available sions of this subpart, except as indi- from the sources below. It is also avail- cated in paragraphs (b) through (i) of able for inspection at the National Ar- this section. chives and Records Administration (b) Wireless video assist devices may (NARA). For information on the avail- only be used for scheduled productions. ability of this material at NARA, call They may not be used to produce live (202) 741–6030, or go to: http:// events and may not be used for elec- www.archives.gov/federallregister/ tronic news gathering purposes. codeloflfederallregulations/ (c) Wireless video assist devices may ibrllocations.html. operate with a bandwidth not to exceed (1) European Telecommunications 6 MHz on frequencies in the bands 180– Standards Institute, 650 Route des 210 MHz (TV channels 8–12) and 470–698 Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex, MHz (TV channels 14–51) subject to the France. A copy of the standard is also following restrictions: available at http://www.etsi.org/deliver/ (1) The bandwidth may only occupy a etsilen/300400l300499/30042201/ single TV channel. 01.03.02l60/enl30042201v010302p.pdf. (i) ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08): (2) Operation is prohibited within the ‘‘Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio 608–614 MHz (TV channel 37) band. spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless micro- (3) Operation is prohibited within 129 phones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency km of a television broadcasting sta- range; Part 1: Technical characteristics tion, including Class A television sta- and methods of measurement,’’ Copyright tions, low power television stations 2011, IBR approved for section 15.236(g). and translator stations. (ii) [Reserved] (4) For the area and frequency com- (2) [Reserved]. binations listed in the table below, operation is prohibited within the dis- (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) tances indicated from the listed geo- [43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978, as amended at 52 graphic coordinates. FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 75 FR 3639, Jan. 22, 2010; 80 FR 71730, NOTE TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE: All coordi- Nov. 17, 2015; 80 FR 73085, Nov. 23, 2015; 82 FR nates are referenced to the North American 41561, Sept. 1, 2017] Datum of 1983.

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

Boston, MA ...... 42°21′24.4″ 71°03′23.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Chicago, IL ...... 41°52′28.1″ 87°38′22.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 ...... 16 ...... Cleveland, OH1 ...... 41°29′51.2″ 81°41′49.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Dallas/Fort Worth, TX ...... 32°47′09.5″ 96°47′38.0″ 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Detroit, MI 1 ...... 42°19′48.1″ 83°02′56.7″ 470–476 ...... 14 ...... 476–482 15 ......

526

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.870

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... Gulf of Mexico ...... 476–494 ...... 15, 16, 17 Hawaii ...... 488–494 ...... 17 Houston, TX ...... 29°45′26.8″ 95°21′37.8″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 34°03′15.0″ 118°14′31.3″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Miami, Fl ...... 25°46′38.4″ 80°11′31.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... New York/NE New Jersey ...... 40°45′ 73°59′37.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 ...... 20 ...... Philadelphia, PA ...... 39°56′58.4″ 75°09′19.6″ 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Pittsburgh, PA ...... 40°26′19.2″ 79°59′59.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... San Francisco/Oakland, CA ...... 37°46′38.7″ 122°24′43.9″ 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Washington D.C./MD/VA ...... 38°53′51.4″ 77°00′31.9″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 1 The distance separation requirements are not applicable in these cities until further order from the Commission.

(d) Wireless video assist devices are ject to the limitations specified in this limited to a maximum of 250 milliwatts section. ERP and must limit power to that nec- (2) Licensees may operate as many essary to reliably receive a signal at a wireless video assist devices as nec- distance of 300 meters. Wireless video essary, subject to the notification pro- assist devices must comply with the cedures of this section. emission limitations of § 74.637. (g) Notification procedure. Prior to the (e) The antenna of a wireless video commencement of transmitting, licens- assist device must be attached to the ees must notify the local broadcasting coordinator of their intent to transmit. transmitter either permanently, or by If there is no local coordinator in the means of a unique connector designed intended area of operation, licensees to allow replacement of authorized an- must notify all adjacent channel TV tennas but prevent the use of unau- stations within 161 km (100 mi) of the thorized antennas. When transmitting, proposed operating area. the antenna must not be more that 10 (1) Notification must be made at meters above ground level. least 10 working days prior to the date (f)(1) A license for a wireless video as- of intended transmission. sist device will authorize the license (2) Notifications must include: holder to use all frequencies available (i) Frequency or frequencies. for wireless video assist devices, sub- (ii) Location.

527

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.882 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(iii) Antenna height. not cause to and must accept harmful (iv) Emission type(s). interference from these licensees. (v) Effective radiated power. [68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 (vi) Intended dates of operation. FR 69331, Dec. 12, 2003; 79 FR 48545, Aug. 15, (vii) Licensee contact information. 2014] (3)(i) Failure of a local coordinator to respond to a notification request prior § 74.882 Station identification. to the intended dates of operation indi- (a) For transmitters used for voice cated on the request will be considered transmissions and having a trans- as having the approval of the coordi- mitter output power exceeding 50 mW, nator. In this case, licensees must in an announcement shall be made at the addition notify all co-channel and adja- beginning and end of each period of op- cent channel TV stations within 161 eration at a single location, over the km (100 mi) of the proposed operating transmitting unit being operated, iden- area. This notification is for informa- tifying the transmitting unit’s call tion purposes only and will not enable sign or designator, its location, and the TV stations to prevent a WAVD from call sign of the broadcasting station or operating, but is intended to help iden- name of the licensee with which it is tify the source of interference if any is being used. A period of operation may experienced after a WAVD begins oper- consist of a continuous transmission or ation. intermittent transmissions pertaining (ii) If there is no local coordinator in to a single event. the intended area of operation, failure (b) Each wireless video assist device, of any adjacent channel TV station to when transmitting, must transmit sta- respond to a notification request prior tion identification at the beginning to the intended dates of operation indi- and end of each period of operation. cated on the request will be considered Identification may be made by trans- as having the approval of the TV sta- mitting the station call sign by visual tion. or aural means or by automatic trans- (4) Licensees must operate in a man- mission in international Morse teleg- ner consistent with the response of the raphy. local coordinator, or, if there is no (1) A period of operation is defined as local coordinator in the intended area a single uninterrupted transmission or of operation, the responses of the adja- a series of intermittent transmissions cent channel TV stations. Disagree- from a single location. ments may be appealed to the Commis- (2) Station identification shall be sion. However, in those instances, the performed in a manner conducive to licensee will bear the burden of proof prompt association of the signal source and proceeding to overturn the rec- with the responsible licensee. In exer- ommendation of the local coordinator cising the discretion provide by this or the co-channel or adjacent channel rule, licensees are expected too act in a TV station. responsible manner to assure that re- (h) Licenses for wireless video assist sult. devices may not be transferred or as- [68 FR 12774, Mar. 17, 2003] signed. (i) Operations in 600 MHz band as- Subparts I–K [Reserved] signed to wireless licensees under part 27 of this chapter. A wireless video assist device that operates on frequencies in Subpart L—FM Broadcast Trans- the 600 MHz band assigned to wireless lator Stations and FM Broad- licensees under part 27of this chapter cast Booster Stations must cease operations on those frequencies no later than the end of the SOURCE: 35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, unless post-auction transition period as de- otherwise noted. fined in § 27.4 of this chapter. During the post-auction transition period, § 74.1201 Definitions. wireless video assist devices will oper- (a) FM translator. A station in the ate on a secondary basis to licensees of broadcasting service operated for the part 27 of this chapter, i.e., they must purpose of retransmitting the signals

528

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1201

of an AM or FM radio broadcast sta- stations it is the predicted 1 mV/m tion or another FM broadcast trans- field strength contour). The coverage lator station without significantly al- contour of an FM translator rebroad- tering any characteristics of the in- casting an AM radio broadcast station coming signal other than its frequency as its primary station must be con- and amplitude, in order to provide tained within the greater of either the radio broadcast service to the general 2 mV/m daytime contour of the AM public. station or a 25-mile (40 km) radius cen- (b) Commercial FM translator. An FM tered at the AM transmitter site. The broadcast translator station which re- protected contour for an FM translator broadcasts the signals of a commercial station is its predicted 1 mV/m con- AM or FM radio broadcast station. tour. (c) Noncommercial FM translator. An FM broadcast translator station which (h) Fill-in area. The area where the rebroadcasts the signals of a non- coverage contour of an FM translator commercial educational AM or FM or booster station is within the pro- radio broadcast station. tected contour of the associated pri- (d) Primary station. The AM or FM mary station (i.e., predicted 0.5 mV/m radio broadcast station radiating the contour for commercial Class B sta- signals which are retransmitted by an tions, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for FM broadcast translator station or an commercial Class B1 stations, and pre- FM broadcast booster station. dicted 1 mV/m contour for all other (e) AM or FM radio broadcast station. classes of stations). When used in this Subpart L, the term (i) Other area. The area where the AM broadcast station or AM radio coverage contour of an FM translator broadcast station or FM broadcast sta- station extends beyond the protected tion or FM radio broadcast station re- contour of the primary station (i.e., fers to commercial and noncommercial predicted 0.5 mV/m contour for com- educational AM or FM radio broadcast mercial Class B stations, predicted 0.7 stations as defined in § 2.1 of this chap- mV/m contour for commercial Class B1 ter, unless the context indicates other- stations, and predicted 1 mV/m contour wise. for all other classes of stations). (f) FM broadcast booster station. A sta- (j) AM Fill-in area. The area within tion in the broadcasting service oper- the lesser of the 2 mV/m daytime con- ated for the sole purpose of retransmitting the signals of an FM radio broad- tour of the AM radio broadcast station cast station, by amplifying and reradi- being rebroadcast and a 25-mile (40 km) ating such signals, without signifi- radius centered at the AM transmitter cantly altering any characteristic of site. the incoming signal other than its am- (k) Listener complaint. A statement plitude. Unless specified otherwise, this that is signed and dated by the listener term includes LPFM boosters as de- and contains the following informa- fined in paragraph (l) of this section. tion: (g) Translator coverage contour. For a (1) The complainant’s full name, ad- fill-in FM translator rebroadcasting an dress, and phone number; FM radio broadcast station as its pri- (2) A clear, concise, and accurate de- mary station, the FM translator’s cov- scription of the location where inter- erage contour must be contained with- ference is alleged or predicted to occur; in the primary station’s coverage con- (3) A statement that the complainant tour. For purposes of this rule section, listens over-the-air to the desired sta- the coverage contour of the FM trans- tion at least twice a month; and lator has the same field strength value (4) A statement that the complainant as the protected contour of the primary FM station (i.e., for a commercial has no legal, financial, employment, or Class B FM station it is the predicted familial affiliation or relationship with 0.5 mV/m field strength contour, for a the desired station. commercial Class B1 FM station it is (l) LPFM booster. An FM broadcast the predicted 0.7 mV/m field strength booster station as defined in paragraph contour, and for all other classes of FM (f) of this section that is commonly-

529

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1202 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

owned by an LPFM station for the pur- (c) An FM broadcast booster station pose of retransmitting the signals of will be assigned the channel assigned the commonly-owned LPFM station. to its primary station. [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 39 FR 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 12990, Apr. 10, 1974; 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 74 FR 45129, Sept. 52 FR 8260, Mar. 17, 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1, 2009; 82 FR 13072, Mar. 9, 2017; 84 FR 27740, 1990] June 14, 2019; 85 FR 35574, June 11, 2020] § 74.1203 Interference. EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 82 FR 13072, Mar. (a) An authorized FM translator or 9, 2017, § 74.1201 was amended by revising the booster station will not be permitted last two sentences of paragraph (g), effective to continue to operate if it causes any Apr. 10, 2017. At 82 FR 13069, Mar. 9, 2017, the effective date was delayed indefinitely pend- actual interference to: ing Office of Management and Budget ap- (1) The transmission of any author- proval of a nonsubstantive change in the rule ized broadcast station; or as originally proposed. (2) The reception of the input signal of any TV translator, TV booster, FM § 74.1202 Frequency assignment. translator or FM booster station; or (3) The direct reception by the public (a) An applicant for a new FM broad- of the off-the-air signals of any full- cast translator station or for changes service station or previously author- in the facilities of an authorized trans- ized secondary station. Interference lator station shall endeavor to select a will be considered to occur whenever channel on which its operation is not reception of a regularly used signal is likely to cause interference to the re- impaired by the signals radiated by the ception of other stations. The applica- FM translator or booster station, re- tion must be specific with regard to the gardless of the channel on which the frequency requested. Only one output protected signal is transmitted; except channel will be assigned to each trans- that no listener complaint will be con- lator station. sidered actionable if the alleged inter- (b) Subject to compliance with all ference occurs outside the desired sta- the requirements of this subpart, FM tion’s 45 dBu contour. Interference is broadcast translators may be author- demonstrated by: ized to operate on the following FM (i) The required minimum number of channels, regardless of whether they valid listener complaints as deter- are assigned for local use in the FM mined using Table 1 of this section and Table of Allotments (§ 73.202(b) of this defined in § 74.1201(k) of the part; chapter): (ii) A map plotting the specific location of the alleged interference in rela- (1) Commercial FM translators: Chan- tion to the complaining station’s 45 nels 221–300 as identified in § 73.201 of dBu contour; this chapter. (iii) A statement that the com- (2) Noncommercial FM translators: plaining station is operating within its Channels 201–300 as identified in § 73.201 licensed parameters; of this chapter. Use of reserved chan- (iv) A statement that the com- nels 201–220 is subject to the restric- plaining station licensee has used com- tions specified in § 73.501 of this chap- mercially reasonable efforts to inform ter. the relevant translator licensee of the (3) In Alaska, FM translators oper- claimed interference and attempted ating on Channels 201–260 (88.1–99.9 private resolution; and MHz) shall not cause harmful inter- (v) U/D data demonstrating that at ference to and must accept inter- each listener location the undesired to ference from non-Government fixed op- desired signal strength exceeds ¥20 dB erations authorized prior to January 1, for co-channel situations, ¥6 dB for 1982. first-adjacent channel situations or 40 dB for second- or third-adjacent channel situations, calculated using the Commission’s standard contour prediction methodology set out in § 73.313.

530

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1204

TABLE 1 TO § 74.1203(a)(3) ference has been eliminated or it can be demonstrated that the interference Minimum listener is not due to spurious emissions by the complaints FM translator or FM booster station; Population within protected contour required for interference provided, however, that short test trans- claim missions may be made during the period of suspended operation to check 1–199,999 ...... 6 200,000–299,999 ...... 7 the efficacy of remedial measures. 300,000–399,999 ...... 8 400,000–499,999 ...... 9 [55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 60 500,000–999,999 ...... 10 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995; 84 FR 27740, June 14, 1,000,000–1,499,999 ...... 15 2019] 1,500,000–1,999,999 ...... 20 2,000,000 or more ...... 25 § 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, LPFM stations with fewer than 5,000 ...... 3 FM Translator and LP100 stations. (b) If interference cannot be properly (a) An application for an FM trans- eliminated by the application of suit- lator station will not be accepted for able techniques, operation of the of- filing if the proposed operation would fending FM translator or booster sta- involve overlap of predicted field con- tion shall be suspended and shall not be tours with any other authorized com- resumed until the interference has mercial or noncommercial educational been eliminated. Short test trans- FM broadcast stations, FM translators, missions may be made during the pe- and Class D (secondary) noncommer- riod of suspended operation to check cial educational FM stations; or if it the efficacy of remedial measures. would result in new or increased over- (c) An FM booster station will be ex- lap with an LP100 station, as set forth: empted from the provisions of para- (1) Commercial Class B FM Stations graphs (a) and (b) of this section to the (Protected Contour: 0.5 mV/m) extent that it may cause limited interference to its primary station’s signal, Fre- Interference contour of Protected contour of quency proposed translator sta- commercial Class B provided it does not disrupt the existing separation station service of its primary station or cause tion such interference within the bound- Co- 0.05 mV/m (34 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) aries of the principal community of its chan- primary station. nel. 200 kHz 0.25 mV/m (48 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) (d) A fill-in FM translator operating 400 kHz/ 50.0 mV/m (94 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) on the first, second or third adjacent 600 channel to its primary station’s chan- kHz. nel will be exempt from the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section (2) Commercial Class B1 FM Stations to the extent that it may cause limited (Protected Contour: 0.7 mV/m) interference to its primary station’s Fre- signal, provided it does not disrupt the quency Interference contour of Protected contour of separa- proposed translator sta- commercial Class B1 existing service of its primary station tion tion station or cause such interference within the boundaries of the principal community Co- 0.07 mV/m (37 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) of its primary station. channel. (e) It shall be the responsibility of 200 kHz 0.35 mV/m (51 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (57 dBu) the licensee of an FM translator or FM 400 kHz/ 70.0 mV/m (97 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) booster station to correct any condi- 600 tion of interference which results from kHz. the radiation of radio frequency energy (3) All Other Classes of FM Stations by its equipment on any frequency out- (Protected Contour: 1 mV/m) side the assigned channel. Upon notice by the Commission to the station li- Fre- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of censee that such interference is being separa- proposed translator any other station caused, the operation of the FM trans- tion lator or FM booster station shall be Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) suspended within three minutes and chan- shall not be resumed until the inter- nel.

531

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1204 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Fre- overlap of field strength contours quency Interference contour of Protected contour of separa- proposed translator any other station would occur with another station in an tion area where such overlap does not already exist, if: 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) 400 kHz/ 100 mV/m (100 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) (1) The total area of overlap with 600 that station would not be increased: kHz. (2) The area of overlap with any (4) LP100 stations (Protected Con- other station would not increase; tour: 1 mV/m) (3) The area of overlap does not move significantly closer to the station re- Fre- Interference contour of ceiving the overlap; and, quency proposed translator Protected contour of separa- station LP100 LPFM station (4) No area of overlap would be cretion ated with any station with which the Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) overlap does not now exist. chan- (d) The provisions of this section con- nel. 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) cerning prohibited overlap will not apply where the area of such overlap NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(4): LP100 stations, lies entirely over water. In addition, an to the purposes of determining overlap pur- application otherwise precluded by this suant to this paragraph, LPFM applications section will be accepted if it can be and permits that have not yet been licensed must be considered as operating with the demonstrated that no actual inter- maximum permitted facilities. All LPFM ference will occur due to intervening TIS stations must be protected on the basis terrain, lack of population or such of a nondirectional antenna. other factors as may be applicable. (b) The following standards must be (e) The provisions of this section will used to compute the distances to the not apply to overlap between a pro- pertinent contours: posed fill-in FM translator station and (1) The distances to the protected its primary station operating on a contours are computed using Figure 1 first, second or third adjacent channel, of § 73.333 [F(50,50) curves] of this chap- provided That such operation may not ter. result in interference to the primary (2) The distances to the interference station within its principal commu- contours are computed using Figure 1a nity. of § 73.333 [F(50,10) curves] of this chap- (f) An application for an FM trans- ter. In the event that the distance to lator station will not be accepted for the contour is below 16 kilometers (ap- filing even though the proposed oper- proximately 10 miles), and therefore ation would not involve overlap of field not covered by Figure 1a, curves in strength contours with any other sta- Figure 1 must be used. tion, as set forth in paragraph (a) of (3) The effective radiated power this section, if grant of the authoriza- (ERP) to be used is the maximum ERP tion will result in interference to the of the main radiated lobe in the perti- reception of a regularly used, off-the- nent azimuthal direction. If the trans- air signal of any authorized co-channel, mitting antenna is not horizontally po- first, second or third adjacent channel larized only, either the vertical compo- broadcast station, including previously nent or the horizontal component of authorized secondary service stations the ERP should be used, whichever is greater in the pertinent azimuthal di- within the 45 dBu field strength con- rection. tour of the desired station. Inter- (4) The antenna height to be used is ference is demonstrated by: the height of the radiation center (1) The required minimum number of above the average terrain along each valid listener complaints as deter- pertinent radial, determined in accord- mined using Table 1 to § 74.1203(a)(3) ance with § 73.313(d) of this chapter. and defined in § 74.1201(k) of the part; (c) An application for a change (other (2) A map plotting the specific loca- than a change in channel) in the au- tion of the alleged interference in rela- thorized facilities of an FM translator tion to the complaining station’s 45 station will be accepted even though dBu contour;

532

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1205

(3) A statement that the complaining any first adjacent channel station station is operating within its licensed must exceed the signal of the booster parameters; by 6 dB at any point within the pre- (4) A statement that the complaining dicted interference free contour of the station licensee has used commercially adjacent channel station. reasonable efforts to inform the rel- (j) FM translator stations authorized evant translator licensee of the prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that claimed interference and attempted do not comply with the predicted inter- private resolution; and ference protection provisions of this (5) U/D data demonstrating that at section, may continue to operate, pro- each listener location the undesired to vided that operation is in conformance desired signal strength exceeds ¥20 dB with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- for co-channel situations, ¥6 dB for ference. Applications for major first-adjacent channel situations or 40 changes in FM translator stations dB for second- or third-adjacent chan- must specify facilities that comply nel situations, calculated using the with provisions of this section. Commission’s standard contour pre- [55 FR 50694, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 diction methodology set out in § 73.313. FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42025, Aug. 6, (g) An application for an FM trans- 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 67304, lator or an FM booster station that is Nov. 9, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000; 84 FR 53 or 54 channels removed from an FM 27741, June 14, 2019] radio broadcast station will not be accepted for filing if it fails to meet the § 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV required separation distances set out in broadcast stations. § 73.207 of this chapter. For purposes of The provisions of this section apply determining compliance with § 73.207 of to all applications for construction per- this chapter, translator stations will be mits for new or modified facilities for a treated as Class A stations and booster noncommercial educational FM trans- stations will be treated the same as lator station on Channels 201–220, un- their FM radio broadcast station less the application is accompanied by equivalents. FM radio broadcast sta- a written agreement between the NCE- tion equivalents will be determined in FM translator applicant and each af- accordance with §§ 73.210 and 73.211 of fected TV Channel 6 broadcast station this chapter, based on the booster sta- licensee or permittee concurring with tion’s ERP and HAAT. Provided, how- the proposed NCE-FM translator facil- ever, that FM translator stations and ity. booster stations operating with less (a) An application for a construction than 100 watts ERP will be treated as permit for new or modified facilities class D stations and will not be subject for a noncommercial educational FM to intermediate frequency separation translator station operating on Chan- requirements. nels 201–220 must include a showing (h) An application for an FM trans- that demonstrates compliance with lator station will not be accepted for paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section filing if it specifies a location within if it is within the following distances of 320 kilometers (approximately 199 a TV broadcast station which is au- miles) of either the Canadian or Mexi- thorized to operate on Channel 6. can borders and it does not comply Distance with § 74.1235(d) of this part. FM Channel (kilometers) (i) FM booster stations shall be subject to the requirement that the signal 201 ...... 148 202 ...... 146 of any first adjacent channel station 203 ...... 143 must exceed the signal of the booster 204 ...... 141 station by 6 dB at all points within the 205 ...... 140 206 ...... 137 protected contour of any first adjacent 207 ...... 135 channel station, except that in the case 208 ...... 135 of FM stations on adjacent channels at 209 ...... 135 spacings that do not meet the min- 210 ...... 135 211 ...... 135 imum distance separations specified in 212 ...... 135 § 73.207 of this chapter, the signal of 213 ...... 135

533

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1231 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Distance Interference FM Channel (kilometers) Contour FM channel F(50,10) 214 ...... 134 curves 215 ...... 134 (dBu) 216 ...... 133 217 ...... 133 217 ...... 81 218 ...... 132 218 ...... 85 219 ...... 132 219 ...... 88 220 ...... 131 220 ...... 90

(b) Collocated stations. An application (d) FM translator stations authorized for a noncommercial educational FM prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that translator station operating on Chan- do not comply with the predicted inter- nels 201–220 and located at 0.4 kilo- ference protection provisions of this meter (approximately 0.25 mile) or less section, may continue to operate, pro- from a TV Channel 6 station will be ac- vided that operation is in conformance cepted if it includes a certification with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- that the applicant has coordinated its ference. Applications for major antenna with the affected TV station. changes in FM translator stations (c) Contour overlap. Except as pro- must specify facilities that comply vided in paragraph (b) of this section, with the provisions of this section. an application for a noncommercial educational FM translator station op- [55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 58 erating on Channels 201–220 will not be FR 42025, Aug. 6, 1993] accepted if the proposed operation would involve overlap of its inter- § 74.1231 Purpose and permissible ference field strength contour with any service. TV Channel 6 station’s Grade B con- (a) FM translators provide a means tour, as set forth below. whereby the signals of AM or FM (1) The distances to the TV Channel 6 broadcast stations may be retrans- station Grade B (47 dBu) field strength mitted to areas in which direct recep- contour will be predicted according to tion of such AM or FM broadcast sta- the procedures specified in § 73.684 of tions is unsatisfactory due to distance this chapter, using the F(50,50) curves or intervening terrain barriers, and a in § 73.699, Figure 9 of this chapter. (2) The distances to the applicable means for AM Class D stations to con- noncommercial educational FM trans- tinue operating at night. lator interference contour will be pre- (b) An FM translator may be used for dicted according to the procedures the purpose of retransmitting the sig- specified in § 74.1204(b) of this part. nals of a primary AM or FM radio (3) The applicable noncommercial broadcast station or another translator educational FM translator interference station the signal of which is received contours are as follows: directly through space, converted, and suitably amplified, and originating Interference Contour programming to the extent authorized FM channel F(50,10) in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this curves (dBu) section. However, an FM translator providing fill-in service may use any 201 ...... 54 202 ...... 56 terrestrial facilities to receive the sig- 203 ...... 59 nal that is being rebroadcast. An FM 204 ...... 62 booster station or a noncommercial 205 ...... 64 206 ...... 69 educational FM translator station that 207 ...... 73 is operating on a reserved channel 208 ...... 73 (Channels 201–220) and is owned and op- 209 ...... 73 210 ...... 73 erated by the licensee of the primary 211 ...... 73 noncommercial educational station it 212 ...... 74 rebroadcasts may use alternative sig- 213 ...... 75 214 ...... 77 nal delivery means, including, but not 215 ...... 78 limited to, satellite and terrestrial 216 ...... 80

534

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1231

microwave facilities. Provided, how- quency, the applicant shall notify the local ever, that an applicant for a non- frequency coordination committee, or, in the commercial educational translator op- absence of a local frequency coordination erating on a reserved channel (Channel committee, any licensees assigned the use of the proposed operating frequency in the in- 201–220) and owned and operated by the tended location or area of operation. licensee of the primary noncommercial educational AM or FM station it re- (c) The transmissions of each FM broadcasts complies with either para- translator or booster station shall be graph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section: intended only for direct reception by (1) The applicant demonstrates that: the general public. An FM translator (i) The transmitter site of the pro- or booster shall not be operated solely posed FM translator station is within for the purpose of relaying signals to 80 kilometers of the predicted 1 mV/m one or more fixed received points for contour of the primary station to be retransmission, distribution, or further rebroadcast; or, relaying in order to establish a point- (ii) The transmitter site of the pro- to-point FM radio relay system. posed FM translator station is more (d) The technical characteristics of than 160 kilometers from the trans- the retransmitted signals shall not be mitter site of any authorized full serv- deliberately altered so as to hinder re- ice noncommercial educational FM ception on conventional FM broadcast station; or, receivers. (iii) The application is mutually ex- (e) An FM translator shall not delib- clusive with an application containing erately retransmit the signals of any the showing as required by paragraph station other than the station it is au- 74.1231(b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section; or, thorized to retransmit. Precautions (iv) The application is filed after Oc- shall be taken to avoid unintentional tober 1, 1992. retransmission of such other signals. (2) If the transmitter site of the pro- (f) A locally generated radio fre- posed FM translator station is more quency signal similar to that of an FM than 80 kilometers from the predicted 1 broadcast station and modulated with mV/m contour of the primary station aural information may be connected to to be rebroadcast or is within 160 kilo- the input terminals of an FM trans- meters of the transmitter site of any lator for the purpose of transmitting authorized full service noncommercial voice announcements. The radio fre- educational FM station, the applicant quency signals shall be on the same must show that: channel as the normally used off-the- (i) An alternative frequency can be air signal being rebroadcast. Connec- used at the same site as the proposed tion of the locally generated signals FM translator’s transmitter location shall be made by any automatic means and can provide signal coverage to the when transmitting originations con- same area encompassed by the appli- cerning financial support. The connec- cant’s proposed 1 mV/m contour; or, tions for emergency transmissions may (ii) An alternative frequency can be be made manually. The apparatus used used at a different site and can provide to generate the local signal that is signal coverage to the same area en- used to modulate the FM translator compassed by the applicant’s proposed must be capable of producing an aural 1 mV/m contour. signal which will provide acceptable reception on FM receivers designed for NOTE: For paragraphs 74.1231(b) and 74.1231(i) of this section, auxiliary intercity the transmission standards employed relay station frequencies may be used to de- by FM broadcast stations. liver signals to FM translator and booster (g) The aural material transmitted as stations on a secondary basis only. Such use permitted in paragraph (f) of this sec- shall not interfere with or otherwise pre- tion shall be limited to emergency clude use of these frequencies for transmit- warnings of imminent danger and to ting aural programming between the studio seeking or acknowledging financial and transmitter location of a broadcast station, or between broadcast stations, as pro- support deemed necessary to the con- vided in paragraphs 74.531 (a) and (b) of this tinued operation of the translator. part. Prior to filing an application for an Originations concerning financial sup- auxiliary intercity relay microwave fre- port are limited to a total of 30 seconds

535

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1232 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

an hour. Within this limitation the forth in that section for the applicable class length of any particular announcement of FM broadcast station concerned. will be left to the discretion of the [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR translator station licensee. Solicita- 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; tions of contributions shall be limited 53 FR 14803, Apr. 26, 1988; 54 FR 35342, Aug. 25, to the defrayal of the costs of installa- 1989; 55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, tion, operation and maintenance of the Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 63 FR translator or acknowledgements of fi- 33879, June 22, 1998; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009] nancial support for those purposes. § 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing re- Such acknowledgements may include quirements. identification of the contributors, the size or nature of the contributions and (a) Subject to the restrictions set advertising messages of contributors. forth in paragraph (d) of this section, a license for an FM broadcast translator Emergency transmissions shall be no station may be issued to any qualified longer or more frequent than necessary individual, organized group of individ- to protect life and property. uals, broadcast station licensee, or (h) An FM translator station that re- local civil governmental body, upon an broadcasts a Class D AM radio broad- appropriate showing that plans for fi- cast station as its primary station may nancing the installation and operation originate programming during the of the translator are sufficiently sound hours the primary station is not oper- to assure prompt construction of the ating, subject to the provisions of translator and dependable service. § 74.1263(b) of this part. (b) More than one FM translator may (i) FM broadcast booster stations be licensed to the same applicant, provide a means whereby the licensee whether or not such translators serve of an FM broadcast station may pro- substantially the same area, upon an vide service to areas in any region appropriate showing of technical need within the primary station’s predicted, for such additional stations. FM trans- authorized service contours. An FM lators are not counted as FM stations broadcast booster station is authorized for the purpose of § 73.3555 of this chap- to retransmit only the signals of its ter concerning multiple ownership. primary station which have been received directly through space and suit- NOTE: As used in this section need refers to ably amplified, or received by alter- the quality of the signal received and not to the programming content, format, or trans- native signal delivery means including, mission needs of an area. but not limited to, satellite and terrestrial microwave facilities. The FM (c) Only one input and one output booster station shall not retransmit channel will be assigned to each FM the signals of any other station nor translator. Additional FM translators make independent transmissions, ex- may be authorized to provide addi- cept that locally generated signals may tional reception. A separate applica- be used to excite the booster apparatus tion is required for each FM translator for the purpose of conducting tests and and each application shall be complete measurements essential to the proper in all respects. installation and maintenance of the ap- (d) An authorization for an FM trans- paratus. lator whose coverage contour extends beyond the protected contour of the NOTE: In the case of an FM broadcast sta- commercial primary station will not be tion authorized with facilities in excess of granted to the licensee or permittee of those specified by § 73.211 of this chapter, an a commercial FM radio broadcast sta- FM booster station will only be authorized tion. Similarly, such authorization will within the protected contour of the class of station being rebroadcast as predicted on the not be granted to any person or entity basis of the maximum powers and heights set having any interest whatsoever, or any connection with a primary FM station. Interested and connected parties extend to group owners, corporate parents, shareholders, officers, directors,

536

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1232

employees, general and limited part- 2009, or pursuant to an application that ners, family members and business as- was pending as of May 1, 2009. A subse- sociates. For the purposes of this para- quent modification of any such FM graph, the protected contour of the pri- translator will not affect its eligibility mary station shall be defined as fol- to rebroadcast an AM signal. lows: the predicted 0.5mV/m contour (e) An FM translator station whose for commercial Class B stations, the coverage contour goes beyond the pro- predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for com- tected contour of the commercial pri- mercial Class B1 stations and the pre- mary station shall not receive any sup- dicted 1 mV/m field strength contour port, before or after construction, ei- for all other FM radio broadcast sta- ther directly or indirectly, from the tions. The contours shall be as pre- commercial primary FM radio broad- dicted in accordance with § 73.313(a) cast station. Such support also may through (d) of this chapter. In the case not be received from any person or en- of an FM radio broadcast station au- tity having any interest whatsoever, or thorized with facilities in excess of any connection with the primary FM those specified by § 73.211 of this chap- station. Interested and connected par- ter, a co-owned commercial FM trans- ties extend to group owners, corporate lator will only be authorized within the parents, shareholders, officers, direc- protected contour of the class of sta- tors, employees, general and limited tion being rebroadcast, as predicted on partners, family members and business the basis of the maximum powers and associates. Such an FM translator sta- heights set forth in that section for the tion may, however, receive technical applicable class of FM broadcast sta- assistance from the primary station to tion concerned. An FM translator sta- the extent of installing or repairing tion in operation prior to March 1, 1991, equipment or making adjustments to which is owned by a commercial FM equipment to assure compliance with (primary) station and whose coverage the terms of the translator station’s contour extends beyond the protected construction permit and license. FM contour of the primary station, may translator stations in operation prior continue to be owned by such primary to March 1, 1991 may continue to re- station until March 1, 1994. Thereafter, ceive contributions or support from the any such FM translator station must commercial primary station for the op- be owned by independent parties. An eration and maintenance of the trans- FM translator station in operation lator station until March, 1, 1994. prior to June 1, 1991, which is owned by Thereafter, any such FM translator a commercial FM radio broadcast sta- station shall be subject to the prohibition and whose coverage contour ex- tions on support contained in this sec- tends beyond the protected contour of tion. Such an FM translator station the primary station, may continue to may, however, receive technical assist- be owned by a commercial FM radio ance from the primary station to the broadcast station until June 1, 1994. extent of installing or repairing equip- Thereafter, any such FM translator ment or making adjustments to equip- station must be owned by independent ment to assure compliance with the parties. An FM translator providing terms of the translator station’s con- service to an AM fill-in area will be au- struction permit and license. FM trans- thorized only to the permittee or li- lator stations in operation prior to censee of the AM radio broadcast sta- June 1, 1991 may continue to receive tion being rebroadcast, or, in the case contributions or support from a com- of an FM translator authorized to oper- mercial FM radio broadcast station for ate on an unreserved channel, to a the operation and maintenance of the party with a valid rebroadcast consent translator station until June 1, 1994. agreement with such a permittee or li- Thereafter, any such FM translator censee to rebroadcast that station as station shall be subject to the prohibi- the translator’s primary station. In ad- tions on support contained in this sec- dition, any FM translator providing tion. service to an AM fill-in area must have NOTE: ‘‘Technical assistance’’ refers to ac- been authorized by a license or con- tual services provided by the primary sta- struction permit in effect as of May 1, tion’s technical staff or compensation for the

537

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

time and services provided by independent (2) Upon a showing of interference to engineering personnel. Conversely, such sup- or from any other broadcast station, port must not include the supply of equip- remedial changes to any same-band ment or direct funding for the translator’s discretionary use. ‘‘Technical assistance’’ frequency; or must occur after the issuance of the trans- (B) Any change in antenna location lator’s construction permit or license in where the station would not continue order to meet expenses incurred by install- to provide 1 mV/m service to some por- ing, repairing, or making adjustments to tion of its previously authorized 1 mV/ equipment. m service area. In addition, any change (f) An FM broadcast booster station in frequency relocating an unbuilt sta- will be authorized only to the licensee tion from the non-reserved band to the or permittee of the FM radio broadcast reserved band, or from the reserved station whose signals the booster sta- band to the non-reserved band, will be tion will retransmit, to serve areas considered major. All other changes within the protected contour of the pri- will be considered minor. mary station, subject to Note, (ii) All major changes are subject to § 74.1231(h) of this part. the provisions of §§ 73.3580 and 1.1104 of (g) No numerical limit is placed upon this chapter pertaining to major the number of FM booster stations changes. which may be licensed to a single li- (2) In the second group are applica- censee. A separate application is re- tions for licenses and all other changes quired for each FM booster station. FM in the facilities of the authorized sta- broadcast booster stations are not tion. counted as FM broadcast stations for (b) Processing booster and reserved the purposes of § 73.5555 of this chapter band FM translator applications. concerning multiple ownership. (1) Applications for minor modifica- (h) Any authorization for an FM tions for reserved band FM translator translator station issued to an applicant described in paragraphs (d) and (e) stations, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section will be issued subject to of this section, may be filed at any the condition that it may be termi- time, unless restricted by the FCC, and nated at any time, upon not less than will be processed on a ‘‘first come/first sixty (60) days written notice, where served’’ basis, with the first acceptable the circumstances in the community or application cutting off the filing rights area served are so altered as to have of subsequent, conflicting applicants. prohibited grant of the application had The FCC will periodically release a such circumstances existed at the time Public Notice listing those applica- of its filing. tions accepted for filing. Conflicting applications received on the same day [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 43 FR will be treated as simultaneously filed 14660, Apr. 7, 1978; 52 FR 10571, Apr. 2, 1987; 52 and mutually exclusive. Conflicting ap- FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50696, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 74 FR 45130, plications received after the filing of a Sept. 1, 2009; 77 FR 21015, Apr. 9, 2012] first acceptable application will be grouped, according to filing date, be- § 74.1233 Processing FM translator and hind the lead application in a queue. booster station applications. The priority rights of the lead appli- (a) Applications for FM translator cant, against all other applicants, are and booster stations are divided into determined by the date of filing, but two groups: the filing date for subsequent, con- (1)(i) In the first group are applica- flicting applicants only reserves a tions for new stations or for major place in the queue. The rights of an ap- changes in the facilities of authorized plicant in a queue ripen only upon a stations. For FM translator stations, a final determination that the lead appli- major change is: cant is unacceptable and if the queue (A) Any change in frequency (output member is reached and found accept- channel) except— able. The queue will remain behind the (1) Changes to first, second or third lead applicant until a construction per- adjacent channels, or intermediate fre- mit is finally granted, at which time quency channels; or the queue dissolves.

538

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

(2) All other applications for booster petitions to deny must be filed in ac- stations and reserved band FM trans- cordance with the provisions of § 73.7004 lator stations will be processed as near- of this chapter. If the applicant is duly ly as possible in the order in which qualified, and upon examination, the they are filed. Such applications will FCC finds that the public interest, con- be placed in the processing line in nu- venience and necessity will be served merical sequence, and will be drawn by by the granting of the application, it the staff for study, the lowest file num- will be granted. If an application is ber first. In order that those applica- found not to be acceptable for filing, tions which are entitled to be grouped the application will be returned, and for processing may be fixed prior to the subject to the amendment require- time processing of the earliest filed ap- ments of § 73.3522 of this chapter. plication is begun, the FCC will peri- (c) In the case of an application for odically release a Public Notice listing an instrument of authorization, other reserved band applications that have than a license pursuant to a construc- been accepted for filing and announc- tion permit, grant will be based on the ing a date (not less than 30 days after application, the pleadings filed, and publication) on which the listed appli- such other matters that may be offi- cations will be considered available cially noticed. Before a grant can be and ready for processing and by which made it must be determined that: all mutually exclusive applications (1) There is not pending a mutually and/or petitions to deny the listed ap- exclusive application. plications must be filed. (2) The applicant is legally, tech- (3) Applications for reserved band FM nically, financially and otherwise translator stations will be processed qualified; using filing window procedures. The (3) The applicant is not in violation FCC will specify by Public Notice, a pe- of any provisions of law, the FCC rules, riod for filing reserved band FM trans- or established policies of the FCC; and lator applications for a new station or (4) A grant of the application would for major modifications in the facili- otherwise serve the public interest, ties of an authorized station. FM trans- convenience and necessity. lator applications for new facilities or (d) Processing non-reserved band FM for major modifications will be accept- translator applications. ed only during these specified periods. (1) Applications for minor modifica- Applications submitted prior to the tions for non-reserved band FM trans- window opening date identified in the lator stations, as defined in paragraph Public Notice will be returned as pre- (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at mature. Applications submitted after any time, unless restricted by the FCC, the specified deadline will be dismissed and will be processed on a ‘‘first come/ with prejudice as untimely. first served’’ basis, with the first ac- (4) Timely filed applications for new ceptable application cutting off the fil- facilities or for major modifications for ing rights of subsequent, conflicting reserved band FM Translators will be applicants. The FCC will periodically processed pursuant to the procedures release a Public Notice listing those set forth in subpart K of part 73 applications accepted for filing. Appli- (§ 73.7000 et seq.) Subsequently, the FCC cations received on the same day will will release Public Notices identifying: be treated as simultaneously filed and, mutually exclusive groups of applica- if they are found to be mutually exclu- tions; applications received during the sive, must be resolved through settle- window filing period which are found to ment or technical amendment. Con- be non-mutually exclusive; tentative flicting applications received after the selectees determined pursuant to the filing of a first acceptable application point system procedures set forth in will be grouped, according to filing § 73.7003 of this chapter; and acceptable date, behind the lead application in a applications. The Public Notices will queue. The priority rights of the lead also announce: additional procedures applicant, against all other applicants, to be followed for certain groups of ap- are determined by the date of filing, plications; deadlines for filing addi- but the filing date for subsequent, con- tional information; and dates by which flicting applicants only reserves a

539

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

place in the queue. The rights of an ap- filing period or ‘‘window’’ which are plicant in a queue ripen only upon a found to be mutually exclusive, includ- final determination that the lead appli- ing any applications for noncommer- cant is unacceptable and if the queue cial educational broadcast stations, as member is reached and found accept- defined in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well as able. The queue will remain behind the the procedures the FCC will use to re- lead applicant until a construction per- solve the mutually exclusive applica- mit is finally granted, at which time tions; the queue dissolves. (ii) Establishing a date, time and (2)(i) The FCC will specify by Public place for an auction; Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002(a) of this (iii) Providing information regarding chapter, a period for filing non-re- the methodology of competitive bid- served band FM translator applications ding to be used in the upcoming auc- for a new station or for major modi- tion, bid submission and payment pro- fications in the facilities of an author- cedures, upfront payment procedures, ized station. FM translator applica- upfront payment deadlines, minimum tions for new facilities or for major opening bid requirements and applica- modifications, whether for commercial ble reserve prices in accordance with broadcast stations or noncommercial the provisions of § 73.5002; educational broadcast stations, as de- (iv) Identifying applicants who have scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be ac- submitted timely upfront payments cepted only during these specified peri- and, thus, are qualified to bid in the ods. Applications submitted prior to auction. the window opening date identified in (4) After the close of the filing win- the Public Notice will be returned as dow, the FCC will also release a Public premature. Applications submitted Notice identifying any short-form ap- after the specified deadline will be dis- plications which are found to be non- missed with prejudice as untimely. mutually exclusive, including any ap- (ii) Such FM translator applicants plications for noncommercial edu- will be subject to the provisions of cational broadcast stations, as de- §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002(a) regarding the scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). These non- submission of the short-form applica- mutually exclusive applicants will be tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate required to submit the appropriate certifications, information and exhib- long form application within 30 days of its contained therein. To determine the Public Notice and, for applicants which FM translator applications are for commercial broadcast stations, pur- mutually exclusive, FM translator ap- suant to the provisions of § 73.5005 of plicants must submit the engineering this chapter. Non-mutually exclusive data contained in FCC Form 349 as a applications for commercial broadcast supplement to the short-form applica- stations will be processed and the FCC tion. Such engineering data will not be will periodically release a Public No- studied for technical acceptability, but tice listing such non-mutually exclu- will be protected from subsequently sive applications determined to be ac- filed applications as of the close of the ceptable for filing and announcing a window filing period. Determinations date by which petitions to deny must as to the acceptability or grantability be filed in accordance with the provi- of an applicant’s proposal will not be sions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584 of this made prior to an auction. chapter. Non-mutually exclusive appli- (iii) FM translator applicants will be cations for noncommercial educational subject to the provisions of § 1.2105 rebroadcast stations, as described by 47 garding the modification and dismissal U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed and the of their short-form applications. FCC will periodically release a Public (iv) Consistent with § 1.2105(a), begin- Notice listing such non-mutually ex- ning January 1, 1999, all short-form ap- clusive applications determined to be plications must be filed electronically. acceptable for filing and announcing a (3) Subsequently, the FCC will re- date by which petitions to deny must lease Public Notices: be filed in accordance with the provi- (i) Identifying the short-form appli- sions of §§ 73.7004 and 73.3584 of this cations received during the appropriate chapter. If the applicants are duly

540

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

qualified, and upon examination, the applications. Winning bidders filing FCC finds that the public interest, con- long-form applications may change the venience and necessity will be served technical proposals specified in their by the granting of the non-mutually previously submitted short-form appli- exclusive long-form application, the cations, but such change may not con- same will be granted. stitute a major change. If the sub- (5)(i) Pursuant to § 1.2107 of this chap- mitted long-form application would ter, a winning bidder that meets its constitute a major change from the down payment obligations in a timely proposal submitted in the short-form manner must, within 30 days of the re- application or the allotment, the long- lease of the public notice announcing form application will be returned pur- the close of the auction, submit the ap- suant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this sec- propriate long-form application for tion. each construction permit for which it (e) Selection of mutually exclusive was the winning bidder. Long-form ap- reserved band FM translator applica- plications filed by winning bidders tions. shall include the exhibits identified in (1) Applications for FM translator § 73.5005 of this chapter. stations proposing to provide fill-in (ii) Winning bidders are required to service (within the primary station’s pay the balance of their winning bids protected contour) of the commonly in a lump sum prior to the deadline es- owned primary station will be given tablished by the Commission pursuant priority over all other applications. to § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Long-form (2) Where applications for FM trans- construction permit applications will lator stations are mutually exclusive be processed and the FCC will periodi- and do not involve a proposal to pro- cally release a Public Notice listing vide fill-in service of commonly owned such applications that have been ac- primary stations, the FCC may stipu- cepted for filing and announcing a date late different frequencies as necessary by which petitions to deny must be for the applicants. filed in accordance with the provisions (3) Where there are no available fre- of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584. Construction quencies to substitute for a mutually permits will be granted by the Commis- exclusive application, the FCC will sion only after full and timely payment apply the same point system identified of winning bids and any applicable late for full service reserved band FM sta- fees, and if the applicant is duly quali- tions in § 73.7003(b) of this chapter. In fied, and upon examination, the FCC the event of a tie, the FCC will con- finds that the public interest, conven- sider: ience and necessity will be served. If a (i) Existing authorizations. Each appli- winning bidder fails to pay the balance cant’s number of existing radio author- of its winning bid in a lump sum by the izations (licenses and construction per- applicable deadline as specified by the mits for AM, FM, and FM-translators Commission, it will be allowed to make but excluding fill-in translators) as of payment within ten (10) business days the time of application shall be com- after the payment deadline, provided pared, and the applicant with the few- that it also pays a late fee equal to five est authorizations will be chosen as (5) percent of the amount due in ac- tentative selectee. If each applicant is cordance with § 1.2109(a) of this chap- applying for a fill-in translator only, ter. Construction of the FM translator and consideration of its other radio station shall not commence until the stations is not dispositive, its number grant of such permit to the winning of existing fill-in translator authoriza- bidder and only after full and timely tions will also be considered, and the payment of winning bids and any appli- fill-in applicant with the fewest fill-in cable late fees. authorizations will be chosen as ten- (iii) All long-form applications will tative selectee. be cut-off as of the date of filing with (ii) Existing applications. If a tie re- the FCC and will be protected from mains, after the tie breaker in para- subsequently filed long-form translator graph (e)(3)(i) of this section, the re- applications. Applications will be remaining applicant with the fewest quired to protect all previously filed pending radio new and major change

541

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1234 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

applications (AM, FM, and non fill-in Part 17 of this chapter, the licensee FM translators) will be chosen as ten- shall make suitable arrangements for tative selectee. If each applicant is ap- the daily inspection and logging of the plying for a fill-in translator only, and obstruction lighting and associated consideration of its other radio sta- control equipment as required by tions is not dispositive, its number of §§ 17.47, 17.48, and 17.49 of this chapter. existing fill-in translator applications (b) An application for authority to will also be considered, and the fill-in construct a new station pursuant to applicant with the fewest fill-in au- this subpart or to make changes in the thorizations will be chosen as tentative facilities of such a station, which pro- selectee. poses unattended operation shall in- (iii) Where the procedures in para- clude an adequate showing as to the graphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3)(i) and manner of compliance with this sec- (e)(3)(ii) of this section fail to resolve tion. the mutual exclusivity, the applications will be processed on a first-come- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 37 FR first-served basis. 18540, Sept. 13, 1972; 38 FR 25992, Sept. 17, 1973; 60 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 33879, [63 FR 48632, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002] FR 19502, Apr. 21, 1999; 65 FR 36382, June 8, 2000; 66 FR 15357, Mar. 19, 2001; 67 FR 45375, § 74.1235 Power limitations and an- July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003; 71 FR tenna systems. 6229, Feb. 7, 2006; 76 FR 18953, Apr. 6, 2011; 84 FR 27741, June 14, 2019] (a) An application for an FM translator station filed by the licensee or § 74.1234 Unattended operation. permittee of the primary station to (a) A station authorized under this provide fill-in service within the pri- subpart may be operated without a des- mary station’s coverage area will not ignated person in attendance if the fol- be accepted for filing if it specifies an lowing requirements are met: effective radiated power (ERP) which (1) If the transmitter site cannot be exceeds 250 watts. reached promptly at all hours and in (b) An application for an FM trans- all seasons, means shall be provided so lator station, other than one for fill-in that the transmitting apparatus can be service which is covered in paragraph turned on and off at will from a point (a) of this section, will not be accepted which is readily accessible at all hours for filing if it specifies an effective ra- and in all seasons. diated power (ERP) which exceeds the (2) The transmitter shall also be maximum ERP (MERP) value deter- equipped with suitable automatic cir- mined in accordance with this para- cuits which will place it in a nonradi- graph. The antenna height above aver- ating condition in the absence of a sig- age terrain (HAAT) shall be determined nal on the input channel. in accordance with § 73.313(d) of this (3) The on-and-off control (if at a lo- chapter for each of 12 distinct radials, cation other than the transmitter site) with each radial spaced 30 degrees and the transmitting apparatus, shall apart and with the bearing of the first be adequately protected against tam- radial bearing true north. Each raidal pering by unauthorized persons. HAAT value shall be rounded to the (4) The FCC in Washington, DC, At- nearest meter. For each of the 12 radial tention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, directions, the MERP is the value cor- shall be supplied by letter with the responding to the calculated HAAT in name, address, and telephone number the following tables that is appropriate of a person or persons who may be con- for the location of the translator. For tacted to secure suspension of oper- an application specifying a nondirec- ation of the translator promptly should tional transmitting antenna, the speci- such action be deemed necessary by the fied ERP must not exceed the smallest Commission. Such information shall be of the 12 MERP’s. For an application kept current by the licensee. specifying a directional transmitting (5) Where the antenna and supporting antenna, the ERP in each azimuthal di- structure are required to be painted rection must not exceed the MERP for and lighted under the provisions of the closest of the 12 radial directions.

542

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00552 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1235

(1) For FM translators located east of and assignments in accordance with the Mississippi River or in Zone I-A as § 73.207(b)(3) of this chapter and are lim- described in § 73.205(b) of this chapter: ited to a transmitter power output of 10 watts or less. For purposes of com- Maximum Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP pliance with that section, FM trans- in watts) lators will be considered as Class D FM Less than or equal to 32 ...... 250 stations. 33 to 39 ...... 170 (1) Translator stations located within 40 to 47 ...... 120 48 to 57 ...... 80 125 kilometers of the Mexican border 58 to 68 ...... 55 may operate with an ERP up to 50 69 to 82 ...... 38 watts (0.050 kW) ERP. A booster sta- 83 to 96 ...... 27 97 to 115 ...... 19 tion may not produce a 34 dBu inter- 116 to 140 ...... 13 fering contour in excess of 32 km from Greater than or equal to 141 ...... 10 the transmitter site in the direction of (2) For FM translators located in all the Mexican border, nor may the 60 other areas: dBu service contour of the booster station exceed 8.7 km from the trans- Maximum mitter site in the direction of the Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP in watts) Mexican border. (2) Translator stations located be- Less than or equal to 107 ...... 250 108 to 118 ...... 205 tween 125 kilometers and 320 kilo- 119 to 130 ...... 170 meters from the Mexican border may 131 to 144 ...... 140 145 to 157 ...... 115 operate with an ERP in excess of 50 158 to 173 ...... 92 watts, up to the maximum permitted 174 to 192 ...... 75 ERP of 250 watts per § 74.1235(b)(2). 193 to 212 ...... 62 213 to 235 ...... 50 However, in no event shall the location 236 to 260 ...... 41 of the 60 dBu contour lie within 116.3 261 to 285 ...... 34 km of the Mexican border. 286 to 310 ...... 28 311 to 345 ...... 23 (3) Applications for translator or 346 to 380 ...... 19 booster stations within 320 km of the 381 to 425 ...... 15.5 426 to 480 ...... 13 Canadian border may employ an ERP 481 to 540 ...... 11 up to a maximum of 250 watts, as speci- Greater than or equal to 541 ...... 10 fied in § 74.1235(a) and (b). The distance to the 34 dBu interfering contour may (c) The effective radiated power of FM booster stations shall be limited not exceed 60 km in any direction. such that the predicted service contour (e) In no event shall a station author- of the booster station, computed in ac- ized under this subpart be operated cordance with § 73.313 paragraphs (a) with a transmitter power output (TPO) through (d) of this chapter, may not in excess of the transmitter certifi- extend beyond the corresponding serv- cated rating. A station authorized ice contour of the primary FM station under this subpart for a TPO that is that the booster rebroadcasts. In no less than its transmitter certificated event shall the ERP of the booster sta- rating shall determine its TPO in action exceed 20% of the maximum allow- cordance with § 73.267 of this chapter able ERP for the primary station’s and its TPO shall not be more than 105 class. percent of the authorized TPO. (d) Applications for FM translator (f) Composite antennas and antenna stations located within 320 km of the arrays may be used where the total Canadian border will not be accepted if ERP does not exceed the maximum de- they specify more than 50 watts effec- termined in accordance with para- tive radiated power in any direction or graphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section. have a 34 dBu interference contour, calculated in accordance with § 74.1204 of (g) Either horizontal, vertical, cir- this part, that exceeds 32 km. FM cular or elliptical polarization may be translator stations located within 320 used provided that the supplemental kilometers of the Mexican border must vertically polarized ERP required for be separated from Mexican allotments circular or elliptical polarization does

543

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00553 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1236 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

not exceed the ERP otherwise author- with paragraph (a) or (b) of this sec- ized. Either clockwise or counter- tion, as appropriate. clockwise rotation may be used. Sepa- [55 FR 50697, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 rate transmitting antennas are per- FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, mitted if both horizontal and vertical 1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 63 FR 33879, polarization is to be provided. June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] (h) All applications must comply with § 73.316, paragraphs (d) and (e) of § 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. this chapter. (a) The license of a station author- (i) An application that specifies use ized under this subpart allows the of a directional antenna must comply transmission of either F3 or other with § 73.316, paragraphs (c)(1) through types of frequency modulation (see (c)(3) of this chapter. Prior to issuance § 2.201 of this chapter) upon a showing of a license, the applicant must: (1) of need, as long as the emission com- Certify that the antenna is mounted in plies with the following: accordance with the specific instruc- (1) For transmitter output powers no tions provided by the antenna manu- greater than 10 watts, paragraphs (b), facturer; and (2) certify that the an- (c), and (d) of this section apply. tenna is mounted in the proper orienta- (2) For transmitter output powers tion. In instances where a directional greater than 10 watts, § 73.317 (a), (b), antenna is proposed for the purpose of (c), and (d) apply. providing protection to another facil- (b) Standard width FM channels will ity, a condition may be included in the be assigned and the transmitting appa- construction permit requiring that be- ratus shall be operated so as to limit fore program tests are authorized, a spurious emissions to the lowest prac- permittee: (1) Must submit the results ticable value. Any emissions including of a complete proof-of-performance to intermodulation products and radio- establish the horizontal plane radi- frequency harmonics which are not es- ation patterns for both the hori- sential for the transmission of the de- zontally and vertically polarized radi- sired aural information shall be consid- ation components; and, (2) must certify ered to be spurious emissions. that the relative field strength of nei- (c) The power of emissions appearing ther the measured horizontally nor outside the assigned channel shall be vertically polarized radiation compo- attenuated below the total power of nent shall exceed at any azimuth the the emission as follows: value indicated on the composite radiation pattern authorized by the con- Minimum attenuation struction permit. Distance of emission from center frequency below unmodulated NOTE: Existing licensees and permittees carrier that do not furnish data sufficient to calculate the contours in conformance with 120 to 240 kHz ...... 25 dB § 74.1204 will be assigned protected contours Over 240 and up to 600 kHz ...... 35 dB having the following radii: Over 600 kHz ...... 60 dB Up to 10 watts—1 mile (1.6 km) from trans- (d) Greater attenuation than that mitter site. Up to 100 watts—2 miles (3.2 km) from trans- specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- mitter site. tion may be required if interference re- Up to 250 watts—4 miles (6.5 km) from trans- sults outside the assigned channel. mitter site. [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 52 FR (j) FM translator stations authorized 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990] prior to June 1, 1991, with facilities that do not comply with the ERP limi- § 74.1237 Antenna location. tation of paragraph (a) or (b) of this (a) An applicant for a new station to section, as appropriate, may continue be authorized under this subpart or for to operate, provided that operation is a change in the facilities of such a sta- in conformance with § 74.1203 regarding tion shall endeavor to select a site interference. Applications for major which will provide a line-of-sight changes in FM translator stations transmission path to the entire area must specify facilities that comply intended to be served and at which

544

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00554 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1250

there is available a suitable signal or approved under the provisions of from the primary station. The trans- part 73 of this chapter. mitting antenna should be placed NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (a): The Declaration above growing vegetation and trees of Conformity procedure has been replaced lying in the direction of the area in- by Supplier’s Declaration of Conformity. tended to be served, to minimize the Equipment previously authorized under sub- possiblity of signal absorption by foli- part J of part 2 of this chapter may remain in use. See § 2.950 of this chapter. age. (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas (b) Consideration should be given to used to receive signals to be rebroad- accessibility of the site at all seasons cast, and transmission lines are not of the year and to the availability of subject to the requirement for certifi- facilities for the maintenance and op- cation. eration of the FM translator. (c) The following requirements must (c) Consideration should be given to be met before translator, booster or ex- the existence of strong radiofrequency citer equipment will be certified in ac- fields from other transmitters at the cordance with this section: translator site and the possibility that (1) Radio frequency harmonics and such fields may result in the retrans- spurious emissions must conform with mission of signals originating on fre- the specifications of § 74.1236 of this quencies other than that of the pri- part. mary station. (2) The local oscillator or oscillators, (d) The transmitting antenna of an including those in an exciter employed FM booster station shall be located to provide a locally generated and within the protected contour of its pri- modulated input signal to a translator mary station, subject to Note, § 74.1231 or booster, when subjected to vari- (h). The transmitting antenna of a ations in ambient temperature between commonly owned commercial FM minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees translator station shall be located centigrade, and in primary supply volt- within the protected contour of its age between 85 percent and 115 percent commercial primary FM station. of the rated value, shall be sufficiently (e) Where an FM translator or boost- stable to maintain the output center er licensee or permittee proposes to frequency within plus or minus 0.005 mount its antenna on or near an AM percent of the operating frequency and tower, as defined in § 1.30002, the FM to enable conformance with the speci- translator or booster licensee or per- fications of § 74.1261 of this part. mittee must comply with § 1.30003 or (3) The apparatus shall contain auto- § 1.30002. matic circuits to maintain the power [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 55 FR output in conformance with § 74.1235(e) 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; of this part. If provision is included for 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 78 FR 66298, Nov. adjusting the power output, then the 5, 2013] normal operating constants shall be specified for operation at both the § 74.1250 Transmitters and associated rated power output and the minimum equipment. power output at which the apparatus is (a) FM translator and booster trans- designed to operate. The apparatus mitting apparatus, and exciters em- shall be equipped with suitable meters ployed to provide a locally generated or meter jacks so that the operating and modulated input signal to trans- constants can be measured while the lator and booster equipment, used by apparatus is in operation. stations authorized under the provi- (4) Apparatus rated for transmitter sions of this subpart must be certified power output of more than 1 watt shall upon the request of any manufacturer be equipped with automatic circuits to of transmitters in accordance with this place it in a nonradiating condition section and subpart J of part 2 of this when no input signal is being received chapter. In addition, FM translator and in conformance with § 74.1263(b) of this booster stations may use FM broadcast part and to transmit the call sign in transmitting apparatus authorized via conformance with § 74.1283(c)(2) of this Supplier’s Declaration of Conformity part.

545

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00555 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1251 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(5) For exciters, automatic means the Federal Aviation Administration shall be provided for limiting the level pursuant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s rules. of the audio frequency voltage applied (6) Any change in the output fre- to the modulator to ensure that a frequency of a translator. quency swing in excess of 75 kHz will (7) Any increase of authorized effec- not occur under any condition of the tive radiated power. FM translator and modulation. booster stations may decrease ERP on [55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 63 a modification of license application FR 36606, July 7, 1998; 82 FR 50836, Nov. 2, provided that exhibits are included to 2017] demonstrate that the following requirements are met: § 74.1251 Technical and equipment (i) The license application may not modifications. propose to eliminate the authorized (a) No change, either mechanical or horizontally polarized ERP, if a hori- electrical, except as provided in part 2 zontally polarized ERP is currently au- of this chapter, may be made in FM thorized; translator or booster apparatus which (ii) The installed height of the an- has been certificated by the Commis- tenna radiation center is not increased sion without prior authority of the by more than two meters nor decreased Commission. by more than four meters from the au- (b) Formal application on FCC Form thorized height for the antenna radi- 349 is required of all permittees and li- ation center; and censees for any of the following (iii) The station is not presently au- changes: thorized with separate horizontal and (1) Replacement of the transmitter as vertical antennas mounted at different a whole, except replacement with a heights. Use of separate horizontal and transmitter of identical power rating vertical antennas requires a construc- which has been certificated by the FCC tion permit before implementation or for use by FM translator or FM booster changes. stations, or any change which could re- (8) Any change in area being served. sult in the electrical characteristics or (c) Changes in the primary FM sta- performance of the station. Upon the tion being retransmitted must be sub- installation or modification of the mitted to the FCC in writing. transmitting equipment for which (d) Any application proposing a prior FCC authority is not required change in the height of the antenna under the provisions of this paragraph, structure or its location must also in- the licensee shall place in the station clude the Antenna Structure Registra- records a certification that the new in- tion Number (FCC Form 854R) of the stallation complies in all respects with antenna structure upon which it pro- the technical requirements of this part poses to locate its antenna. In the and the terms of the station authoriza- event the antenna structure does not tion. have a Registration Number, either the (2) A change in the transmitting an- antenna structure owner shall file FCC tenna system, including the direction Form 854 (‘‘Application for Antenna of radiation or directive antenna pat- Structure Registration’’) in accordance tern. with part 17 of this chapter or the ap- (3) Any change in the overall height plicant shall provide a detailed expla- of the antenna structure except where nation why registration and clearance notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- are not required. istration is specifically not required [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. 26068, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982; (4) Any change in the location of the 50 FR 3525, Jan. 25, 1985; 50 FR 23710, June 5, translator or booster except a move 1985; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 61 FR 4368, within the same building or upon the Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR same pole or tower. 36606, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000] (5) Any horizontal change in the location of the antenna structure which § 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters (a) The licensee of an FM translator (500 feet), or (ii) would require notice to or booster station with an authorized

546

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00556 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission § 74.1263

transmitter power output of 10 watts or (c) The licensee of an FM translator less shall maintain the center fre- or booster station must notify the quency at the output of the translator Commission of its intent to dis- within 0.01 percent of its assigned fre- continue operations for 30 or more con- quency. secutive days. Notification must be (b) The licensee of an FM translator made within 10 days of the time the or booster station with an authorized station first discontinues operation transmitter power output greater than and Commission approval must be ob- 10 watts shall maintain the center fre- tained for such discontinued operation quency at the output of the translator to continue beyond 30 days. The notifi- or booster station in compliance with cation shall specify the causes of the the requirement of § 73.1545(b)(1) of this discontinued operation and a projected chapter. date for the station’s return to oper- [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] ation, substantiated by supporting doc- umentation. If the projected date for § 74.1262 Frequency monitors and the station’s return to operation can- measurements. not be met, another notification and (a) The licensee of a station author- further request for discontinued oper- ized under this subpart is not required ations must be submitted in conform- to provide means for measuring the op- ance with the requirements of this sec- erating frequency of the transmitter. tion. Within 48 hours of the station’s However, only equipment having the return to operation, the licensee must required stability will be approved for notify the Commission of such fact. All use by an FM translator or booster. notification must be in writing. (b) In the event that a station au- (d) The licensee of an FM translator thorized under this subpart is found to or booster station must notify the be operating beyond the frequency tol- Commission of its intent to perma- erance prescribed in § 74.1261, the li- nently discontinue operations at least censee shall promptly suspend operation of the station and shall not re- two days before operation is discon- sume operation until the station has tinued. Immediately after discontinu- been restored to its assigned frequency. ance of operation, the licensee shall Adjustment of the frequency deter- forward the station license and other mining circuits of an FM translator or instruments of authorization to the booster shall be made by a qualified FCC, Washington, DC for cancellation. person in accordance with § 74.1250(g). (e) Failure of an FM translator or booster station to operate for a period § 74.1263 Time of operation. of 30 or more consecutive days, except (a) The licensee of an FM translator for causes beyond the control of the li- or booster station is not required to ad- censee or authorized pursuant to para- here to any regular schedule of oper- graph (c) of this section, shall be ation. However, the licensee of an FM deemed evidence of discontinuation of translator or booster station is ex- operation and the license of the station pected to provide a dependable service may be cancelled at the discretion of to the extent that such is within its the Commission. Furthermore, the sta- control and to avoid unwarranted tion’s license will expire as a matter of interruptions to the service provided. law, without regard to any causes be- (b) A booster station rebroadcasting yond control of the licensee or to any the signal of an AM, FM, or LPFM pri- authorization pursuant to paragraph mary station shall not be permitted to (c) of this section, if the station fails to radiate during extended periods when transmit broadcast signals for any con- signals of the primary station are not secutive 12-month period, notwith- being retransmitted. Notwithstanding standing any provision, term, or condi- the foregoing, FM translators rebroad- tion of the license to the contrary. casting Class D AM stations may continue to operate during nighttime [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 61 hours only if the AM station has oper- FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, ated within the last 24 hours. 2009; 85 FR 35574, June 11, 2020]

547

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00557 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 § 74.1269 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 74.1269 Familiarity with FCC rules. initial letter K or W followed by the Each licensee or permittee of a sta- channel number assigned to the trans- tion authorized under this subpart lator and two letters. The use of the shall be familiar with those rules relat- initial letter will generally conform to ing to stations authorized under this the pattern used in the broadcast serv- subpart. Copies of the Commission’s ice. The two letter combinations fol- Rules may be obtained from the Super- lowing the channel number will be as- intendent of Documents, Government signed in order and requests for the as- Publishing Office, Washington, DC signment of particular combinations of 20401, or accessed online at https:// letters will not be considered. www.ecfr.gov or https://www.gpo.gov/ (b) The call sign of an FM booster fdsys/browse/ station or LPFM booster will consist of collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR. the call sign of the primary station followed by the letters ‘‘FM’’ or ‘‘LP’’ and [83 FR 13683, Mar. 30, 2018] the number of the booster station being authorized, e.g., WFCCFM–1 or § 74.1281 Station records. WFCCLP–1. (a) The licensee of a station author- (c) A translator station authorized ized under this Subpart shall maintain under this subpart shall be identified adequate station records, including the by one of the following methods. current instrument of authorization, (1) By arranging for the primary sta- official correspondence with the FCC, tion whose station is being rebroadcast maintenance records, contracts, per- to identify the translator station by mission for rebroadcasts, and other call sign and location. Three such iden- pertinent documents. tifications shall be made during each (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this day: once between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., chapter concerning any observed or once between 12:55 p.m. and 1:05 p.m. otherwise known extinguishment or and once between 4 p.m. and 6 p.m. Sta- improper functioning of a tower light: tions which do not begin their broad- (1) The nature of such extinguish- cast before 9 a.m. shall make their first ment or improper functioning. identification at the beginning of their (2) The date and time the extinguish- broadcast days. The licensee of an FM ment of improper operation was ob- translator whose station identification served or otherwise noted. is made by the primary station must (3) The date, time and nature of ad- arrange for the primary station li- justments, repairs or replacements censee to keep in its file, and to make made. available to FCC personnel, the trans- (c) The station records shall be main- lator’s call letters and location, giving tained for inspection at a residence, of- the name, address and telephone num- fice, or public building, place of busi- ber of the licensee or his service rep- ness, or other suitable place, in one of resentative to be contacted in the the communities of license of the event of malfunction of the translator. translator or booster, except that the It shall be the responsibility of the station records of a booster or trans- translator licensee to furnish current lator licensed to the licensee of the pri- information to the primary station li- mary station may be kept at the same censee for this purpose. place where the primary station (2) By transmitting the call sign in records are kept. The station records International Morse Code at least once shall be made available upon request to each hour. Transmitters of FM broad- any authorized representative of the cast translator stations of more than 1 Commission. watt transmitter output power must be (d) Station logs and records shall be equipped with an automatic keying de- retained for a period of two years. vice that will transmit the call sign at [48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 84 least once each hour, unless there is in FR 2759, Feb. 8, 2019] effect a firm agreement with the translator’s primary station as provided in § 74.1283 Station identification. § 74.1283(c)(1) of this section. Trans- (a) The call sign of an FM broadcast mission of the call sign can be accom- translator station will consist of the plished by:

548

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00558 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74, Index

(i) Frequency shifting key; the car- Antenna structure, Use of common (All Serv- 74.22 rier shift shall not be less than 5 kHz ices). Antenna systems (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.641 nor greater than 25 kHz. Antennas (ITFS) ...... 74.937 (ii) Amplitude modulation of the FM Application Processing—ITFS ...... 74.911 carrier of at least 30 percent modula- Application requirements of Part 73 applicable 74.910 to ITFS. tion. The audio frequency tone use Applications, Notification of filing (All Services) .. 74.12 shall not be within 200 hertz of the Assignment, Frequency— Emergency Broadcast System Atten- Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.103 Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 tion signal alerting frequencies. Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 (d) FM broadcast booster stations TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.602 shall be identified by their primary LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 ITFS ...... 74.902 stations, by the broadcasting of the FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 primary station’s call signs and loca- Authorization of equipment— tion, in accordance with the provisions Aural Auxiliary ...... 74.550 Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 of § 73.1201 of this chapter. TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 (e) The Commission may, in its dis- Lw Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 cretion, specify other methods of iden- ITFS ...... 74.952 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 tification. Authorization, Temporary— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 85 Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 FR 35574, June 11, 2020] TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 § 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. Authorized emission— Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.133 (a) The term rebroadcast means the Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 reception by radio of the programs or Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637 other signals of a radio station and the LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 simultaneous retransmission of such ITFS ...... 74.936 programs or signals for direct recep- FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 tion by the general public. Authorized frequencies (remote broadcast pick- 74.402 up). (b) The licensee of an FM translator Automatic relay stations (Remote pickup) ...... 74.436 shall not rebroadcast the programs of Avoidance of interference (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604 any AM or FM broadcast station or BP=’02’≤ other FM translator without obtaining Bandwidth and emissions authorized— prior consent of the primary station Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 whose programs are proposed to be re- LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 transmitted. The Commission shall be IFTS ...... 74.936 notified of the call letters of each sta- FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 Boosters, Signal UHF translator ...... 74.733 tion rebroadcast and the licensee of the Broadcast regulations applicable to LPTV, TV 74.780 FM translator shall certify that writ- translators, and TV boosters. ten consent has been received from the Broadcasting emergency information (All serv- 74.21 licensee of the station whose programs ices). are retransmitted. C (c) An FM translator is not author- Changes of Equipment— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.151 ized to rebroadcast the transmissions Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 of any class of station other than an Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 AM or FM broadcast station or another TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 FM translator. ITFS ...... 74.951 Channel assignments (LPTV/TV Translator) ...... 74.702 [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 74 FR Channels, Sound (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 45130, Sept. 1, 2009] Charges, Program Service, (Experimental 74.182 Broadcast Stations). Classes of stations— § 74.1290 [Reserved] Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.501 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.601 ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 Construction permit, Statement of under- 74.112 standing, (Experimental Broadcast Stations). A Copies of the rules— Additional orders by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.28 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Antenna, Directional (Aural STL/Relays) ...... 74.536 ITFS ...... 74.969 Antenna location— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.737 Cross Reference (All Services) ...... 74.5 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1237 Antenna structure, marking and lighting (All 74.30 D Services). Definitions— 549

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00559 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Pt. 74, Index 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

General ...... 74.2 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 Remote Pickup ...... 74.401 LPTV/TV translators ...... 74.701 I Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.801 Identification of station— ITFS ...... 74.901 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1201 Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 Directional antenna required (Aural STL/Relays) 74.536 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 E LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 Emergency information Broadcasting (All Serv- 74.21 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 ices). ITFS ...... 74.982 Emission authorized— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.133 Information on the Internet, FM translator and 74.1290 Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 booster stations. Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 Inspection of station by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637 Interference— LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.703 ITFS ...... 74.936 ITFS ...... 74.903 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1203 Equipment and installation— Interference avoidance (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Interference—safety of life and property (All 74.23 Equipment authorization— Services). Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 ITFS— Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 Application processing ...... 74.911 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 Application requirements from part 73 74.910 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 Interference ...... 74.903 ITFS ...... 74.952 Petition to deny ...... 74.912 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Purpose and permissible service ...... 74.931 Equipment Changes— Response station hubs ...... 74.939 Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.151 Response stations (individually li- 74.940 Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 censed). Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 Response stations (ITFS; individually 74.949 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 licensed). LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 Signal booster stations ...... 74.985 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.852 Transmission standards ...... 74.938 ITFS ...... 74.951 Wireless cable use ...... 74.990 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 Equipment, Notification of— L Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 Land mobile station protection (from LPTV) ...... 74.709 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 License period, Station (All Services) ...... 74.15 Equipment Performance— Licenses, Posting of— FM Tanslators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 Equipment tests (All Services) ...... 74.13 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 Experimental Broadcast station ...... 74.101 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 Experimental Broadcast Station, Uses of ...... 74.102 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 Extension of station licenses, Temporary (All 74.16 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 Services). Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 ITFS ...... 74.965 F FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 Filing of applications, Notification of (All Serv- 74.12 Licenses, station, Temporary extension (All 74.16 ices). Services). Frequencies, Authorized (Remote broadcast 74.402 Licensing requirements— pickup). Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.131 Frequency assignment— Remote Pickup ...... 74.432 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.103 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.532 Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.632 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 TV Auxiliary ...... 74.602 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.832 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 ITFS ...... 74.932 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.802 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1232 ITFS ...... 74.902 Lighting and Marking of antenna structures (All 74.30 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 Services). Frequency monitors and measurements— Limitations on power— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 Remote Pickup ...... 74.461 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 ITFS ...... 74.962 ITFS ...... 74.935 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 Frequency tolerance— LPTV, Broadcast rules applicable to ...... 74.780 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 M Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 Marking and lighting of antenna structures (All 74.30 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 Services). LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 Modification of transmission systems— ITFS ...... 74.961 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 550

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00560 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74, Index

ITFS ...... 74.951 Purpose of service— FM Translators and Boosters ...... 74.1251 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 Modulation limits— ITFS ...... 74.931 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.663 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 ITFS ...... 74.970 Modulation monitors and measurements (ITFS) 74.971 R Modulation requirements (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.463 Rebroadcasts— Monitors and measurements, Frequency— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.184 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.784 Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 ITFS ...... 74.984 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1284 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 Records, Station (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 tions). ITFS ...... 74.962 Regulations, Broadcast, applicable to LPTV and 74.780 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 TV translators. Multiple ownership— Relay stations, Automatic, (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.436 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 Remote pickup broadcast frequencies ...... 74.402 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.732 Remote control operation— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 N TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 Notification of filing of applications (All Services) 74.12 Remote pickup stations, Rules special to ...... 74.431 Renewal, Supplementary report (Experimental 74.113 O Broadcast Stations). Operation, Remote control— Response station hubs (ITFS) ...... 74.939 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 Response stations (ITFS; individually licensed) 74.940 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 Rules, Copies of— Operation, Short term (All Services) ...... 74.24 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Operation, Time of— ITFS ...... 74.969 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.763 Rules special to Remote Pickup stations ...... 74.431 ITFS ...... 74.963 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1263 S Operation, Unattended (and/or attended)— Safety of life and property-interference jeopardy 74.23 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 (All services). TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 Scope (of Subpart—General) ...... 74.1 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 Service or program tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 ITFS ...... 74.934 Service, Permissible— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 Operator requirements, General (All Services) .. 74.18 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 Orders, Additional (All Services) ...... 73.28 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 Ownership, Multiple— Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 ITFS ...... 74.931 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 Service, Scope of (Low Power Auxiliaries) ...... 74.831 P Short term operation (All services) ...... 74.24 Permissible service— Signal boosters— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 UHF translator (LPTV/TV Translators) 74.733 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 ITFS ...... 74.985 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 Sound channels (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Statement of understanding (Construction per- 74.112 ITFS ...... 74.931 mit-Experimental Broadcast Stations). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 Station identification— Petitions to deny: ITFS ...... 74.912 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 Posting of licenses— Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 ITFS ...... 74.982 Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 ITFS ...... 74.965 Station inspection by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 Station license period (All Services) ...... 74.15 Power limitations— Station records (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 tions). Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 T LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 Technical requirements (Low Power Auxiliaries) 74.861 ITFS ...... 74.935 Temporary authorizations— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 Program or service tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 Program service, Charges (Experimental Broad- 74.182 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 cast Stations). Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 Protection by LPTV— Temporary extension of stations licenses (All 74.16 To broadcast stations ...... 74.705 Services). To other LPTV and TV Translator sta- 74.707 Tests, Equipment (All Services) ...... 74.13 tions. Tests, Service or program (All Services) ...... 74.14 To Land Mobile stations ...... 74.709 Time of operation— 551

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00561 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217 Pt. 76 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 76.9 Confidentiality of proprietary informa- LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.763 tion. ITFS ...... 74.963 76.10 Review. FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1263 76.11 Lockbox enforcement. Tolerance, Frequency— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 Subpart B—Registration Statements Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 76.29 Special temporary authority. LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 ITFS ...... 74.961 Subpart C—Cable Franchising FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 Translator signal boosters, UHF (LPTV/TV 74.733 76.41 Franchise application process. Translators). 76.42 In-kind contributions. Translators, TV, Purpose of (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.731 76.43 Mixed-use rule. lators). Transmission standards (ITFS) ...... 74.938 Transmission system facilities (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.750 Subpart D—Carriage of Television lators). Broadcast Signals Transmission systems, modification of— LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.751 76.51 Major television markets. ITFS ...... 74.951 76.53 Reference points. FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 76.54 Significantly viewed signals; method Transmissions, Permissible (Low Power Auxil- 74.831 to be followed for special showings. iaries). 76.55 Definitions applicable to the must- Transmitter power (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.461 carry rules. Transmitters and associated equipment (FM 74.1250 Translators/Boosters). 76.56 Signal carriage obligations. TV boosters, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 76.57 Channel positioning. (LPTV/TV Translators/TV Boosters. 76.59 Modification of television markets. TV Broadcast station protection (from LPTV/TV 74.705 76.60 Compensation for carriage. Translators). 76.61 Disputes concerning carriage. TV, Low Power and translators, protection to 74.707 76.62 Manner of carriage. (LPTV/TV Translators). 76.64 Retransmission consent. TV translators, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 76.65 Good faith and exclusive retrans- (LPTV/TV Translators). mission consent complaints. U 76.66 Satellite broadcast signal carriage. UHF translator signal boosters (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.733 76.70 Exemption from input selector switch lators). rules. Unattended operation— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 Subpart E—Equal Employment Opportunity TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 Requirements ITFS ...... 74.934 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 76.71 Scope of application. Use of common antenna structure (All services) 74.22 76.73 General EEO policy. V [Reserved] 76.75 Specific EEO program requirements. W 76.77 Reporting requirements and enforcement. Wireless cable usage of ITFS ...... 74.990 X-Z [Reserved] 76.79 Records available for public inspection. [50 FR 38535, Sept. 23, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34622, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, Subpart F—Network Non-duplication Pro- 1987; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 63 FR 33879, tection, Syndicated Exclusivity and June 22, 1998; 63 FR 65127, Nov. 25, 1998; 64 FR Sports Blackout 63744, Nov. 22, 1999] 76.92 Cable network non-duplication; extent of protection. PART 76—MULTICHANNEL VIDEO 76.93 Parties entitled to network non-dupli- AND CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE cation protection. 76.94 Notification. Subpart A—General 76.95 Exceptions. 76.101 Cable syndicated program exclu- Sec. sivity: extent of protection. 76.1 Purpose. 76.103 Parties entitled to syndicated exclu- 76.3 Other pertinent rules. sivity. 76.5 Definitions. 76.105 Notification. 76.6 General pleading requirements. 76.106 Exceptions. 76.7 General special relief, waiver, enforce- 76.107 Exclusivity contracts. ment, complaint, show cause, forfeiture, 76.108 Indemnification contracts. and declaratory ruling procedures. 76.109 Requirements for invocation of pro- 76.8 Status conference. tection. 552

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:42 Jul 08, 2021 Jkt 250217 PO 00000 Frm 00562 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\250217.XXX 250217